中考英语 阅读理解考前必练 Test 1-30（打包30套） 冀教版

TEST
10
A
Jack
was
a
hardworking
businessman.
He
worked
as
a
manager
in
a
big
company.
He
was
responsible
for
(负荷)
the
sales
department.
He
was
so
busy
that
he
sometimes
took
work
home
to
do.
One
day,
Jack
had
to
prepare
for
a
meeting.
So
he
took
some
work
home
to
complete.
While
he
was
working,
his
5-year-old
son,
Tim,
came
to
talk
to
him
every
few
minutes.
He
had
to
stop
working
and
he
couldn’t
focus.
After
several
such
breaks,
Jack
got
an
idea.
He
found
that
there
was
a
map
of
the
world
in
the
evening
paper.
He
showed
the
map
to
Tim.
Then
he
cut
it
into
pieces
and
told
Tim
to
put
the
map
together
again.
He
thought
this
would
keep
Tim
busy
for
a
long
time
and
he
could
complete
his
work.
However,
in
about
4
minutes
Tim
excitedly
told
Jack
he
had
finished
the
task.
Jack
was
surprised
and
asked
the
boy
how
he
had
done
it
so
quickly.
Tim
said.
“There
was
a
picture
of
a
man
on
the
other
side
of
the
newspaper.
So
I
just
turned
it
over
and
put
the
man
together.
When
I
got
the
man
right,
the
world
was
right.”
(
)
1.
Jack
worked
______.
A.
in
a
bank
B.
in
a
hospital
C.
in
a
big
company
D.
on
a
farm
(
)
2.
One
day,
Jack
took
some
work
home
to
complete
because__________.
A.
he
was
very
lazy
B.
he
was
a
businessman
C.
he
had
to
play
with
his
son
D.
he
had
to
prepare
for
a
meeting
(
)
3.
The
meaning
of
the
underlined
word
“focus”
in
the
passage
is
______.
A.
集中注意力
B.焦点、重点
C.调铁热距
D.拼地图
(
)
4.
It
took
Tim
about
______
minutes
to
put
the
map
together
again.
A.3
B.
4
C.
5
D.
6
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage
A.
Jack
was
Tim’s
5-year-old
son.
B.
Tim
was
responsible
for
the
sales
department.
C.
Jack
worked
hard
as
a
businessman.
D.
Tim
knew
the
map
of
the
world
very
well.
B
We
spoke
to
three
students
from
around
the
world
about
different
national
holidays.
There
are
different
customs
(习俗)
for
each
festival.
Tan
Xiaodong,
15,
Hong
Kong,
China“It’ll
soon
be
Chinese
New
Year.
Before
it,
we’ll
clean
the
house
and
decorate
it
for
good
luck.
Every
shop
is
going
to
close
for
a
few
days
and
we’ll
go
out
a
lot
to
celebrate
in
the
streets.
We
might
go
and
see
the
lion
and
dragon
dances
in
the
city
center.
I
love
this
festival.”
Wendy,
16,
Sydney,
Australia“Australia
Day
is
on
26th
January
and
it’s
an
important
holiday
here.
We
always
have
a
Monday
off,
so
we
celebrate
for
three
days.
My
parents
and
I
go
to
the
countryside
for
a
picnic
and
friends
always
come
over.
Many
people
go
to
beach
parties
or
street
parties
and
there’s
lots
of
music
and
dancing.
What
fun!”
Amy,
14,
New
York,
USA“The
first
Thanksgiving
Day
was
hundreds
of
years
ago
when
Europeans
who
came
to
America
thanked
God
for
his
help.
It’s
still
a
very
important
day
for
families
to
be
together.
This
year
we’re
going
to
visit
my
grandparents
and
we’ll
eat
a
delicious
meal
of
turkey.
Thanksgiving
Day
is
on
the
fourth
Thursday
in
November
every
year.”
(
)
1.
How
many
festivals
are
mentioned
in
the
passage
A.
Two.
B.
Three.
C.
Four.
D.
Five.
(
)
2.
During
the
Chinese
New
Year,
tourists
can
______.
A.
do
a
lot
of
shopping
B.
see
lion
and
dragon
dances
C.
decorate
the
house
for
good
luck
D.
eat
turkeys
(
)
3.
On
Australia
day,
families
often
______.
A.
have
a
meal
in
the
countryside
B.
go
to
a
swimming
pool
C.
have
a
party
at
school
D.
clean
the
house
and
dance
(
)
4.
What
do
you
think
a
turkey
is
in
this
passage
A.
Country.
B.
A
festival.
C.
A
bird.
D.
A
kind
of
drink.
(
)
5.
From
the
passage,
we
can
learn
that
______.
A.
Australia
Day
is
an
important
day
for
family
members
to
get
together
B.
Different
festivals
have
different
customs
C.
Many
people
go
out
for
a
picnic
with
friends
before
Chinese
New
Year
D.
The
first
Thanksgiving
Day
was
born
a
hundred
years
ago
C
Most
people
want
to
be
happy,
but
few
know
how
to
find
happiness.
Money
and
success
alone
do
not
bring
lasting
happiness.
Happiness
depends
on
ourselves.
In
other
words,
we
make
our
own
happiness.
Here
are
a
few
suggestions
to
help
you
be
happier.
The
first
secret
of
happiness
is
to
enjoy
the
simple
things
in
life.
Too
often,
we
spend
so
much
time
thinking
about
the
future—for
example,
getting
into
college
or
getting
a
good
job
that
we
fail
to
enjoy
the
present
(现在).
You
should
enjoy
life’s
simple
pleasures,
such
as
reading
a
good
book,
listening
to
your
favorite
music,
or
spending
time
with
close
friends.
People
who
I
have
several
close
friends
often
live
happier
and
healthier
lives.
Another
secret
of
living
a
happy
life
is
to
be
active.
Having
hobbies
make
you
forget
your
problems
and
time.
Many
people
experience
this
by
dancing,
swimming
or
playing
a
sport.
You
can
forget
about
your
problems,
and
only
think
about
the
activity.
Finally,
many
people
find
happiness
in
helping
others.
Studies
show
that
people
feel
good
when
they
spend
their
time
helping
others.
If
you
want
to
feel
happier,
do
good
things
for
someone.
You
can
help
a
friend
with
his
or
her
studies,
go
shopping
to
buy
food
for
an
elderly
person,
or
simply
help
out
around
the
house
by
washing
the
dishes.
(
)
1.
The
passage
gives
us
three
pieces
of
advice
on
______.
A.
how
to
solve
problem
B.
how
to
find
happiness
C.
how
to
enjoy
life
D.
how
to
succeed
(
)
2.
The
third
paragraph
tells
us
that
______.
A.
the
more
friends
you
have，the
happier
you
will
be
B.
we
shouldn’t
think
about
our
future
C.
happiness
is
to
enjoy
the
simple
things
in
life
D.
some
people
fail
to
help
others
(
)
3.
The
writer
thinks
that
______.
A.
it’s
wrong
to
spend
time
on
work
B.
everyone
knows
how
to
live
a
happier
life
C.
hobbies
take
up
too
much
time
D.
doing
good
things
for
someone
can
make
you
happier
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
mentioned
in
the
passage
A.
Reading
a
good
book.
B.
Traveling
to
a
foreign
country.
C.
Playing
a
sport.
D.
Spending
time
with
close
friends.
(
)
5.
The
best
title
(标题)
of
this
passage
is
______.
A.
The
Secrets
of
Happiness
B.
Money
Makes
You
Happy
C.
Helping
Others
Makes
You
Happy
D.
Good
Friends
Make
You
Happy
D
Reading
for
pleasure
is
the
easiest
and
the
most
important
way
to
become
a
better
reader
in
English.
Some
students
say
they
don’t
want
to
read
for
pleasure
because
pleasure
reading
is
too
easy.
They
just
want
to
use
their
time
to
learn
the
rules
of
the
language
and
new
words.
However,
Dr.
Krashen,
a
famous
expert
on
learning
languages,
says
that
pleasure
reading
helps
you
learn
many
important
things
about
English.
For
example,
students
learn
more
grammar
and
more
words
when
they
read
for
pleasure.
Also
they
learn
more
about
good
writing.
Dr.
Krashen
thinks
that
pleasure
reading
helps
each
student
learn
something
different
in
a
different
way.
Pleasure
reading
makes
it
possible
for
each
student
to
learn
what
he
or
she
needs.
Reading
for
pleasure
is
not
the
same
as
studying.
When
you
read
for
pleasure,
you
choose
your
own
books,
and
you
don’t
have
to
remember
everything.
There
are
no
tests
on
your
pleasure
reading
books.
Pleasure
reading
will
help
you
get
knowledge
happily
and
easily.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Some
students
think
it
is
easy
to
read
for
pleasure.
(
)
2.
Pleasure
reading
doesn’t
help
students
learn
more
words.
(
)
3.
Pleasure
reading
also
helps
students
write
well.
(
)
4.
Pleasure
reading
is
the
same
as
studying.
(
)
5.
There
are
some
tests
on
your
pleasure
reading
books.
E
阅读下面5段语言材料，从A到F选项中找出与它们相对应的标题。
May
is
National
Physical
Fitness
and
Sports
Month.
Here
are
some
ways
for
kids
to
increase
physical
fitness.
(
)
1.
If
you
are
close
to
a
national
park,
get
the
whole
family
moving
with
a
hike，or
get
out
the
bikes
and
visit
a
neighborhood
park.
Find
parks
and
forests,
local
nature
and
outdoor
events,
and
local
playgrounds
near
you.
(
)
2.
Look
for
information
that
will
explain
to
kids
about
a
sport.
If
kids
aren’t
interested
in
organized
sports,
see
if
swimming
at
a
local
pool
is
of
interest,
or
they
may
prefer
just
kicking
a
soccer
ball
around,
or
playing
catch.
(
)
3.
Show
kids
an
easy
way
to
get
exercise
is
to
put
on
music
and
dance.
Ask
them
what
kind
of
music
they
would
like
for
a
dance.
Turn
on
your
radio
to
a
music
station
and
get
moving!
(
)
4.
Kids
need
60
minutes
of
activity
a
day.
Try
making
a
daily
plan
with
your
kids,
for
example,
15
minutes
of
running,
30
minutes
of
biking,
and
15
minutes
of
jumping
rope.
(
)
5.
Talk
to
your
kids
about
how
good
nutrition
(营养)
goes
hand-in-hand
with
physical
fitness.
Make
sure
your
kids
are
off
to
a
good
day
at
school
with
a
nutritious
breakfast.
Help
your
kids
learn
about
smart
food
choices
with
online
games.
A.
Put
on
some
music
and
dance.
B.
Help
kids
learn
more
about
a
sport.
C.
Make
a
nutritious
dish.
D.
Go
for
a
walk
or
a
bike
ride.
E.
Let
kids
know
about
nutritious
foods.
F.
Make
a
plan
of
physical
activity.
Test
10答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文章通过讲述敬业的杰克因为工作的原因让儿子拼地图，而儿子却学会了走捷径。
【答案解析】
1.
C
细节理解题。根据第一段第二句可知，杰克在一家公司上班。
2.
D
细节理解题。根据第二段第一句可知，杰克因为要准备一个会议而不得不把工作带回家做。
3.
A
猜测词义题。根据上文中的Tim,
came
to
talk
to
turn
every
few
minutes.
He
had
to
stop
working可知，Tim每过几分钟就来就返回来和杰克说话，这样杰克就得停下工作，故可推测杰克就不能集中精力工作了，所以选A。
4.
B
细节理解题。根据最后一段倒数第五句中的in
about
4
minutes可知，Tim用了4分钟拼图。
5.
C
细节理解题。根据第一段第一句Jack
was
a
hardworking
businessman可知，杰克是个很敬业的商人。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中介绍了香港、澳大利亚和美国等不同国家和地区的节日习俗。
【答案解析】
1.
B
细节理解题。通读全文可知，本文共提到了三个节日，即Chinese
New
Year，Australia
Day
和Thanksgiving
Day
。
2.B
细节理解题。根据文章第一段“We
might
go
and
see
the
lion
and
dragon
dances
in
the
city
center.”可知，新年期间表演舞龙，舞狮子。
3.A
细节理解题。根据文章“My
parents
and
I
go
to
the
countryside
for
a
picnic
and
friends
always
come
over
.”可知，我的父母和我去乡村野餐。
4.
C
推理判断题。根据常识可知，火鸡是一种鸟。
5.
B
主旨大意题。本文介绍的是不同国家和地区关于节日的习俗。
CD
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇议论文。首先提出开心阅读是想成为更好读者的最简单的最重要的方式。其次指出开心阅读的好处，最后强调开心阅读与学习的区别。
【答案解析】
1.
T
细节理解题。根据短文第二句Some
students
say
they
don’t
want
to
read
for
pleasure
because
pleasure
reading
is
too
easy.可知本题正确。
2.
F
细节理解题。根据第二段中For
example,
students
learn
more
grammar
and
more
words
when
they
read
for
pleasure.可知本题是错误的。
3.
T
细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句Also
they
learn
more
about
good
writing.可知本题正确。
4.
F
细节理解题。根据短文第四段第一句Reading
for
pleasure
is
not
the
same
as
studying.可知本题错误。
5.
F
细节理解题。根据短文倒数第二句There
are
no
tests
on
your
pleasure
reading
books.可知本题错误。
E
【语篇解读】
本文是一篇说明文。五月是全民健身运动月。文章提出了一些针对儿童增强体质的建议。
【答案解析】
1.
D
细节理解题。根据第二段中get
the
whole
family
moving
with
a
hike，or
get
out
the
bikes
and
visit
a
neighborhood
park.可知，该段与D项相匹配。
2.
B
细节理解题。由第三段首句Look
for
information
that
will
explain
to
kids
about
a
sport.
可知，该段与B项相匹配。
3.
A
细节理解题。由第四段中Show
kids
an
easy
way
to
get
exercise
is
to
put
on
music
and
dance.可知，该段与A项相匹配。
4.
F
细节理解题。由第五段中Try
making
a
daily
plan
with
your
kids,可知，该段与F项相匹配。
5.
E
细节理解题。由末段中Talk
to
your
kids
about
how
good
nutrition
goes
hand-in-hand
with
physical
fitness.
可知，该段与E项相匹配。TEST
13
A
For
years
I
went
to
school
by
bus,
so
I
met
many
“familiar”
strangers.
We
took
the
same
bus
but
didn’t
know
each
other’s
names.
I
used
to
think
it
was
impossible
for
us
to
be
true
friends.
How
wrong
I
was!
Smiles
from
the
“nameless”
people
have
changes
my
thoughts.
The
first
time
on
the
bus,
I
saw
different
faces.
As
days
went
on,
we
chatted
like
old
friends.
But
I
felt
it
a
pity
that
I
was
unable
to
set
up
the
same
friendship
with
a
silent
girl
in
the
front
of
the
bus.
Her
old
clothing
suggested
that
she
didn’t
have
much
money,
but
she
always
took
a
cup
of
water
for
the
driver.
I
guessed
she
was
a
kind
girl.
But
why
did
she
sit
in
silence
instead
of
talking
with
us
Why
did
she
never
reply
to
our
friendly
greetings
Couldn’t
she
smile
Then,
one
evening,
I
got
the
answer.
I
walked
to
the
park
nearby
and
found
the
girl
sitting
alone
under
a
tree,
lonely
and
sad.
I
greeted
her
with
the
same
warm
smile
that
had
shown
to
her
all
these
months,
but
this
time
her
face
turned
red,
then
a
shy
smile
appeared.
As
soon
as
she
began
her
first
words,
I
understood
why
she
hadn’t
spoken
to
us
before.
Talking
was
hard
for
her.
I
heard
her
story:
her
parents
worked
hard
somewhere.
She
lived
with
her
disabled
grandparents.
She
said,
“I
can’t
express
(表达)
myself
very
well.
Most
of
the
time,
I
can’t
say
what
I
want
to
say.
I
have
no
friends
but…..you
always
smile
to
me
like
an
angel
……so
I
also
want
to
smile.”
that
evening,
we
exchanged
our
names
and
we
said
goodbye
like
old
friends.
Smile
is
the
key
to
opening
the
door
of
heart;
it
can
break
the
cold
walls
in
front
of
us.
(
)
1.
All
the
following
words
can
describe
the
girl
Except
______.
A.
silent
B.
kind
C.
proud
D.
poor
(
)
2.
The
writer
often
met
the
girl
_______.
A.
on
the
bus
B.
in
the
park
C.
at
school
D.
under
the
tree
(
)
3.
The
girl
had
difficulty
in
_______.
A.
listening
B.
singing
C.
writing
D.
talking
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
True
A.
The
girl
only
talked
with
the
driver.
B.
The
girl
was
too
shy
to
talk
with
others.
C.
The
writer
knew
the
name
of
the
girl
that
evening.
D.
The
writer
can’t
make
friends
with
those
nameless
people
on
the
bus
now.
(
)
5.
The
main
idea
of
the
passage
is
that
_______.
A.
we
should
help
those
silent
people
B.
smiles
can
deal
with
every
difficulty
we
meet.
C.
we
should
smile
to
the
nameless
people
on
the
bus
D.
smiles
can
help
us
get
closer
and
understand
each
other
better
B
◆A
great
way
for
teens
(青少年)
to
cool
off
during
the
summer
is
at
water
parks.
If
you
live
near
a
water
park,
you
might
think
about
getting
a
season
pass.
This
way
you
can
go
as
often
as
you
like.
Check
to
see
if
there
are
any
water
parks
around
you.
Many
are
indoor
facilities
(设施),
so
even
if
it
isn’t
warm
enough
where
you
live
to
swim
outdoors,
you
can
enjoy
swimming
in
a
temperature
controlled
area.
The
prices
are
usually
good.
For
example,
one
ticket
to
Water
World,
a
water
park,
is
only
$5.
◆Some
teens
like
to
get
a
part
time
job
over
the
summer
to
make
some
pocket
money.
Older
teens
shouldn’t
have
much
trouble
finding
jobs.
An
idea
is
to
get
some
teens
together
to
form
your
own
summer
job
business.
You
can
walk
dogs,
bring
in
the
newspapers,
feed
the
cats,
collect
rubbish,
water
flowers,
etc.
Being
that
it’s
summer,
many
people
go
on
vacation
and
could
use
someone
to
look
after
their
houses
while
they’re
away.
You
can
also
think
about
other
jobs
you
can
do
for
them.
◆Teens
love
freedom.
Sure
you
would
like
to
get
to
such
places
as
the
mall,
movie
theaters,
the
zoo,
the
beach,
picnic,
bowling
and
local
amusement
park
instead
of
staying
home
all
summer.
Then
a
summer
bus
pass
will
be
helpful.
Check
to
see
if
your
area
has
one
for
you
teens.
Such
a
pass
costs
only
＄10
for
the
whole
summer.
The
price
is
reasonable
(合乎情理的)
and
also
your
parents
don’t
have
to
always
drive.
(
)
1.
Who
is
the
text
written
for
A.
Teachers
B.
Parents
C.
Teens
D.
Travelers
(
)
2.
What
is
NOT
mentioned
as
a
part
time
job
for
teens
A.
Washing
cars
B.
Feeding
cats
C.
Walking
dogs
D.
Watering
flowers
(
)
3.
If
Sally
goes
to
Water
World
with
two
friends,
they
should
pay
_____.
A.＄5
B.＄10
C.
＄15
D.
＄20
(
)
4.
A
summer
bus
pass
is
helpful
for
teens
to
_____.
A.
find
part
time
jobs
B.
go
out
for
fun
C.
go
to
summer
classes
D.
Do
outdoor
sports
(
)
5.
What’s
the
text
mainly
about
A.
Part
time
jobs.
B.
A
summer
pass.
C.
Water
park
swimming.
D.
Things
to
do
in
summer.
C
Soap
operas
from
South
Korea
have
been
popular
in
China
for
more
than
twenty
years
now.
So
it
is
not
the
first
time
for
the
soap
operas
made
in
China
to
feel
less
popular.
But
this
time,
they
are
facing
more
difficulties,
for
The
Heirs
(继承者)
and
My
Love
from
the
Star
really
made
a
full
success,
which
even
attracted
some
top
officials.
A
senior
official
said
he
sometimes
watched
soap
operas
from
South
Korea,
as
well
as
House
of
Cards,
an
American
opera
about
politics.
These
operas
made
both
in
South
Korea
and
in
America
have
a
lot
of
lovers
in
China.
Many
people
agree
that
China’s
soap
operas
can’t
be
much
loved
by
most
Chinese,
because
they
are
not
as
interesting
and
exciting
as
those
operas
from
South
Korea
and
America,
such
as
My
love
from
the
Star,
a
Korean
love
story
between
a
time-traveling
professor
and
a
famous
movie
star.
However,
Korean
shows
not
only
provide
soap
operas
but
also
some
programmings
(综艺节目).
Dad,
Where
Are
We
Going
is
not
an
original
Chinese
show.
We
learned
it
from
South
Korea
although
not
many
in
China
are
aware
(意识到)
of
that
fact.
Actually,
China
has
a
closer
culture
with
South
Korea.
Shows
from
this
neighbor
seem
to
do
better
with
their
exciting
stories
on
the
Cinderella
theme
(灰姑娘主题).
Yet
they
have
created
many
popular
shows
whose
stories
tell
there’s
no
difference
between
men
and
women
even
though
in
their
country
men
are
certain
to
play
a
more
important
role.
(
)
1.
When
might
soap
operas
from
South
Korea
become
popular
in
China
A.
1991.
B.
1971.
C.
2010.
D.
2001.
(
)
2.
Most
people
in
China
like
watching
shows
made
in
______.
A.
Europe
B.
China
C.
South
Korea
D.
Japan
(
)
3.
The
operas
made
in
China
are
not
as
popular
as
those
in
South
Korea
or
America,
because
______.
A.
senior
officials
don’t
allow
us
to
watch
them
B.
they
are
not
very
interesting
and
exciting
C.
Chinese
people
are
more
interested
in
politics
D.
they
were
only
made
twenty
years
ago
(
)
4.
According
to
the
passage,
we
can
know
Dad,
Where
Are
We
Going
is
______.
A.
more
popular
than
My
Love
From
the
Star
B.
loved
by
a
lot
of
Koreans
C.
about
the
love
between
a
professor
and
a
star
D.
originally
from
South
Korea
(
)
5.
What
does
the
underlined
phrase
“play
a
more
important
role”
mean
A.
There’s
no
difference
between
women
and
men.
B.
Men
like
soap
operas
better
than
women.
C.
Women
don’t
like
the
parts
played
by
men.
D.
Men
are
believed
to
support
the
families
and
society
more.
D
In
some
foreign
countries,
some
people
don’t
like
the
number
13.
They
don’t
think
13
is
a
lucky
number,
for
example,
they
don’t
like
to
live
on
the
thirteenth
floor.
One
day,
my
friend
Jack
asked
some
friends
to
dinner.
When
all
of
his
friends
arrived,
he
asked
them
to
sit
at
the
table.
He
began
to
count
the
people
in
his
mind
while
they
were
having
the
delicious
food.
Suddenly,
he
cried
out,
“Oh,
there
are
thirteen
people
here!”
Everyone’s
face
turned
white
except
Mr.
Brown.
He
said
slowly
with
a
smile
on
his
face,
“Don’t
worry,
my
friends.
We
have
fourteen
people
here.
My
wife
Mrs.
Brown
will
have
a
baby
in
a
few
weeks.
She
is
in
the
family
now.”
All
of
them
became
happy
again,
“Congratulations!”
they
said.
They
all
had
a
good
time
that
evening.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Some
people
don’t
like
the
number
13
because
they
think
it’s
unlucky.
(
)
2.
Jack
asked
his
friends
to
dinner
one
day.
(
)
3.
The
people
felt
unhappy
when
they
heard
Jack’s
words.
(
)
4.
Mrs.
Brown
will
have
a
baby
in
a
few
months.
(
)
5.
At
last,
all
people
had
a
good
time
that
evening
in
the
passage.
E
阅读下面的短文，并根据短文内容回答所提问题。
When
you
are
in
Hong
Kong,
you
must
be
very
careful
in
the
street
because
the
traffic
drives
on
the
left.
It
is
different
from
that
in
other
areas
of
China.
If
you
are
the
first
time
to
come
to
Hong
Kong,
you
must
look
to
the
right
side
and
then
the
left
before
you
cross
the
street.
If
the
traffic
lights
are
red,
the
traffic
must
stop.
Then
people
on
foot
can
cross
the
road
carefully.
But
if
the
traffic
lights
are
green,
the
traffic
can
go,
people
on
foot
mustn’t
cross.
When
people
go
to
or
come
from
work
in
the
morning
and
evening,
the
streets
are
very
busy.
Tragic
is
the
most
dangerous
then,
especially
(尤其)
for
the
children.
When
you
go
by
bus
in
Hong
Kong,
you
have
to
be
careful,
too.
You
must
always
remember
the
traffic
moves
on
the
left.
So
you
must
be
careful.
Have
a
look
first,
or
you
will
go
the
wrong
way.
In
Hong
Kong,
there
are
many
big
buses
with
two
floors,
you
can
sit
on
the
second
floor.
From
there
you
can
see
the
view
of
the
whole
city
well.
It’s
very
interesting.
1.
Why
must
you
be
very
careful
in
the
street
in
Hong
Kong
____________________________________________________________________
2.
What
can
people
on
foot
do
if
the
traffic
lights
are
red
____________________________________________________________________
3.
Does
the
traffic
drive
on
the
left
in
other
areas
of
China
____________________________________________________________________
4.
There
are
many
big
buses
with
two
floors
in
Hong
Kong,
aren’t
there
____________________________________________________________________
5.
What
should
you
do
when
you
cross
the
streets
____________________________________________________________________
TEST
13答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。讲述“我”坐在公交车上，每天都能遇到熟悉的陌生人，都能跟他们互相交谈。但是，一天我遇到了一个小姑娘，她都是静静坐在公交车上，不跟别人交流。后来知道了这个女孩的故事，才明白其中的原因。
【答案解析】
1.
C
细节理解题。从这个女孩的描述可知，这个女孩善良、安静、贫穷。只有C符合题意。
2.
A
细节理解题。
根据句子
“But
I
felt
it
a
pity
that
I
was
unable
to
set
up
the
same
friendship
with
a
silent
girl
in
the
front
of
the
bus.”
可知答案为A。
3.
D
细节理解题。感觉女孩的表述“I
can’t
express
myself
very
well.”
可知答案为D。
4.
C
细节理解题。根据句子
“we
exchanged
our
names”
可知答案C正确。
5.
D
主旨大意题。根据本文表述可知，微笑能够拉近人们之间的距离并更好地互相了解。只有D符合题意。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。向学生们介绍了度过暑假的几种受欢迎的方式——到水园放松，度过清凉一夏；做暑期兼职挣零用钱；乘顺路公交车去喜欢的地方游览。
【答案解析】
1.
C
推理判断题。根据每一条建议的第一句都含有“teens”以及短文内容可知本文主要是为青少年写的。故选C。
2.
A
细节理解题。根据第二条建议的第二段对兼职的介绍，可判断洗车没有提及，故选A。
3.C
数字计算题。根据第一条建议的最后一句…is
only
＄5,因此三人是15美元，故选C。
4.B
推理判断题。
根据短文最后一条建议的第一段，所列场所均为娱乐性的，故判断对孩子们出去玩是有用的，故选B。
5.
D
主旨大意题。
通读短文，可知作者主要介绍了青少年在夏季可以做的事情，故选D。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇议论文。讲述了中国与韩国有相似的文化背景，但韩剧在中国的影响力很大，而中国的偶像剧及一些综艺节目市场面临挑战。本文剖析了这背后的原因。
【答案解析】
1.
A
推理计算题。根据文章第一句Soup
operas
from
South
Korea
have
been
popular
in
China
for
more
than
twenty
years
now里的信息计算：2014－20=1994。.故选A。
2.
C
推理判断题。根据文章第一段第一句Soap
operas
from
South
Korea
have
been
in
China
for
more
than
twenty
years
now可推知，大部分中国人喜欢看韩国制作的节目。故选C。
3.
B
细节理解题。根据文章第三段Many
people
agree
that
China's
soap
operas
can't
be
much
loved
by
most
Chinese,
because
they
are
not
as
interesting
and
exciting
as
those
operas
from
South
Korean
and
America.可知选B。
4.
D
细节理解题。根据文章第四段Dad,
Where
Are
We
Going
is
not
an
original
Chinese
show.
We
learned
it
from
South
Korea可知选D。
5.
D
词义猜测题。根据文章最后一句的前一分句“在这些受欢迎的节目中都在描述男女平等”可推知“在这些国家男人在支持家庭和社会方面起着比较重要的作用”。故选D。
D
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中说明了在香港街上行走你必须小心，因为香港的交通是靠左边行走，这和内地的通行是不一样的。
【答案】
1.
Because
the
traffic
drives
on
the
left.
It
is
different
from
that
in
other
areas
of
China.
2.
People
on
foot
can
cross
the
road
carefully.
3.
No,
it
doesn’t.
4.
Yes,
there
are.
5.
I
should
look
to
the
right
side
and
then
the
left
before
I
cross
the
street.TEST
25
A
A
primary
school
bus
driver
stopped
the
bus
in
a
gas
station
in
Ohio
because
he
had
to
use
the
bathroom.
Instead
of
turning
off
the
engine
(引擎)
and
taking
the
key
with
him,
the
driver
left
the
bus
running.
And
he
forgot
to
set
the
brake
(制动器)
because
he
was
in
a
hurry.
“It
was
cold
outside,
and
I
didn’t
want
the
kids
to
get
cold
while
I
was
using
the
bathroom,”
he
told
a
police
officer.
The
bus
slowly
started
moving
away
from
the
gas
station.
As
the
bus
picked
up
speed,
the
kids
began
shouting
and
crying.
Ten-year-old
Jake
ran
forward
to
the
driver’s
seat
and
held
the
steering
wheel
(方向盘).
He
pressed
hard
on
the
brake
pedal
(踏板)
and
managed
to
stop
the
bus
as
it
came
nearer
to
a
river
bed.
Jake
turned
off
the
engine
at
last.
After
the
police
arrived
at
the
scene,
they
praised
Jake
for
his
great
effort.
“That
is
one
cool
kid,”
said
the
police
officer.
“I
told
him
he
would
make
a
great
police
officer
when
he
grew
up.”
Jake
wasn’t
impressed
with
what
he
had
done.
“Stopping
the
bus,”
he
said,
“was
easy
compared
to
playing
Grand
Theft
Auto
III,”
his
favorite
action
video
game.
The
bus
driver
was
taken
to
the
police
station.
He
was
at
first
charged
(指控)
with
“leaving
a
child
alone
while
motor
is
running.”
The
lawyer
said
he
hoped
to
upgrade
the
charge
because
of
the
number
of
children
(twenty)
on
the
bus.
“Whatever
he
is
charged
with,”
the
police
officer
said,
“I
will
see
that
he
never
drives
a
bus
again.”
(
)
1.
Why
didn’t
the
driver
turn
off
the
engine
when
he
went
to
the
bathroom
Because
______.
A.
he
was
in
a
hurry
B.
he
forgot
to
do
it
C.
he
didn’t
want
the
kids
to
get
cold
D.
he
thought
he
would
be
back
in
a
minute
(
)
2.
What
is
the
correct
order
a.
The
bus
started
moving.
b.
Jake
turned
off
the
engine.
c.
Jake
held
the
steering
wheel.
d.
The
kids
began
shouting
and
crying.
e.
Jake
ran
forward
to
the
driver’s
seat.
f.
Jake
pressed
hard
on
the
brake
pedal.
A.
a-b-c-d-e-f
B.
a-d-e-c-f-b
C.
d-a-c-e-f-b
D.
d-e-a-b-c-f
(
)
3.
What
do
we
know
about
Jake
A.
He
could
drive.
B.
He
was
eleven
years
old.
C.
He
wanted
to
be
a
police
officer.
D.
He
liked
playing
Grand
Theft
Auto
III.
(
)
4.
What
does
the
underlined
word
“upgrade”
mean
in
the
fourth
paragraph
A.
改变
B.
取消
C.
加重
D.
减轻
(
)
5.
What
will
most
probably
happen
to
the
bus
driver
He
will
_______.
A.
not
be
charged
B.
face
the
most
serious
charge
C.
not
be
allowed
to
drive
a
bus
again
D.
only
be
charged
with
“leaving
a
child
alone
while
motor
is
running”
B
Every
morning
my
father
buys
a
newspaper
on
his
way
to
work.
Every
evening
my
mother
looks
through
magazines
at
home.
And
every
night,
I
look
at
the
posters
with
photos
of
David
Beckham
and
Yao
Ming
on
my
bedroom
wall
before
I
go
to
sleep.
Can
we
imagine
life
without
paper
or
print
Paper
was
first
created
about
2,000
years
ago，and
has
been
made
from
silk，cotton，bamboo
and
since
the
19th
century
from
wood.
People
learned
to
write
words
on
paper
to
make
a
book.
But
in
those
days,
books
could
only
be
produced
one
at
a
time
by
hand.
As
a
result,
they
were
expensive
and
rare.
And
because
there
weren’t
many
books,
few
people
learned
to
read.
Then
printing
was
invented
in
China.
When
printing
was
developed
greatly
at
the
beginning
of
the
11th
century,
books
could
be
produced
more
quickly
and
cheaply.
As
a
result,
more
people
learned
to
read.
After
that,
knowledge
and
ideas
spread
quickly.
Today
information
can
be
received
online,
downloaded
from
the
Internet
rather
than
found
in
books,
and
information
can
be
kept
on
CD-ROMs
or
machines
such
as
MP3
players.
Computers
are
already
used
in
classrooms,
and
newspapers
and
magazines
can
already
be
read
online.
So
will
books
be
replaced
by
computers
one
day
No,
I
don’t
think
the
Yao
Ming
poster
on
my
bedroom
wall
will
ever
be
replaced
by
a
computer
two
metres
high!
(
)
1.
What
does
the
writer
do
before
he
goes
to
sleep
A.
He
reads
books.
B.
He
reads
newspapers.
C.
He
looks
through
magazines.
D.
He
looks
at
the
posters
on
the
wall.
(
)
2.
When
was
paper
first
created
A.
About
2000
years
ago.
B.
In
the
19th
century.
C.
About
1,000
years
ago.
D.
In
the
11th
century.
(
)
3.
Why
were
books
expensive
and
rare
before
the
invention
of
printing
A.
People
could
not
read.
B.
People
could
not
write
words
on
paper.
C.
People
could
not
find
silk，cotton
or
bamboo.
D.
People
could
only
produce
books
one
at
a
time
by
hand.
(
)
4.
What
happened
after
books
became
cheaper
A.
People
didn’t
want
to
buy
books.
B.
Printing
was
invented
in
China.
C.
Knowledge
and
ideas
spread
quickly．
D.
The
Internet
was
introduced
to
people
soon.
(
)
5.
What
is
the
writer’s
opinion
about
books
and
computers
A.
People
won’t
need
books
any
more.
B.
Books
won’t
be
replaced
by
computers.
C.
People
prefer
to
find
information
in
books.
D.
Computers
have
already
replaced
books.
C
At
present,
more
and
more
people
are
crazy
about
travelling.
Why
do
people
travel
“To
see
more
of
the
world,”
many
people
would
say.
But
travelling
abroad
now
means
much
more
than
that
for
the
growing
number
of
Chinese
tourists.
Of
course
it
offers us
good
opportunities
to
meet
people
from
other
countries,
learn
about
their
culture
and
customs.
According
to
the
United
Nations
World
Tourism
Organization
(UNWTO),
more
than
1
billion
people
travelled
to
another country
in
2012.
In
2012,
Chinese
people
travelled
abroad
30
percent
more
than
in
2011.
The
prosperity
(繁荣)
of
the
tourism
industry
can
also
bring
both
our
country
and
foreign
countries
great
economic
benefits
(经济利益).
Chinese
people
usually
join
large
tourist
groups
and
visit
several
countries
in
one
trip.
Chinese
people
don’t
just
travel
for
sightseeing.
The
China
International
Travel
Service
Company
said
that
all
their
tour
trips
sold
out
a
month
before
Christmas
Day.
Stores
offered
discounts
(打折)
during
that
time,
so
shopping
in
Europe
and
the
United
States
is
popular
among
Chinese
travellers.
In
December,
China
is
going
through
a
very
cold
winter.
So
many
people
like
to
go
to
some countries
in
Southeast
Asia
because
the
weather
there
is
quite
pleasant.
The
improvement
of
living
standards
means
more
Chinese
can
travel
abroad.
But
many
of
them
don’t
have
a
sense
of
public
manners.
A
report
by
Living
Social
website
in
March
2012
even
listed
Chinese
as
the
world’s
second
worst
tourists.
If
you
want
to
change
that
bad
name,
remember
to
avoid
the
following:
littering,
spitting,
snatching
bus
seats,
line-jumping,
taking
off
shoes
in
public,
talking
loudly and
smoking
in
non-smoking
areas.
Besides,
we
should
learn
some
necessary
manners
of
foreign
countries.
(
)
1.
Chinese
people
travel
abroad
not
to
______.
A.
go
shopping
B.
see
more
of
the
world
C.
go
sightseeing
D.
make
money
(
)
2.
According
to
the
United
Nations
World
Tourism
Organization,
_____.
A.
30%
of
the
people
who
travelled
abroad
are
Chinese
B.
the
number
of
people
who
travelled
abroad
rose
by
30%
C.
more
than
1
billion
people
travelled
abroad
in
2012
D.
more
than
1
billion
Chinese
people
travelled
abroad
in
2012
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
about
Chinese
people
A.
Chinese
people
like
joining
large
tourist
groups.
B.
Many
Chinese
like
to
go
to
Southeast
Asia
in
winter
for
sightseeing.
C.
More
and
more
Chinese
people
can
travel
abroad
now.
D.
Chinese
are
the
second
worst
tourists
in
the
world.
(
)
4.
As
a
good
tourist,
you
should
______.
A.
litter
and
spit
here
and
there
B.
jump
the
line
and
take
off
the
shoes
in
public
C.
have
a
sense
of
public
manners
D.
speak
loudly
and
smoke
as
you
like
(
)
5.
What’s
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.
Travelling
B.
Travelling
abroad
C.
Chinese
tourists
D.
Chinese
people
like
travelling
D
Think
“rock,
paper,
scissors
(剪刀)”
is
a
children’s
game
Think
again.
Top
players
from
around
the
world
came
together
in
Toronto
to
compete
for
a
10,
000—Canadian-dollar
prize
and
the
title
of
World
Champion
(世界冠军头衔).
More
than
500
players,
including
national
champions
from
Australia,
Norway
and
New
Zealand,
attended.
The
simple
game
is
often
used
to
make
decisions
and
solve
simple
problems.
Players
hold
their
fists
closed
and
count
to
three
before
making
a
fist
(rock),
a
flat
hand
(paper)
or
two
fingers
(scissors).
Paper
covers
rock,
scissors
cut
paper
and
rock
break
scissors.
Players
have
different
opinions
about
the
history
of
the
game,
but
it
is
commonly
believed
to
have
been
played
for
centuries
in
Japan.
The
Paper
Scissors
Stone
Club
opened
in
England
in
1842
and
players
could
play
together
there.
In
1918,
the
name
changed
to
World
RPS
Club
and
its
headquarters
(总部)
moved
from
London
to
Toronto.
The
world
championship
started
in
2002,
and
is
held
once
every
year.
根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误。正确为“T”，错误为“F”。
(
)
1.
The
winner
of
the
game
can
get
10,
000
Canadian
dollars
as
a
prize.
(
)
2.
The
simple
game
is
often
used
to
make
new
friends.
(
)
3.
From
the
passage,
we
know
that
making
two
fingers
stands
for
scissors
in
the
game.
(
)
4.
The
headquarters
of
World
RPS
Club
move
to
New
Zealand
in
1918.
(
)
5.
The
first
world
championship
was
held
in
2002.
E
The
famous
scientist
and
thinker,
Charles
Darwin,
was
born
on
February
12,
1809.
His
family
lived
not
far
from
the
River
Severn,
England.
Charles’
father
was
a
well-known
doctor
and
the
son
of
a
still
greater
doctor
and
scientist.
Charles’
father
hoped
that
his
son
would
also
become
a
doctor.
As
a
boy,
Charles
liked
to
go
for
walks
in
the
fields
and
forests.
He
watched
nature,
and
compared
what
he
saw
with
everything
he
had
read
in
science
books.
He
also
liked
collecting
very
much.
He
collected
many
things,
birds,
eggs,
stones
and
leaves.
His
father
did
not
like
this,
as
Charles
was
not
studying
very
well
at
school.
①为了成为一名医生，十六岁时达尔文就被送到爱丁堡大学（Edinburgh
University）学习。But
he
was
interested
in
the
history
of
nature.
Then
he
was
sent
to
study
in
Cambridge
University.
There
he
studied
until
1831.
Some
time
later
he
heard
that
the
ship
Beagle
was
going
on
a
trip
to
South
America
and
wanted
a
scientist.
His
professor
advised
him
to
go.
He
said
the
trip
would
be
just
for
Darwin.
So
when
the
ship
left
England
in
December,
1831,
Darwin
was
on
it.
The
research
lasted
almost
five
years.
The
Beagle
studied
the
waters
in
the
sea
near
South
America.
It
also
visited
Zealand,
Australia
and
islands
in
the
Pacific.
Darwin
saw
many
new
plants
and
animals.
He
collected
all
kinds
of
plants.
In
1842
Darwin
went
to
live
in
Kent,
where
he
continued
his
studies
of
change
in
nature.
②Darwin
understood
that
plants
and
animals
are
not
always
the
same,
and
that
they
really
change.
By
1859
Darwin
had
finished
his
famous
book
“The
Origin
of
Species”.
It
made
a
great
hit
in
the
world
of
science.③
He
was
opposed
(反对)
by
the
church
and
even
by
some
scientists.
But
later,
more
and
more
scientists
agreed
with
him.
Darwin
continued
his
studies
in
science
until
he
died
in
1882.
根据短文内容回答问题。
1.
Why
didn’t
Charles
become
a
doctor
____________________________________________________________
2.
When
did
Charles
start
the
research
with
the
Beagle
____________________________________________________________
根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
3.
请将①处划线句子翻译成英语。
____________________________________________________________
4.
请将②处划线句子翻译成汉语。
____________________________________________________________
5.
请改写③处划线句子，使其意思与原句一致。
The
church
and
even
some
scientist
______
_______
him.
TEST
25答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中讲述了一位校车司机由于粗心大意，没有熄火就把学生们留在车子上去上厕所，车子开始移动，惊慌失措的孩子们大喊大叫，这时机智的杰克跑向司机的座位，沉着地掌控方向盘，踩住刹车，关掉了引擎，停住校车，挽救了一车孩子的生命。
【答案解析】
1.C
细节理解题。由短文第一段
Instead
of
turning
off
the
engine
and
taking
the
key
with
him,和尾句可知，司机没有关掉引擎是担心孩子冷。
2.B
细节理解题。由文章第二段可知这些事件发生过程是车子开始移动，孩子开始哭喊，杰克跑向司机的座位，杰克抓住方向盘，杰克用力踩住刹车，杰克关掉了引擎。所以答案是B。
3.
D
细节理解题。根据第四段was
easy
compared
to
playing
Grand
Theft
Auto
III,”
his
favorite
action
video
game.
可知，杰克喜欢玩Grand
Theft
Auto
III.游戏，所以答案是D。
4.C
细节理解题。由单词前一句司机被指控把一名孩子留在发动着的车上，和后一句在车上孩子的数目是十二，故可以推断律师想“加重”指控，所以答案是C。
5.C
推理判断题。根据尾段警察的话，可知这个司机将被取缔开车。
B
【篇章导读】
本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍纸及印刷术的发明为人类做出的贡献。现在尽管因特网、电脑比纸质书传递的信息更快、更先进，但作者认为，它们永远代替不了纸质的东西。
【答案解析】
1.
D
细节理解题。文中第一段第三句And
every
night,
I
look
at
the
posters
with
photos
of
David
Beckham
and
Yao
Ming
on
my
bedroom
wall
before
I
go
to
sleep.得知答案。
2.
A
细节理解题。根据第二段第一句Paper
was
first
created
about
2,000
years
ago可知答案。
3.
D
细节理解题。根据第二段第二句But
in
those
days，books
could
only
be
produced
one
at
a
time
by
hand.
As
a
result，they
were
expensive
and
rare可知答案。
4.
C
细节理解题。综合第三段…books
could
be
produced
more
quickly
and
cheaply.
As
a
result,
more
people
learned
to
read.
After
that，knowledge
and
ideas
spread
quickly.中的信息得到答案。
5.
B
推理判断题。通过最后一句I
don’t
think
the
Yao
Ming
poster
on
my
bedroom
wall
will
ever
be
replaced
by
a
computer
two
metres
high!推断，作者是告诉人们纸质书不会被现代化的工具所代替。故选B。
C
【语篇导读】
本文主要讨论了越来越多的中国人出国旅游的问题。出国旅游可以带动当地的经济，也可以学习当地的历史文化，但是，旅游的同时要记住文明出游。
【答案解析】
1.D
细节理解题。根据第一段Why
do
people
travel
“To
see
more
of
the
world,”)，所以B是对的。根据第三段可知“中国人不只是观光旅游，在欧洲和美国购物是受中国游客的欢迎。”所以A和C也是对的，而D没有提及，所以本题选D
2.C
细节理解题。由文章第二段第一句According
to
the
United
Nations
World
Tourism
Organization
(UNWTO),
more
than
1
billion
people
travelled
to
another country
in
2012.可知答案选C。
3.B
推理判断题。根据第四段So
many
people
like
to
go
to
some countries
in
Southeast
Asia
because
the
weather
there
is
quite
pleasant.
通过这句可知是因为怡人的气候，而非是观光。所以B是不对的。
4.C
细节理解题。根据尾段可知，作者揭露了种种不文明的游客行为，乱扔垃圾，随地吐痰，插队，在公众场所脱鞋子，大声说话，随地吸烟，这些都是有悖于公共场所的行为。作为一名文明游客，文明应该有公共场所礼貌。故答案是C。
5.B
主旨大意题。本文主要探讨了出国旅游问题。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了“石头、剪子、布”这种游戏的游戏规则及其产生发展的历史。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了著名的科学家，思想家达尔文的生平事迹。包括他的家庭状况，他小时候的情况以及他是如何一步步的走向成功的。
【答案】
1.
Because
he
was
interested
in
the
history
of
nature.
2.
(He
started
it)
in
December,
1831.
3.
At
the
age
of
sixteen./When
he
was
sixteen
(years
old),
Darwin
was
sent
to
Edinburgh
University
in
order
that
he
could
become
a
doctor.
4.
达尔文认为动物和植物不是一成不变的，实际上它们是在变化的。
5.
were
against/
disagreed
withTEST
23
A
On
September
2,
2013,
swimmer
Diana
Nyad
reached
Key
West,
Florida.
At
age
64,
Nyad
made
history
by
becoming
the
first
person
to
swim
from
Cuba
to
Florida
without
using
a
shark
cage
(防鲨笼)。
It
took
her
nearly
53
hours
to
complete
the
103-mile
swim.
“You
are
never
too
old
to
achieve
your
dream”,
Nyad
said
after
finishing
the
swim.
“Never
give
up”.
This
was
Nyad’s
fifth
attempt
to
complete
the
swim.
She
first
tried
in
1978,
then
the
three
more
attempts
in
2011
and
2012.
What
finally
helped
her
succeed
She
had
trained
for
years,
sometimes
swimming
for
days
at
a
time.
But
even
more
important
than
that
was
her
mind.
Besides,
she
had
a
team
that
helped
her
along
the
way.
Other
swimmers
had
made
the
trip
before，swimming
inside
shark
cages
which
protected
them
as
they
moved
through
the
dangerous
waters.
But
Nyad
did
not
want
to
use
a
cage.
Although
Nyad
faced
many
challenges
along
the
way，she
thought
it
was
all
worth
it
to
achieve
a
lifelong
dream.
She
wrote
on
her
blog
(博客),
“I
am
so
proud
of
my
team,
and…
I
am
also
proud
of
myself.”
Many
others
are
proud
of
Nyad
too.
Even
President
Barack
Obama
offered
his
congratulations.
(
)
1
.Diana
Nyad
swam
103
miles
_______.
A.
from
California
to
Florida
B.
from
Cuba
to
Mexico
C.
from
Cuba
to
Florida
D.
from
Florida
to
Cuba
(
)
2.
Diana
Nyad
had
tried
_______
times
before
she
successfully
completed
the
swim.
A.
three
B.
four
C.
five
D.
six
(
)
3.
What
made
Diana
Nyad
succeed
A.
Her
mind.
B.
Her
team.
C.
Hard
training.
D.
A,
B
and
C.
(
)
4.
The
underlined
word
“them”
in
Paragraph
4
refers
to
(指的是)
______.
A.
Diana
Nyad’s
family
B.
other
swimmers
C.
cages
D.
sharks
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
according
to
the
passage
A.
Diana
Nyad
became
the
first
person
to
swim
from
Cuba
to
Florida.
B.
President
Barack
Obama
congratulated
Diana
Nyad
on
her
success.
C.
Diana
Nyad
began
trying
to
swim
from
Cuba
to
Florida
in
1978.
D.
Diana
Nyad
faced
many
challenges
during
the
swim.
B
Would
you
like
to
experience
what
going
to
school
was
like
in
the
late
1800s
To
start
with,
imagine
everyone
in
school
sharing
only
one
classroom.
In
the
19th
and
early
20th
centuries,
most
American
students
went
to
a
one-room
schoolhouse.
A
single
teacher
would
typically
(典型地)
have
students
in
the
first
through
eighth
grades,
and
she
taught
them
all.
The
number
of
students
varied
from
six
to
40
or
more.
The
youngest
children
sat
in
the
front,
while
the
oldest
students
sat
in
the
back.
The
teacher
usually
taught
reading,
writing,
arithmetic,
history,
and
geography.
Students
memorized
(记忆)
and
retold
their
lessons.
The
classroom
of
a
one-room
schoolhouse
probably
looked
much
like
your
own.
The
teacher’s
desk
stood
on
a
raised
platform
(讲台)
at
the
front
of
the
room,
however,
and
there
was
a
wood-burning
stove
since
there
was
no
other
way
of
heating.
The
bathroom
was
outside
in
an
outhouse.
In
Honeoye
Falls,
New
York,
there
is
a
one-room
schoolhouse
where
kids
today
can
experience
what
it
was
like
to
be
students
in
the
late
19th
century.
For
a
week
during
the
summer,
they
wear
19th
century
clothes
and
learn
the
way
children
learned
more
than
a
hundred
years
ago.
What
else
has
changed
about
school
since
the
19th
century
For
more
information,
please
visit
our
website:
www.
locallegacy.
com.
(
)
1.
What
does
the
word
“varied”
in
Paragraph
Two
mean
in
Chinese
A.
变化
B.
排列
C.
调整
D.
减少
(
)
2.
Students
in
the
late
19th
century
could
learn
______.
A.
reading,
writing,
sports,
history,
and
science
B.
reading,
art,
arithmetic,
history
and
geography
C.
reading,
writing,
arithmetic,
history
and
geography
D.
reading,
physics,
chemistry,
history
and
geography
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
best
shows
what
a
one-room
schoolhouse
was
like
in
the
late
19th
century
A.
B.
C.
D.
(
)
4.
Some
kids
go
to
Honeoye
Falls
to
_______.
A.
try
the
food
in
the
late
19th
century
B.
learn
the
subjects
over
a
century
ago
C.
memorize
and
retell
their
lessons
they
have
learned
D.
experience
the
way
children
learned
over
a
century
ago
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
about
the
students
in
a
one-room
schoolhouse
A.
They
had
only
one
teacher.
B.
They
had
different
classrooms.
C.
They
could
choose
the
seats
they
liked.
D.
They
learned
more
subjects
than
we
do
now.
C
There
are
many
expressions
with
heart.
One
of
them
is
to
“lose
your
heart”
to
someone.
When
that
happens,
you
have
fallen
in
love.
But
if
the
person
who
“won
your
heart”
does
not
love
you,
then
you
are
sure
to
have
a
“broken
heart”.
In
your
sadness,
you
think
that
the
person
you
loved
is
“hard-hearted”,
and
in
fact,
has
a
“heart
of
stone”.
You
may
decide
to
“pour
out
your
heart”
to
a
friend.
Telling
someone
about
your
personal
problems
can
often
make
you
feel
better.
If
your
friend
does
not
seem
to
understand
how
painful
your
broken
heart
is,
you
may
ask
her
to
“have
a
heart”.
You
are
asking
your
friend
to
show
some
sympathy
(同情)
for
your
situation.
Your
friend
“has
her
heart
in
the
right
place”
if
she
says
she
is
sorry
for
how
you
feel.
If
your
friend
says,
“My
heart
bleeds
(流血)
for
you”,
she
means
the
opposite.
She
is
a
cold-
hearted
person
who
does
not
really
care
about
your
situation.
When
you
are
feeling
afraid,
“your
heart
is
in
your
mouth”.
You
might
say,
for
example,
that
your
heart
was
in
your
mouth
when
you
asked
a
bank
to
lend
you
some
money
for
a
new
house.
If
that
bank
says
no
to
you,
do
not
“lose
heart”.
Be
“strong-hearted”.
Sit
down
with
the
banker
and
have
a
“heart
to
heart”
talk.
Be
open
and
honest
about
your
situation.
The
banker
may
have
a
“change
of
heart”
and
agree
to
lend
you
the
money.
Then
you
can
stop
worrying
and
“put
your
heart
at
rest”.
(
)
1.
If
the
person
who
won
your
heart
does
not
love
you,
what
do
you
think
of
her
A.
She
has
a
strong
heart.
B.
She
has
a
heart
of
stone.
C.
She
has
a
broken
heart.
D.
She
loses
her
heart.
(
)
2.
If
your
friend
has
her
heart
in
the
right
place,
she
may
______.
A.
be
kind
to
you
B.
tell
us
about
her
personal
information
C.
live
a
happy
life
D.
have
a
right
heart
(
)
3.
If
your
friend
says.
“My
heart
bleeds
for
you”,
she
may
______.
A.
not
know
about
her
health
problem
B.
have
a
heart
trouble
C.
not
care
much
about
you
D.
want
to
know
what
happened
(
)
4.
Which
expression
can
best
describe
the
feeling
when
a
student
has
to
see
his
head
master
A.
A
broken
heart.
B.
Lose
one’s
heart.
C.
Heart
in
one’s
mouth.
D.
Have
a
heart.
(
)
5.
What’s
the
main
idea
of
the
last
paragraph
A.
Don’t
lose
heart
if
your
request
is
refused.
B.
A
“heart
to
heart”
talk
means
being
open
to
the
banker.
C.
A
strong
-
hearted
person
always
puts
his
heart
at
rest.
D.
The
bank
lends
money
to
those
who
need
it
most.
D
What
are
you
going
to
do
if
you
are
in
a
burning
house
How
will
you
escape
Do
you
know
how
to
save
yourself
Please
read
the
following
passage.
Escaping
from
a
fire
is
a
serious
matter.
Knowing
what
to
do
during
a
fire
can
save
your
life.
It’s
important
to
know
the
ways
you
can
use
and
show
them
to
everyone
in
the
family,
such
as
stairways
and
fire
escapes,
but
not
elevators.
From
the
lower
floors
of
the
buildings,
escaping
through
windows
is
possible.
Learn
the
best
way
of
leaving
by
windows
with
the
least
chance
of
serious
injury.
The
second
floor
window
is
usually
not
very
high
from
the
ground.
Of
course,
it
is
safer
to
jump
a
short
way
than
to
stay
in
a
burning
building.
Windows
are
also
useful
when
you
are
waiting
for
help.
Be
sure
to
keep
the
door
closed.
Or
smoke
and
fire
may
come
into
the
room.
Keep
your
head
low
at
the
window
to
be
sure
you
get
fresh
air
rather
than
smoke
that
may
get
into
to
the
room.
On
a
second
or
third
floor,
the
best
windows
for
escape
are
those
that
open
onto
a
roof.
From
the
roof
a
person
can
drop
to
the
ground
more
safely.
Dropping
onto
hard
ground
might
end
in
injury.
Bushes
and
grass
can
help
to
break
a
fall.
根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误，正确为“T”
错误为
“F”。
(
)
1.
It’s
serious
to
know
how
to
escape
from
a
fire.
(
)
2.
In
a
fire
we
can
use
elevators
to
come
down.
(
)
3.
Windows
can’t
be
used
when
you
are
waiting
for
help.
(
)
4.
Doors
must
all
be
open
so
that
smoke
can
come
into
the
room.
(
)
5.
The
passage
may
help
save
your
life
in
a
fire.
E
配对阅读。左栏1-5是5个人阅读兴趣的描述，右栏是7个新闻版块的简介，请在
A-G中选择相对应的一项。
(有两个多余项)
(
)
1.
Bill
cares
about
sports
events
and
how
the
sports
players
are
now.
(
)
2.
Tony
is
interested
in
reading.
He
wants
to
know
what
kind
of
new
books
have
come
out
and
how
some
famous
writers
are
living
now.
(
)
3.
Jackson
is
really
a
film
fan.
Recently
he
would
like
to
know
what
new
movies
are
like
and
what
some
famous
singers’
songs
are.
(
)
4.
Kate’s
father
is
working
abroad
in
Thailand.
Unrest
(动乱)
took
place
there,
so
she
is
rather
worried
about
the
situation
in
Thailand.
(
)
5.
Lily
is
in
poor
health.
She
is
so
eager
to
know
how
to
keep
fit.
A.
Home
News
In
this
section
you
will
read
news
about
the
events
which
happened
in
the
country.B.
Entertainment
News
In
this
section
all
kinds
of
news
about
movies,
songs
and
pop
stars
are
available.C.
Advertisement
SectionHere
are
advertisements
of
various
products，such
as
food，medicine，electric
machines
and
so
on.D.
Reading
Section
New
and
good
books
and
magazines
are
introduced
here.
Of
course，you
can
learn
about
some
well-known
writers.E.
International
NewsHere
are
news
about
events
that
happened
all
over
the
world.F.
Sports
News
Important
sports
events
are
broadcasted
here.
And
we
often
interview
some
good
players.G.
Health
Section
Winter
is
coming
and
it
is
easy
to
get
ill.
If
you
want
to
know
how
to
keep
away
from
disease,
you
should
pay
attention
to
this
section.
TEST
23答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇新闻报道。介绍了64岁的Diana
Nyad成为不用防鲨笼从古巴游泳到弗罗里达的第一人。鼓励人们：实现梦想再老也不迟。
【答案解析】
1.C
细节理解题。由文章第一段最后一句“It
took
her
nearly
53
hours
to
complete
the
103-mile
swim.”可知选C。
2.B
细节理解题。由文中This
was
Nyad’s
fifth
attempt
to
complete
the
swim.得知：成功的这一次是她的第五次尝试，所以成功之前有四次，故选B。
3.D
细节理解题。由文章第三段得知：决心，团队和艰苦的训练缺一不可，故选Ｄ。
4.B
词义推测题。文中them充当protected的承受者，是笼子里的被保护对象，故指代的是上文中的other
swimmers，故选B。
5.A
细节理解题。A.
Diana
Nyad
became
the
first
person
to
swim
from
Cuba
to
Florida.
Diana
Nyad是从古巴游泳到弗罗里达的第一人。与原文对比：缺少了“without
using
a
shark
cage”这一条件。而在这之前已经有其他的游泳者在防鲨笼游过。故选A。
B
【语篇导读】
这是一篇说明文。讲述了19世纪晚期美国的学校和学生上学的情况——全校只要一个教室，各个年级的学生聚集在一起由一位老师授课。
【答案解析】
1.
A
词义猜测题。根据原句The
number
of
students
varied
from
six
to
40
or
more,
学生数从6个到40个或者更多，就这样变化着。后面的数字列举就表明了是在变化的，故可判断选A。
2.
C
细节理解题。根据短文第二段的最后一句…usually
taught
reading,
writing,
arithmetic,
history,
and
geography.可判断正确答案为C。
3.
D
推理判断题。根据第三段的内容可判断D是对的——教师站在前面的讲台上，同时有讲桌，学生和老师之间有取暖的火堆，另外，学生按年龄的大小顺序从后往前排着坐，由此可判断D图是最佳图片。
4.
D
细节理解题。根据第四段的第一句…where
kids
today
can
experience
what
it
was
like
to
be
students
in
the
late
19th
century.一个今天的孩子能体验19世纪末的做学生的样子的地方。故选D。
5.
A
主旨大意题。根据短文内容，可知他们只有一个教室，一个老师，座位按年龄顺序坐，而科目没现在多，故选A。
C
【语篇导读】
本文主要讲述了关于heart这个单词的常用短语的不同表达。包括：丢心表示的爱意、赢得芳心后不爱的“铁石心肠”，以及“心在嘴里”所表示的担心和害怕等等.
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，简单介绍了房屋失火时如何从火灾中逃生。
【答案解析】
1.
T
细节理解题。由第二段第一句“Escaping
from
a
fire
is
a
serious
matter.”可知本题正确。
2.
F
细节理解题。由第二段第二句中but
not
elevators可知，逃生时不能用电梯，故本题错误。
3.
F
细节理解题。由第五段第一句“Windows
are
also
useful
when
you
are
waiting
for
help.”可知，本题错误。
4.
F
细节理解题。由第五段第二句“Be
sure
to
keep
the
door
closed.”可知，本题错误。
5.
T
推理判断题。由第二段第二句可知，了解一些火灾逃生知识可能会救你一命，而本文是关于火灾逃生的，故本题正确。
E
【语篇导读】
本文为信息匹配题。文中介绍了了五个人的兴趣爱好。
【答案解析】
1.F
Bill关心体育活动以及体育运动员的状况，在F栏（体育新闻）中有相关报道。
2.D
Tony对阅读感兴趣，在D栏（阅读区）有新书和一些知名作家的情况介绍。
3.B
Jackson是电影迷，在B栏（娱乐新闻）有涉及电影和流行歌曲和明星的介绍。
4.E
Kate因爸爸在外国（泰国）工作，可以从E栏（国际新闻）了解国际事件，包括泰国在内。
5.G
Lily身体不好，可以在G栏（健康部分）相关的保健信息。TEST
30
建议用时：45分钟
总分：50分
得分:______
A
One
day
a
man
found
a
cocoon
(茧)
of
a
butterfly
in
the
forest.
He
sat
there
for
several
hours
and
watched
the
butterfly.
Suddenly
a
small
opening
appeared,
and
the
butterfly
made
its
great
effort
to
force
its
body
through
that
little
hole.
Then
it
seemed
to
stop
making
any
progress.
It
appeared
as
if
it
had
gotten
as
far
as
it
could
and
it
could
go
no
further.
So
the
man
decided
to
help
the
butterfly.
He
cut
off
the
remaining
bit
of
the
cocoon
so
that
the
butterfly
could
come
out
easily.
But
to
his
surprise,
the
butterfly
got
a
heavy
body
and
very
small
wings
when
it
came
out
of
the
cocoon.
The
man
continued
to
watch
the
butterfly
because
he
expected
that
the
body
would
grow
smaller
at
any
moment
and
the
wings
would
become
larger
and
be
able
to
fly.
But
neither
happened!
In
fact,
the
butterfly
spent
the
rest
of
its
life
crawling
(爬)
around
with
a
heavy
body
and
small
wings.
It
was
never
able
to
fly.
The
man
was
in
his
kindness,
but
he
did
not
understand
the
nature
rules.
Before
the
butterfly
came
out
of
the
cocoon,
fluid
(流体)
from
its
body
must
be
forced
into
its
wings,
and
then
it
would
be
ready
for
flying.
It
must
have
a
hard
struggle
(拼搏)
to
get
through
the
small
opening
to
get
its
freedom
from
the
cocoon.
Sometimes
struggles
are
exactly
what
we
need
in
our
life.
If
God
allowed
us
to
go
through
our
life
without
any
difficulties,
it
would
make
us
fail.
We
would
not
be
as
strong
as
we
could
have
been;
we
could
never
fly.
(
)
1.
What
was
the
butterfly
doing
at
the
beginning
of
the
story
A.
It
was
trying
to
make
a
cocoon
for
itself.
B.
It
was
struggling
to
get
out
of
its
cocoon.
C.
It
was
flying
among
the
trees
in
the
forest.
D.
It
was
crawling
around
quietly
on
the
ground.
(
)
2.
The
man
cut
off
the
remaining
bit
of
the
cocoon
______.
A.
to
take
the
butterfly
home
B.
to
help
the
butterfly
come
out
easily
C.
to
kill
the
butterfly
D.
to
stop
the
butterfly
growing
bigger
(
)
3.
What
do
you
think
of
the
man
A.
Patient
but
cruel.
B.
Careful
and
wise.
C.
Kind
but
unwise.
D.
Brave
and
funny.
(
)
4.
What
does
the
last
paragraph
tell
us
A.
Struggles
are
sometimes
necessary
in
our
life.
B.
Nothing
is
difficult
if
we
put
our
heart
into
it.
C.
Every
good
deed
will
come
back
with
good
result.
D.
The
greatest
happiness
in
the
world
is
to
help
others.
(
)
5.
What
is
the
best
title
for
the
story
A.
The
Love
for
the
Cocoon
B.
The
Joy
of
Helping
Each
Other
C.
The
Lesson
of
the
Cocoon
D.
The
Expectation
for
the
Butterfly
B
It
is
true
that
people
with
better
education
are
usually
able
to
get
better
paying
jobs.
In
other
words,
they
have
more
chances
to
choose
a
good
job
while
people
with
little
or
no
education
don’t.
It
seems
that
the
purpose
of
education
is
to
make
people
get
jobs.
But
this
isn’t
accepted
by
all
people.
Some
people
may
think
that
a
person
should
spend
the
best
years
of
his
life
to
get
education
only
for
a
way
of
living.
This
was
probably
one
of
the
earliest
reasons
of
education.
In
fact,
if
education
is
just
a
way
of
making
a
living,
people
don’t
need
to
spend
so
much
time
in
school.
People
can
get
education
for
a
living
in
a
short
time.
Subjects
like
history
and
geography
need
not
be
taught
to
everyone.
Even
language
and
mathematics
need
not
be
taught
in
detail
(详细地),
either.
Here
it
is
clear
that
education
is
much
more
than
teaching
a
man
to
get
a
way
of
living.
Education
is
well-rounded
and
it
is
mainly
for
improving
a
man.
It
is
not
only
to
teach
him
to
speak,
read
and
write,
but
also
to
develop
his
creative
thinking
and
other
abilities.
After
that,
it
is
to
make
him
a
wise
man
and
thankfully
enjoy
the
achievements
of
human.
Education
is
to
make
a
man
lead
a
better
life.
Educated
people
are
expected
to
be
able
to
listen
to
good
music,
read
good
books,
watch
plays
and
most
of
all
take
an
interest
in
the
world.
I
would
agree
that
making
a
good
living
is
an
important
reason
for
education,
but
certainly
not
the
most
important
or
the
main
reason.
(
)
1.
People
with
little
education
usually
.
A.
spend
a
long
time
in
school
B.
have
a
good
chance
to
get
a
job
C.
spend
the
best
years
to
choose
jobs
D.
have
fewer
chances
to
get
a
good
job
(
)
2.
The
earliest
education
was
probably
to
.
A.
make
a
man
lead
a
better
life
B.
teach
a
man
to
write
and
think
C.
make
people
get
a
way
of
living
D.
teach
people
to
read
good
books
(
)
3.
The
underlined
word
“well-rounded”
in
the
passage
means
“
”
in
Chinese.
A.圆满的
B.崭新的
C.公平的
D.全面的
(
)
4.
It
is
expected
that
educated
people
will
be
able
to
.
A.
accept
education
as
a
way
of
living
B.
take
an
interest
in
the
whole
world
C.
develop
their
abilities
to
make
plays
D.
learn
subjects
like
language
and
math
(
)
5.
The
passage
mainly
tells
us
that
.
A.
education
should
make
a
man
improve
B.
people
can
get
education
in
a
short
time
C.
people
should
be
able
to
get
better
paying
jobs
D.
all
subjects
are
so
important
for
a
way
of
living
C
A
city
without
cars
would
be
very
strange,
right
But
Venice
is
such
a
city.
Venice
is
in
the
northeast
of
Italy.
It
wasn’t
built
on
land,
like
Beijing
or
Shanghai,
but
on
more
than
110
islands.
Seawater
is
everywhere
around
the
city.
Even
so,
travel
isn’t
difficult.
The
waterways
have
always
been
the
best
way
to
get
around.
There
are117
waterways
and
more
than
400
bridges
that
can
guide
you
where
you
want
to
go.
People
in
Venice
move
from
place
to
place
by
boat.
They
like
to
enjoy
the
scenery
(风光)
and
cool
summer
night
while
taking
boat
trips.
They
can
talk
to
other
people
as
they
go
along.
Venice
grew
out
of
small
islands
in
saltwater
lakes
when
some
Italians
escaped
from
a
war
over
1,500
years
ago,
and
built
homes
there.
Water
makes
the
city
special,
but
it
is
also
a
big
problem.
Sometimes
tourists
will
have
such
strange
experiences.
One
moment
they
walk
across
the
Rialto
Bridge,
and
there’s
nothing
special.
But
when
they
come
back
to
the
bridge
an
hour
later,
it’s
underwater
and
everyone
is
wearing
rain
shoes.
Once,
people
used
too
much
underground
water.
This
made
the
city
get
lower
little
by
little.
Now
the
city
has
gone
down
by
23
centimeters.
Another
problem
is
the
rising
seawater.
The
temperature
has
risen
over
the
years.
This
has
made
the
ice
of
the
Arctic
Ocean
(北冰洋)
melt
(融化).
Every
year,
high
waters
hit
the
city
in
autumn
and
winter.
When
a
lot
of
water
comes,
more
than
half
of
the
city
is
underwater.
Scientists
are
trying
different
ways
to
stop
the
city
from
getting
even
lower.
The
Italian
government
has
asked
some
of
Italy’s
biggest
companies
to
build
the
MOST
project,
which
was
planned
to
be
built
under
the
seawater
to
stop
the
rising
water.
Anyway,
this
project
is
helping
solve
the
problem.
(
)
1.
According
to
the
passage,
Venice
is
_____
of
Italy.
A.
in
the
northeast
B.
in
the
west
C.
in
the
southwest
D.
in
the
south
(
)
2.
_____
have
always
been
the
best
way
to
go
here
and
there
in
the
city.
A.
Taxis
and
cars
B.
The
waterways
C.
400
bridges
D.
Boats
and
rain
shoes
(
)
3.
Venice
_____
small
islands
in
saltwater
lakes
more
than
1,500
years
ago.
A.
changed
into
B.
used
to
be
C.
became
D.
developed
from
(
)
4.
Which
is
NOT
the
reason
why
the
city
gets
lower
and
lower
A.
the
higher
temperature.
B.
Overused
underground
water
C.
too
many
waterways.
D.
The
rising
seawater.
(
)
5.
The
passage
is
mainly
about
_____
of
Venice.
A.
the
waterways
and
bridges
B.
the
MOST
project
and
problems
C.
the
specials
and
problems
D.
the
history
and
scenery
D
Andy
was
still
traveling
in
Spain
when
he
realized
he
had
to
confirm
(确认)
his
_______
(1)
home
with
the
airline
company.
He
was
visiting
Spain
in
order
to
improve
his
Spanish.
When
he
was
speaking
to
people
face
to
face,
he
had
no
difficulty
understanding
what
they
said.
However,
when
he
was
speaking
on
the
phone,
he
still
had
a
problem.
Andy
called
the
airline.
And
the
clerk
confirmed
that
his
plane
was
leaving
at
nine
o’clock
three
days
from
that
day.
She
also
told
Andy
to
be
at
the
airport
two
hours
earlier
in
order
to
check
in
his
luggage
and
get
a
seat.
Since
he
was
leaving
in
three
days,
Andy
didn’t
lose
any
time.
He
visited
as
many
places
as
he
could.
He
thought
that
it
would
probably
be
a
while
before
he
had
enough
money
again.
He
wished
he
could
come
back
and
spend
a
year
in
Spain.
Too
quickly,
the
final
day
arrived.
Andy
left
early
for
the
airport
to
arrive
two
hours
before
take-off.
He
hated
to
rush.
He
went
to
the
clerk
to
show
his
ticket.
The
clerk
looked
at
the
ticket
in
surprise.
“Why,
sir,
but
your
flight
was
at
nine
o’clock
in
the
morning,
and
now
it
is
eight
in
the
evening.”
“But
I
confirmed
my
flight,”
insisted
Andy.
“Will
I
have
to
pay
for
another
ticket ”
“No,
sir.
However,
the
next
flight
out
will
be
three
days
from
now.”
Andy’s
_______
(2)
of
shock
turned
to
pleasure
as
he
realized
that
now
he
could
continue
his
vacation.
任务一：请根据短文内容，分别写出⑴、⑵处所缺单词（每空限填一词）
1.
(1)
___________
(2)
__________
任务二：根据短文内容补全句子（每空限填一词）
2.
(A)
He
visited
as
many
places
as
_________.
(B)
From
the
passage
we
know
Andy
could
_________
his
holiday.
任务三：请把上文中划线的句子翻译成汉语。
3.
_________________________________________________.
4.
Why
did
the
clerk
tell
Andy
to
be
at
the
airport
a
little
earlier
_____________________________________________________.
5.
How
long
was
Andy
late
for
the
plane
that
day
_____________________________________________________.
E
阅读下面五则谜语，然后从文后所给的A～F六个选项中选择正确的谜底（其中一项为多余选项）。
(
)
1.
I
am
the
world’s
greatest
traveler,
but
I
have
never
had
a
passport.
No
one
can
stop
me
from
traveling
where
I
want
to.
No
one
has
ever
seen
me,
but
they
have
felt
me.
What
am
I
(
)
2.
I’m
small
and
square
and
made
of
paper.
I’m
like
a
sticker.
I
travel
around
the
world,
but
I
never
leave
my
corner.
I
help
people
to
send
messages.
Some
people
like
to
collect
me.
What
am
I
(
)
3.
I’m
usually
made
of
wood.
I
always
work
in
pairs,
never
alone.
I
help
people
eat.
People
in
some
parts
of
the
world
use
me
every
day,
but
others
almost
never
do.
What
am
I
(
)
4.
I’m
small,
flat
and
made
of
paper.
No
matter
how
much
of
me
people
have,
they
always
want
more.
Children
don’t
know
how
to
use
me.
If
people
don’t
use
me
correctly,
I
can
ruin
their
lives.
What
am
I
(
)
5.
I’m
short
and
thin
and
made
of
paper
or
wood.
I
make
things
burn.
I’m
very
useful,
but
I
can
cause
a
lot
of
trouble
too.
I
help
people
to
cook
and
to
keep
warm.
Children
shouldn’t
play
with
me.
What
am
I
A.
A
stamp
B.
Money
C.
The
wind
D.
Chopsticks
E.
A
computer
F.
A
match
1.
_________
2.
_________
3.
_________
4.
_________
5.
________
自评结果：
用时____分钟
正确率：_____/20
Test
30答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中叙述了一个人帮助蝴蝶破茧而出，却导致蝴蝶的翅膀短小不能飞行（蝴蝶从茧中出来时，就能准备好飞翔。它必须有一个挣扎去通过小孔从茧中脱出）。本文说明了无论做什么事情都不能违背自然规律。
【答案解析】
1.
B
细节理解题。根据第一段中“and
the
butterfly
made
its
great
effort
to
force
its
body
through
that
little
hole.蝴蝶正奋力使它的身体通过小孔”可知本题选B。
2.
B
细节理解题。由第二段第二句“He
cut
off
the
remaining
bit
of
the
cocoon
so
that
the
butterfly
could
come
out
easily.”可知本题选B。
3.
C
推理判断题。阅读全文可知这个是仁慈的，但是他不懂得蝴蝶的破茧规律，从而导致这只蝴蝶不能飞行。故选C。
4.
A
细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句“Sometimes
struggles
are
exactly
what
we
need
in
our
life.
有时候,挣扎正是我们生活中所需要的。”可知本题选A。
5.
C
主旨大意题。本文讲述了一只蝴蝶在化茧成蝶的过程中被一个善良的人给予帮助，却导致蝴蝶的翅膀短小不能飞行的悲惨故事。文章告诉我们无论做什么事情，都不违背自然规律的道理，故选C。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇议论文。通常受过好的教育的人，能找到更好的工作。事实上，教育是用于改善人，发展创造性思维能力，使人有智慧，享受人类的成就，教育就是要使人过上更好的生活。
【答案解析】
1.
D
细节理解题。由第一段中的“It
is
true
that
people
with
better
education
are
usually
able
to
get
better
paying
jobs.
In
other
words,
they
have
more
chances
to
choose
a
good
job
while
people
with
little
or
no
education
don't.”可知，选择D。
2.
C
细节理解题。由第二段中的“Some
people
may
think
that
a
person
should
spend
the
best
years
of
his
life
to
get
education
only
for
a
way
of
living.
This
was
probably
one
of
the
earliest
reasons
of
education.”可知，故选C。
3.
D
词义猜测题。根据划线词语的后一句“It
is
not
only
to
teach
him
to
speak,
read
and
write,
but
also
to
develop
his
creative
thinking
and
other
abilities.”可知well-rounded的意思应为“全面的”，所以选择答案D。
4.
B
细节理解题。由文章第三段中的“Educated
people
are
expected
to
be
able
to
listen
to
good
music,
read
good
books,
watch
plays
and
most
of
all
take
an
interest
in
the
world.”可知，本题选B。
5.
A
主旨大意题。文章主要告诉了我们教育应当使人完善提高。所以选择答案A。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了意大利的水城——威尼斯。文中主要介绍了威尼斯作为一座水上城市的特殊之处，以及威尼斯面临的下沉的问题。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中叙述了安迪在西班牙旅行的时候，他意识到应该和航空公司确认一个回去的航班，由于他的西班牙语不是很好，打电话时出了差错，他确认的航班早已起飞的故事。
【答案】
1.
(1)
flight
(2)
look
/
expression
2.
(1)
possible
(2)
continue
3.
当他与别人当面交谈时，他能理解别人的话。
4.
To
check
in
his
luggage
and
get
a
seat
5.
(About)
11
hours
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍了五条谜语：风、邮票、筷子、钱和火柴。
【答案解析】
1.C
根据“No
one
has
ever
seen
me,
but
they
have
felt
me.”可知是“风”。
2.A
根据“I
help
people
to
send
messages.
Some
people
like
to
collect
me.”可知是“邮票”。
3.D
根据“I
help
people
eat.
People
in
some
parts
of
the
world
use
me
every
day”可知是“筷子”。
4.B
根据“I’m
small,
flat
and
made
of
paper.
No
matter
how
much
of
me
people
have,
they
always
want
more.”可知是“钱”。
5.F
根据“I
make
things
burn.
I’m
very
useful,
but
I
can
cause
a
lot
of
trouble
too.
I
help
people
to
cook
and
to
keep
warm”可知是“火柴”。TEST
1
A
It
was
a
cold
day
in
December
in
New
York
City.
A
little
boy
about
10
years
old
was
standing
in
front
of
a
shoe
store
on
Broadway.
He
was
looking
through
the
windows,
barefooted
and
shivering
with
cold.
A
lady
walked
to
the
boy
and
said,
“My
little
boy,
what
are
you
looking
at ”
“I
am
asking
God
to
give
me
a
pair
of
shoes,”
the
boy
said.
The
lady
took
him
by
the
hand
and
went
into
the
store.
She
asked
the
clerk
to
get
a
pair
of
socks
for
the
boy.
Then
she
asked
if
he
could
give
her
a
basin
of
hot
water
and
a
towel.
The
clerk
quickly
brought
the
things
to
her.
She
washed
the
boy’s
little
feet
and
dried
them
with
the
towel.
By
this
time,
the
clerk
had
returned
with
the
socks.
The
lady
put
on
the
socks
for
the
boy,
and
then
bought
him
a
pair
of
shoes.
She
patted
(轻拍)
him
on
the
head
and
said,
“My
little
boy,
do
you
feel
more
comfortable
now ”
As
she
turned
to
go,
the
boy
caught
her
by
the
hand
suddenly
and
looked
up
in
her
face.
With
tears
in
his
eyes,
he
answered
the
question
with
these
words,
“Are
you
God’s
wife ”
“No,
I’m
a
mother,”
said
the
woman.
(
)
1.
The
story
happened
in
______
on
a
cold
day
in
December.
A.
New
York
B.
London
C.
Moscow
D.
Beijing
(
)
2.
The
little
boy
standing
at
the
store
was
______.
A.
eight
years
old
B.
nine
years
old
C.
ten
years
old
D.
seven
years
old
(
)
3.
The
boy
was
looking
through
the
window
because
______.
A.
he
wanted
a
pair
of
shoes
B.
it
was
fun
to
do
C.
he
was
interested
in
the
window
D.
he
wanted
to
break
the
window
(
)
4.
The
lady
bought
______
for
the
boy.
A.
a
towel
and
a
basin
B.
a
basin
and
shoes
C.
socks
and
towel
D.
socks
and
shoes
(
)
5.
According
to
the
passage
the
Lady
was
______.
A.
God’s
wife
B.
a
kind
woman
C.
the
boy’s
mother
D.
God’s
mother
B
Volunteering
helps
others,
but
it
can
also
help
you,
too.
If
you’re
upset
about
something
that’s
happened
—
like
a
storm
or
other
disaster
(灾害)
—
doing
something
about
it
can
be
a
great
way
to
cope
with
your
feelings.
Volunteering
also
lets
you
see
your
own
life
in
new
ways.
Sometimes
it’s
easy
to
worry
about
things
like
grades
or
get
angry
because
you
don’t
have
the
most
expensive
gym
shoes
or
the
newest
computer
game.
Volunteering
lets
you
spend
some
time
focusing
on
others
for
a
while.
Lots
of
people
—
and
kids
—
find
that
they
really
enjoy
volunteering.
Volunteer
experiences
often
put
you
in
a
different
environment
and
show
you
to
people
and
situations
that
you
wouldn’t
have
come
across
in
your
life.
For
instance,
you
might
learn
that
just
on
the
edge
of
your
town
are
some
kids
who
really
need
winter
clothes.
It
feels
good
to
be
able
to
meet
a
need
like
that.
You’ll
know
that,
thanks
to
you,
some
kids
have
warm
coats,
hats,
gloves,
and
boots.
So
whether
it’s
winter
clothes,
food
for
the
hungry,
or
homes
for
unwanted
pets,
doing
volunteer
work
means
one
very
important
thing:
You
make
a
difference
in
the
world.
So
where
do
you
start
(
)
1.
What
would
you
do
if
someone
is
in
trouble
A.
Go
away
quickly.
B.
Stay
away
from
him.
C.
To
help
him.
D.
Keep
quite.
(
)
2.
What
do
you
think
of
volunteering
according
to
the
passage
A.
It
makes
me
see
my
own
life
in
new
ways.
B.
It
makes
me
get
angry.
C.
It
makes
me
worry
about
my
grades.
D.
It
makes
me
spend
some
time
with
my
parents.
(
)
3.
What
does
the
underlined
word
“unwanted”
mean
in
the
passage
A.
讨厌的
B.
空闲的
C.流浪的
D.
有害的
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.
It
feels
good
to
meet
some
kids
who
really
need
winter
clothes.
B.
Many
people
find
that
they
really
enjoy
volunteering.
C.
Volunteer
experiences
often
put
you
in
a
different
environment.
D.
It’s
not
important
for
us
to
do
volunteer
work.
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
best
title
of
this
passage
A.
Help
Yourself
by
Helping
Others
B.
Help
Yourself
and
Help
Others.
C.
Help
Yourself
or
Help
Others.
D.
Help
Yourself
to
Help
Others.
C
One
day,
a
farmer
was
walking
down
a
road
with
his
son
John.
The
father
said,
“Look!
There’s
a
horseshoe,
pick
it
up
and
put
it
in
your
bag.”
John
said,
“It
isn’t
worth
the
trouble.”
His
father
said
nothing,
but
he
picked
it
up
himself.
When
they
got
to
a
nearby
town,
they
had
a
rest.
There
the
farmer
sold
the
horseshoe
and
with
the
money
he
bought
some
cherries
(樱桃).
The
father
and
the
son
continued
their
way.
The
sun
was
well
up
in
the
sky,
and
there
wasn’t
a
house
or
even
a
tree
where
they
could
have
a
rest.
John
felt
too
thirsty
to
walk
on.
At
this
time
his
father
dropped
a
cherry
on
the
ground
and
John
picked
it
up
quickly
and
ate
it.
After
a
while,
his
father
dropped
another
cherry
and
once
again,
his
son
lost
no
time
in
picking
it
up
and
putting
it
in
his
mouth.
And
so
they
went
on.
The
old
farmer
dropped
the
cherries
and
the
son
picked
them
up.
When
John
had
eaten
up
all
the
cherries,
his
father
said
to
him,
“My
dear
son,
if
you
had
bent
(弯腰)
down
early
to
pick
up
that
horseshoe,
it
would
not
be
necessary
for
you
to
bend
so
many
times
for
the
cherries.
Always
remember
the
lesson
that
he
who
does
not
worry
about
the
little
things
will
find
that
he
cannot
do
the
great
things.”
(
)
1.
What
did
the
father
find
on
the
road
at
first
A.
A
horse.
B.
A
horseshoe.
C.
A
bag.
D.
A
cherry.
(
)
2.
The
farmer
bought
______
with
the
money
after
he
sold
the
horseshoe.
A.
some
bread
B.
some
water
C.
some
cherries
D.
some
apples
(
)
3.
What
did
the
father
do
after
his
son
refused
to
pick
up
the
horseshoe
A.
He
beat
his
son.
B.
He
said
nothing.
C.
He
felt
very
happy.
D.
He
became
very
angry.
(
)
4.
The
father
dropped
the
cherries
one
by
one,
because
______.
A.
he
wanted
to
teach
his
son
B.
he
wanted
his
son
to
do
more
exercise
C.
he
wanted
his
son
to
eat
them
all
D.
he
wanted
to
laugh
at
his
son
(
)
5.
The
main
idea
of
this
story
is
______.
A.
cherries
are
so
delicious
that
most
of
us
like
to
eat
them
B.
a
horseshoe
is
so
expensive
that
it
can
bring
us
a
lot
of
money
C.
if
we
want
to
eat
cherries,
we
must
pick
up
a
horseshoe
D.
if
we
don’t
worry
about
the
little
things,
we
cannot
do
the
great
things
D
A
little
girl
walked
to
and
from
school
every
day.
One
day
in
the
morning,
she
made
her
daily
trip
to
school
though
dark
clouds
gathered
in
the
sky.
When
school
was
over,
with
books
in
her
schoolbag,
the
little
girl
walked
home
carrying
nothing
in
her
hands.
On
the
way
home,
wind
blew
hard
and
trees
shook
from
side
to
side
in
the
wind.
Rain
poured
down.
The
mother
worried
that
her
daughter
would
be
frightened
because
of
flashes
of
lightning
(闪电).
The
mother
drove
to
her
daughter’s
school
in
a
hurry.
On
the
way
to
school,
the
mother
saw
the
little
girl
walking
alone
in
the
rain.
When
a
flash
of
lightning
came,
the
little
girl
stopped,
looked
up
and
smiled.
Another
followed.
The
little
girl
stopped,
looked
up
and
smiled.
A
third
time,
the
little
girl
stopped,
looked
up
and
smiled.
With
the
coming
of
the
following
flashes
of
lightning,
the
little
girl
repeated
the
same
thing
again.
After
the
little
girl
got
into
the
car,
the
mother
wondered
why
she
stopped,
looked
up
and
smiled
when
lightning
came.
Wearing
a
bright
smile,
replied
the
girl,
“Mom,
when
a
flash
of
lightning
came,
I
felt
a
bit
frightened.
Seeing
this,
God
would
take
a
picture
of
me.
I
knew
he
was
playing
an
interesting
game
with
me
to
drive
away
my
fear
(恐惧).”
You
see,
if
you
look
at
the
world
from
a
different
view,
the
world
is
really
amazing.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
A
little
girl
made
her
way
to
school
though
it
was
not
fine
that
morning.
(
)
2.
When
it
rained,
the
mother
ran
to
school
because
she
was
worried
about
her
daughter.
(
)
3.
The
little
girl
walked
home
with
an
umbrella
in
her
hand.
(
)
4.
On
the
way
home,
the
little
girl
saw
lightning
three
times.
(
)
5.
There
are
wonders
in
life
if
you
see
the
world
in
a
different
way.
E
阅读短文，根据其内容补全下面表格。
What’s
the
secret
of
being
a
great
friend
Here
are
some
tips
to
help
you
be
a
nice
friend.
Laugh
and
cry
together.
Laughing
with
a
friend
is
the
best,
but
sometimes
it’s
crying
that
brings
you
closer
together.
Don’t
be
afraid
to
be
yourself
with
your
friends.
Share
your
true
feelings—you
may
learn
that
your
friends
feel
the
same
way.
As
a
result,
friends
will
understand
each
other
better.
Be
a
thoughtful
gift
giver.
Gift-giving
isn’t
just
for
birthdays
or
holidays—it
can
be
a
fun
way
of
making
your
friends
feel
special!
But
don’t
buy
expensive
presents—be
creative!
Making
things
shows
your
care,
because
you
put
time
and
thought
into
your
gifts.
Bake
his
favorite
cookies,
write
him
a
poem,
or
draw
something
special
for
him.
Small
thoughtful
gifts,
such
as
picking
a
flower
for
a
friend
who
is
sick,
just
might
cheer
him
up.
Stand
up
for
him.
It’s
hard
to
watch
someone
laugh
at
a
friend.
But
don’t
just
stand
there,
do
something
about
it!
You
can
find
a
creative
way
to
solve
the
problem
to
make
others
look
at
your
friend
differently.
Other
times,
you
need
to
show
your
courage
and
support
him—he
needs
you.
It
may
be
not
easy,
but
it’s
what
a
good
friend
should
do!
How
to
Be
a
Great
Friend
Laugh
and
cry
together.
1.
Both
laughing
and
(1)
________
can
bring
friends
closer.
2.
Sharing
your
true
feelings
with
friends
can
help
you
understand
each
other
better.
Be
a
thoughtful
gift
giver.
1.
Giving
friends
gifts
can
make
them
feel
(2)
________2.
You’d
better
make
small
gifts
by
yourself
(3)
________
buying
expensive
ones
for
your
friends.
Stand
up
for
him.
1.
If
your
friends
are
(4)
________
at,
you
can
find
a
creative
way
to
help
them.
2.
Show
your
courage
and
(5)
________
your
friends.
自评结果
建议用时：30
分钟
实际用时____分钟
正确率：_____/20
TEST
1答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了大雪纷飞的寒冷冬天，一个光着脚、冻得发颤的十岁男孩望着鞋店里的鞋子默默祈祷”祈求上帝能给我一双鞋子”，一位好心的妈妈满足了他的愿望的故事。
【答案解析】
1.A
细节理解题。由It
was
a
cold
day
in
December
in
New
York
City.可知选A。
2.C
细节理解题。由A
little
boy
about
10
years
old
was
standing
in
front
of
a
shoe
store
on
Broadway.可知选C。
3.A
细节理解题。由男孩所说的话I
am
asking
God
to
give
me
a
pair
of
shoes可知他透过鞋店橱窗看的原因，故选A。
4.D
细节理解题。根据She
asked
the
clerk
to
get
a
pair
of
socks
for
the
boy.和and
then
bought
him
a
pair
of
shoes.可知选D。
5.B
细节理解题。根据短文最后一句”No,
I’m
a
mother.”可知选B。
B
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇教育类记叙文。讲述了一位父亲通过捡马蹄铁卖钱、买樱桃、丢樱桃、吃樱桃的经过，给他的孩子上了一堂人生教育课的故事。
【答案解析】
1.
B
细节理解题。选项A马；选项B一块马蹄铁；选项C一个袋子；选项D一个樱桃。根据There’s
a
horseshoe….His
father
said
nothing
but
picked
it
up
himself.可知父亲拾起了一块马蹄铁，所以选择B。
2.
C
细节理解题。选项A一些面包；选项B一些水；选项C一些樱桃；选项D一些苹果。根据There
the
farmer
sold
the
horseshoe
and
with
the
few
pennies
he
bought
some
cherries.可知他父亲卖了马蹄铁用这些钱买了些樱桃，所以选择C。
3.
B
细节理解题。选项A他打他的儿子；选项B他什么也没有说；选项C他感到非常高兴；选项D他变得非常生气。根据His
father
said
nothing
but
picked
it
up
himself，可知他父亲什么都没说，故选择答案B。
4.
A
细节理解题。选项A他想教他的儿子；选项B他想让他的儿子多做些运动；选项C他希望他的儿子把它们都吃掉；选项D他想嘲笑他的儿子。根据When
Thomas
had
eaten
up
all
the
cherries,
his
father
said
to
him…，可知他父亲这样做的目的就是为了给儿子讲一个人生道理，所以选A。
5.
D
主旨大意题。选项A樱桃是如此的好吃以至于我们大多数人喜欢吃；选项B马蹄是如此昂贵因此它能给我们带来很多钱；选项C如果我们想吃樱桃，我们必须捡起一块马蹄铁；选项D如果我们不担心（考虑）小事，我们就做不了大事。通过文中父亲的谈话可知，如果我们想做大事，就要从小事开始，所以选择答案D。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。一个小姑娘每天都是步行上学、步行回家。在某一天的上午，突然下起狂风暴雨，妈妈担心女儿会害怕闪电，于是开车去接她。在去学校的路上，妈妈看见小女孩独自走在雨中。当一个闪电来了，小女孩停了下来，抬起头，笑了笑，当闪电再次到来时，小女孩重复同样的动作。妈妈想知道为什么？女孩回答说，“妈妈，当闪电来临，我感到有点害怕，我认为这是上帝在给我拍照，他在和我玩一个有趣的游戏，来驱走我的恐惧。”
想想吧：不同的观点看世界的话，世界真的是太神奇了。
1.T
细节理解题。由“One
day
in
the
morning,
she
made
her
daily
trip
to
school
though
dark
clouds
gathered
in
the
sky.”可知本题正确。
2.F
细节理解题。由“The
mother
drove
to
her
daughter’s
school
in
a
hurry.”可知本题错误。
3.F
细节理解题。由“When
school
was
over,
with
books
in
her
schoolbag,
the
little
girl
walked
home
carrying
nothing
in
her
hands.”可知本题错误。
4.F
细节理解题。由“With
the
coming
of
the
following
flashes
of
lightning,
the
little
girl
repeated
the
same
thing
again.”可知本题错误。
5.T
细节理解题。由“if
you
look
at
the
world
from
a
different
view,
the
world
is
really
amazing.”可知本题正确。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。主要讲述了成为一个好朋友需要具备以下几点：一起哭，一起笑；送礼要考虑周全；支持他。
【答案】
crying
2.
special
/
unusual
3.instead
of
4.
laughed
5.
supportTEST
26
A
A
farmer
had
a
brother
in
town
who
was
a
gardener,
and
had
a
garden
full
of
the
finest
fruit
trees.
So
his
skill
and
his
beautiful
trees
were
famous
everywhere.
One
day
the
farmer
went
into
town
to
visit
his
brother,
and
was
surprised
at
the
trees
that
grew
quite
well.
“Look,
my
brother,”
said
the
gardener.
“I
will
give
you
an
apple
tree,
the
best
from
my
garden,
and
you,
and
your
children,
and
your
children’s
children
will
enjoy
it.”
Then
the
gardener
called
his
workmen
and
ordered
them
to
take
up
the
tree
and
carry
it
to
his
brother’s
farm.
They
did
so,
and
the
next
morning
the
farmer
began
to
wonder
where
he
should
plant
it.
“If
I
plant
it
on
the
hill,”
he
said
to
himself,
“the
wind
might
catch
it
and
shake
down
the
delicious
fruit
before
it
is
ripe.
If
I
plant
it
close
to
the
road,
passers—by
will
see
it
and
take
away
the
apples—
but
if
I
plant
it
too
near
the
door
of
my
house,
my
children
may
pick
the
fruit.
“So,
after
he
had
thought
the
matter
over,
he
planted
the
tree
behind
his
bam
(谷仓).
Time
passed,
but
the
tree
had
no
fruit
the
first
year,
nor
the
second
—
then
the
farmer
sent
for
his
brother.
When
the
gardener
came,
the
farmer
said
angrily,
“You
have
cheated
me,
and
given
me
a
useless
tree
instead
of
a
fruitful
one.
This
is
the
third
year
and
still
it
brings
out
nothing
but
leaves!”
The
gardener
laughed
and
said,
“See
where
the
tree
was
planted,
it
has
no
sun
or
warmth.
How,
then,
could
you
expect
flowers
and
fruit ”
(
)
1.
From
the
passage,
we
can
see
the
farmer
planted
the
apple
tree
______.
A.
behind
his
bam
B.
on
the
hill
C.
close
to
the
read
D.
near
the
door
of
his
house
(
)
2.
The
underlined
(划线的)
word
“ripe”
means
_______.
A.
挂果
B.
成熟
C.
开花
D.
成长
(
)
3.
What
is
not
mentioned
(提到)
in
the
fifth
paragraph
A.
What
happened
to
the
apple
tree
B.
Why
the
farmer
got
angry
with
his
brother.
C.
What
kind
of
man
the
farmer
was.
D.
Why
the
farmer
sent
for
his
brother.
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.
The
farmer’s
brother
had
a
garden
full
of
the
finest
fruit
trees.
B.
The
gardener
gave
his
brother
the
best
apple
tree
from
his
garden.
C.
No
flowers,
fruit
or
leaves
were
on
the
apples
tree.
D.
The
farmer
thought
his
brother
gave
him
a
useless
tree.
(
)
5.
What
do
you
know
from
the
end
of
the
story
A.
The
farmer
moved
the
tree
to
the
roadside.
B.
The
gardener
took
the
tree
to
the
roadside.
C.
The
tree
will
have
no
fruit
any
more.
D.
The
gardener
taught
the
farmer
a
lesson.
B
Do
you
want
to
live
a
happier,
less
stressful
(有压力的)
life
Try
laughing
for
no
reason
at
all.
That’s
how
thousands
of
people
start
their
day
at
Laughter
(笑声)
Clubs
around
the
world
and
many
doctors
now
think
that
having
a
good
laugh
might
be
one
of
the
best
ways
to
stay
healthy.
The
first
Laughter
Club
was
started
in
Mumbai,
India,
in
1995
by
Dr.
Madan
Kataria.
“Young
children
laugh
about
300
times
a
day.
Adults
laugh
between
7
and
15
times
a
day,”
says
Dr.
Kataria.
“Everyone’s
naturally
good
at
laughing—it’s
the
common
language.
We
want
people
to
feel
happy
with
their
lives”
There
are
now
more
than
500
Laughter
Clubs
in
India
and
over
1,300
in
the
world.
Many
doctors
are
also
interested
in
the
effects
(效果)
of
laughter
on
our
health.
According
to
a
5-year
study
at
the
UCLA
School
of
Medicine
in
California,
with
laughing
there
is
less
stress
in
the
body.
Laughter
improves
our
health
against
illness
by
about
40％.
So
what
happens
at
a
Laughter
Club
I
went
along
to
my
nearest
club
in
South
London
to
find
out.
I
was
quite
nervous
at
the
beginning
of
the
class,
to
be
honest,
I
wasn’t
interested
in
laughing
with
a
group
of
strangers,
and
I
was
worried
about
looking
stupid.
Our
laughter
teacher
told
us
to
clap
our
hands
and
say
“ho
ho
ho,
ha
ha
ha.”
while
looking
at
each
other.
However,
our
bodies
can’t
tell
the
difference
between
real
laughter
and
unreal
laughter,
so
they
still
produce
the
same
healthy
effects.
Surprisingly,
it
works!
After
ten
minutes
everybody
in
the
room
was
laughing
for
real
and
some
people
just
couldn’t
stop!
At
the
end
of
the
class
I
was
surprised
by
how
relaxed
and
comfortable
I
felt.
So
if
you’re
under
stress,
then
start
laughing.
You
might
be
very
pleased
with
the
results！
(
)
1.
The
first
Laughter
Club
was
started
in
______.
A.
India
B.
America
C.
Britain
D.
China
(
)
2.
How
many
Laughter
Clubs
are
there
in
the
world
today
A.
Over
300.
B.
Over
500.
C.
Over
800.
D.
Over
1,300.
(
)
3.
How
did
the
writer
feel
at
the
beginning
of
the
class
A.
Surprised.
B.
Pleased.
C.
Nervous.
D.
Tired.
(
)
4.
When
did
the
people
in
the
club
begin
to
laugh
for
real
A.
After
ten
minutes.
B.
After
ten
hours.
C.
After
ten
seconds.
D.
After
ten
days.
(
)
5.
The
article
mainly
tells
us
_______.
A.
Young
children
laugh
much
more
often
than
adults
in
a
day.
B.
Laughing
is
one
of
the
best
ways
to
stay
healthy.
C.
Many
doctors
are
also
interested
in
the
effects
of
laughter
on
our
health.
D.
Real
laughter
and
unreal
laughter
are
both
good
for
health.
C
Cause
and
effect
is
one
way
to
explain
things
that
happen
around
us.
Many
things
happen
because
something
caused
or
influenced
them
to
happen.
Sometimes
it
is
hard
to
look
at
a
cause
and
find
out
what
causes
the
effect.
It
may
help
you
to
start
with
the
effect
and
use
your
reasoning
(推理的)
skills.
Think
about
all
the
things
you
know
that
could
be
reasons
for
the
effect
you
can
see.
For
example,
you
may
see
someone
putting
on
a
heavy
jacket.
This
is
the
effect.
To
look
for
a
cause,
think
to
yourself,
“What
would
make
someone
put
on
a
heavy
jacket ”
Maybe
the
person
is
going
outside
into
very
cold
weather.
Maybe
the
person
works
in
the
penguin
pen
(企鹅圈养地)
at
Sea
World.
Maybe
the
person
is
going
to
visit
an
ice
skating
rink
where
the
air
is
kept
very
cold.
All
of
these
things
could
be
a
cause
for
putting
on
a
heavy
jacket.
Now,
think
about
a
second
example.
The
effect
is
a
boy
named
Abi
has
to
go
to
the
head
teacher’s
office.
What
are
the
possible
causes
Maybe
he
bullied
(欺负)
another
student.
Maybe
he
is
just
being
picked
up
early.
Maybe
he
is
being
given
a
prize!
Here
is
another
example
for
you
to
think
about
its
cause
and
effect.
Cait,
13,
was
trying
to
fall
asleep
when
her
8-year-old
brother,
Doug,
came
into
her
room.
He
looked
around
a
bit,
but
seemed
really
out
of
it.
Then
Doug
went
back
into
the
hallway
and
stood
there
looking
straight
up
at
the
hall
light
for
quite
a
while.
Little
brothers
can
be
very
strange,
but
this
was
really
much
too
strange.
Cait
didn’t
know
what
to
do.
Just
then,
Cait’s
father
appeared
and
explained
that
Doug
was
sleepwalking.
What’s
the
cause
and
effect,
could
you
tell
(
)
1.
According
to
the
second
paragraph,
which
of
the
following
is
an
effect
A.
Someone
puts
on
a
heavy
jacket.
B.
Someone
works
in
the
penguin
pen.
C.
Someone
will
go
outside
into
cold
weather.
D.
Someone
will
go
to
visit
an
ice
skating
rink.
(
)
2.
Abi
has
to
go
to
the
head
teacher’s
office.
Which
of
the
following
isn’t
the
possible
cause
A.
He
bullied
another
student.
B.
He
is
going
shopping.
C.
He
is
being
picked
up
early.
D.
He
is
being
given
a
prize
(
)
3.
What
was
Doug
doing
when
his
sister
Cait
tried
to
fall
asleep
A.
He
was
going
outside.
B.
He
was
reading
a
story.
C.
He
was
sleepwalking.
D.
He
was
looking
for
his
dad,
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
cause
and
effect
A.
Tony
got
up
and
had
a
glass
of
water.
B.
We
came
home
and
found
him
sleeping.
C.
The
ball
was
lost
and
a
window
was
broken.
D.
Tim
was
late
again
and
his
teacher
got
angry.
(
)
5.
What
is
the
best
title
for
the
text
A.
Truth
and
lies
B.
Work
and
sleep
C.
Cause
and
effect
D.
Life
and
dreams
D
World
Book
Day
falls
on
April
23
every
year.
It
was
set
up
by
the
UNESCO
(联合国教科文组织)
in
1955
to
encourage
people
to
discover
the
pleasure
of
reading.
It
means
you
read
a
book
out
of
interest
not
because
your
teachers
or
parents
tell
you
to
do
so.
“Reading
for
pleasure”
plays
a
more
important
role
in
one’s
growth
than
one’s
family
background.
Books,
magazines,
newspapers
and
other
kinds
of
materials
can
help
us
know
more
about
the
outside
world
and
perfect
us.
However,
computer
games,
online
videos
and
Internet
are
pushing
books
off
the
shelf.
Some
experts
believe
it’s
a
worrying
trend
(趋势).
Each
Chinese
read
0.38
more
books
in
2013
than
2012
but
still
far
fewer
than
those
in
major
developed
countries.
Even
worse,
many
bookstores
have
closed
their
doors
because
many
book
lovers
start
to
buy
fewer
books
than
before.
However,
many
people
do
still
prefer
reading
because
it
has
been
part
of
their
life.
It
can
benefit
(使收益)
people
in
many
ways.
It
gives
us
information
about
other
cultures
and
places
of
the
world.
It
also
has
a
strong
influence
on
forming
our
personality
and
makes
us
more
intelligent.
The
more
we
read,
the
more
we
know.
The
more
we
know,
the
smarter
we
become.
It’s
never
too
late
to
start
reading.
So
jump
into
the
wonderful
world
of
books
now!
根据短文内容，回答下列各题。
1.
In
which
of
the
countries
does
each
person
read
more
than
15
books
in
a
year
__________________________________________________________________
2.
Why
did
people
set
up
World
Book
Day
__________________________________________________________________
3.
What
are
the
experts
worrying
about
__________________________________________________________________
4.
Is
it
right
that
each
Chinese
read
0.38
more
books
in
2012
than
2011
If
not,
what’s
the
result
__________________________________________________________________
5.
How
many
books
did
you
read
in
2013
What
do
you
think
of
reading
__________________________________________________________________
E
根据短文内容，从方框中所给的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，补全短文，其中有一项为多余选项。
Healthy
eating
doesn’t
just
mean
what
you
eat,
but
how
you
eat.
Here
is
some
advice
on
healthy
eating.
Eat
with
others.
1
.
If
you
usually
eat
with
your
parents,
you
will
find
that
the
food
you
eat
is
more
delicious.
Listen
to
your
body.
Ask
yourself
if
you
are
really
hungry.
Have
a
glass
of
water
to
see
if
you
are
thirsty
—
sometimes
you
are
just
thirsty,
2
.
Stop
eating
before
you
feel
full.
Eat
breakfast.
Breakfast
is
the
most
important
meal
of
the
day.
After
you
don’t
eat
for
the
past
ten
hours,
your
body
needs
food
to
get
you
going,
so
you
must
eat
something
for
breakfast.
3
.
Eat
healthy
snacks
like
fruits,
yogurt
(酸奶）or
cheese.
We
all
need
snacks
sometimes.
In
fact,
it’s
a
good
idea
to
eat
two
healthy
snacks
between
your
three
meals.
This
doesn’t
mean
that
4
.
5
.
With
our
busy
life,
we
always
put
off
eating
dinner
until
the
last
minute.
Try
to
eat
dinner
at
least
3
hours
before
you
go
to
bed.
This
will
give
your
body
a
chance
to
digest
(消化)
most
of
the
food
before
you
rest
for
the
next
8-10
hours.
A.
Don’t/don’t
eat
dinner
late.B.
You/you
need
no
food.C.
It/it
can
help
you
to
see
others’
healthy
eating
habits.D.
You/you
can
eat
a
bag
of
chips
instead
of
a
meal.E.
Healthy/healthy
eating
is
very
important
for
us.F.
You/you
will
be
smarter
after
eating
breakfast.
TEST
26答案
A
【篇章导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中讲述了一个农夫和一个园丁这两个兄弟之间的故事。园丁送给农夫一棵苹果树，农夫不懂苹果树的种植而栽在谷仓后面，不能接受阳光和温暖而未结果的笑话。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。由文中第四段最后一句“So,
after
he
had
thought
the
matter
over,
he
planted
the
tree
behind
his
bam
”可知：农夫把苹果树种植在谷仓的后面，故选A。
2.
B
词义猜测题。根据单词所在句子“If
I
plant
it
on
the
hill,”
he
said
to
himself,
“the
wind
might
catch
it
and
shake
down
the
delicious
fruit
before
it
is
ripe.”可推断“苹果只有在成熟前被摇晃下（摘掉）美味的果实。由此可知答案A、C、D均不合题意，故选B。
3.
C
细节理解题。通读第五段，可知本段表述了“苹果树发生的事”、“农夫为何生气”和“农夫为何把树还给他的兄弟”，只有C选项“农夫是哪种人”没有在文中被提到。故选C。
4.
C
细节理解题。通读短文第五自然段，根据首句Time
passed,
but
the
tree
had
no
fruit
the
first
year,
nor
the
second可知“第一年和第二年树上没有苹果”，所以C选项表述“树上没有花、果和叶子”不正确，故选C。
5.
D
推理判断题。通读全文，不难看出，农夫不懂得种植苹果树的方法，可推出“园丁会给农夫上一节好课”。故选D。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，主要讲述了笑是保持健康的最好方法之一。第一个笑声俱乐部1995年创立于印度孟买，创建者是Madan
Kataria医生。现在印度拥有超过500个笑声俱乐部，全球性拥有超过1,
300个。笑不但能减轻对我们身体的压力，笑声还能能提升大约40%抵抗疾病的能力。如果您觉得有压力，笑一笑吧，您可能会得到意想不到的结果！
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中说明了凡事都有原因和结果。本文就是通过三个事例说明我们周围发生的事情的原因和结果之间的关系。
【答案解析】
1.A
细节理解题。通过第二段的叙述我们可以知道“穿着厚重的夹克”是结果，B、C、D都是猜测穿着厚重的夹克的原因。
2.B
细节理解题。通过第三段可知可能的原因中没有提到他要求购物和必须去老师的办公室没有因果关系。
3.C
细节理解题。道格的父亲最后解释可知sleepwalking
“梦游”是关键词。故选C项。
4.D
推理判断题。四个答案中只有D答案“蒂姆又一次迟到，他的老师生气”构成因果关系。故本题答案为D。
5.C
主旨大意题。短文开篇即点明了主旨，cause
and
effect“因和果”。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是议论文，介绍了世界读书日的成立时间、成立的目的以及目前的状况。呼吁人们尽早行动起来跳到书世界里，尽情享受阅读带来的快乐。
【答案】
1.
France,
Japan
and
Israel.
2.
Because
they
wanted
to
encourage
people
to
discover
the
pleasure
of
reading.
3.
They
are
worrying
(that)
computer
games,
online
videos
and
Internet
are
pushing
books
off
the
shelf.
4.
No.
It’s
0.04.
5.
I
read
one
(book)
/two
(books)
/three
(books)/…/
One./Two./Three./…
It
gives
us
information
about
other
cultures
and
places
of
the
world./…
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中介绍了关于健康饮食的一些建议。
【答案解析】
1.
C
由上一句关键词with
others，可知选择答案C。
2.
B
由下文Stop
eating
before
you
feel
full
(你感到饱之前停止进食)，可知答案为B。
3.
F
由上文关键词breakfast早餐，可知选择答案F。
4.
D
由上文关键词snacks小吃，零食和meals正餐，可知选择答案D。
5.
A
由下文关键词put
off推迟，延迟，可知选择答案A。TEST
19
A
Tuesday,
1st
September
I
had
mixed
feelings
today,
nervous,
worried,
happy,
excited...
My
heart
went
down
when
Miss
Chan,
our
head
teacher,
said
that
Matthew
and
Beth,
two
students
from
England,
would
spend
three
months
with
us!
I
was
worried
that
I
had
to
speak
English
so
much!
But
at
the
end
of
the
school
day,
I
was
happier
than
I
thought:
the
morning
with
them
today
was
more
enjoyable
than
I
expected.
Today
is
the
most
unforgettable
first
day
I
have
had!
Matthew
is
fantastic!
His
English
is
clearer
and
easier
to
listen
to
than
I
thought.
The
other
English
student,
Beth,
is
the
most
helpful
girl
I’ve
ever
met.
There
were
lots
of
things
to
do
on
the
first
day.
Beth
offered
to
help
Miss
Chan
put
up
all
the
notices.
Of
course,
some
of
the
credit
(功劳）should
also
go
to
ME
because
I
translated
some
of
the
notices
for
her.
Miss
Chan
praised
us!
We
finished
all
the
preparations
10
minutes
earlier
than
expected,
then
Beth
and
I
talked
for
a
while.
Matthew
sang
several
English
songs
and
did
some
stand-up
comedy
(单人喜剧表演）at
the
party.
We
all
praised
him.
When
the
bell
rang
to
end
the
first
school
day,
none
of
us
wanted
to
leave.
When
I
went
back
home,
I
had
a
little
headache.
I
have
probably
spoken
more
English
today
than
the
whole
of
last
year.
It
was
really
a
happy
day!
I
hope
our
friendship
can
continue,
even
after
they
have
gone
back
to
England!
(
)
1.
The
writer
felt
_____when
he
heard
the
news
from
Miss
Chan.
A.
excited
B.
angry
C.
fantastic
D.
worried
(
)
2.
Beth
helped
Miss
Chan
with
the
_____.
A.
comedy
B.
speeches
C.
notices
D.
translation
(
)
3.
Matthew
_____
at
the
party.
A.
had
a
talk
B.
rang
the
bell
C.
sang
several
songs
D.
made
a
preparation
(
)
4.
Matthew
and
Beth_____
on
the
first
day.
A.
spoke
much
Chinese
B.
got
lots
of
praise
C.
had
a
little
headache
D.
forgot
to
leave
school
(
)
5.
From
the
passage,
we
know
that
the
writer
______.
A.
caught
a
bad
cold
that
day
B.
went
back
home
with
Beth
C.
expects
to
travel
to
England
D.
likes
the
two
English
students
B
‘‘Make-A-Wish’’
is
one
of
the
world’s
most
well-known
charities
(慈善机构).
It
makes
wishes
come
true
for
children
who
have
serious
illnesses.
It
gives
them
hope
and
joy
and
helps
them
forget
about
their
health
problems
and
have
fun.
It
all
started
in
1980
in
Phoenix,
Arizona.
Christopher
was
a
7-year-old
boy
who
was
very
sick.
He
always
dreamed
of
becoming
a
police
officer.
Tommy
Austin
and
Ron
Cox,
two
police
officers,
made
his
wish
come
true.
They
gave
Christopher
a
tour
of
the
city
in
a
police
helicopter
(直升飞机)
and
made
a
real
police
uniform
(制服)
for
him.
There
are
four
kinds
of
wishes
children
usually
have:
I
wish
to
go.
Children
usually
want
to
travel
or
go
to
a
concert,
a
game
or
a
park.
I
wish
to
meet.
Children
sometimes
want
to
meet
their
favorite
actors,
singers
or
players.
I
wish
to
be.
Some
children
wish
to
become
actors,
singers
or
police
officers.
I
wish
to
have.
They
often
want
to
have
a
computer,
a
game,
a
bike
or
many
other
things.
Let’s
hope
more
wishes
will
come
true
in
the
future.
People
who
work
in
the
charity
always
try
for
the
best.
Almost
25,
000
volunteers
(志愿者)
help,
work
or
give
money.
Will
you
be
one
of
them
(
)
1.
‘‘Make-A-Wish’’
is
a
charity
to
help
______.
A.
sick
children
B.
serious
officers
C.
famous
actors
D.
popular
singers
(
)
2.
What
did
the
two
police
officers
do
for
Christopher
A.
They
give
him
a
computer.
B.
They
give
him
a
tour
of
the
city.
C.
They
took
him
to
a
concert.
D.
They
took
him
to
the
hospital.
(
)
3.
Which
kind
of
wishes
does
Christopher
have
A.
I
wish
to
go
B.
I
wish
to
meet
C.
I
wish
to
be
D.
I
wish
to
have
(
)
4.
The
purpose
of
the
last
paragraph
is
to
______.
A.
explain
what
‘‘Make-A-Wish’’
is
B.
encourage
more
people
to
join
the
charity
C.
tell
us
how
Christopher’s
wish
came
true
D.
introduce
different
kinds
of
children’s
wishes
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage
A.
Sick
children
just
wish
to
get
well.
B.
Christopher
and
Tommy
are
two
officers.
C.
A
few
people
are
working
for
‘‘Make-A-Wish’’.
D.
‘‘Make-A-Wish’’
has
a
history
of
over
30
years.
C
What
should
you
take
in
with
you
when
you
take
an
exam
Pen,
pencil,
eraser,
ruler…,
and
don’t
forget
a
bottle
of
water!
According
to
a
study
at
the
British
Psychological
(心理学的)
Society
Annual
Conference
held
in
London,
students
who
bring
water
into
exams
may
improve
their
grades
by
up
to
10
percent.
Scientists
at
the
University
of
East
London
and
the
University
of
Westminster,
UK,
did
a
study
on
447
students.
The
students
were
studying
for
different
degrees
(学历)
at
the
University
of
East
London.
Only
25
percent
of
them
entered
the
exam
hall
with
something
to
drink.
Scientists
then
compared
their
exam
results
with
their
normal
schoolwork
grades.
They
found
that
all
those
who
had
brought
drinks
with
them
got
better
grades
by
between
2
and
10
percent.
It
is
unclear
why
drinking
water
improves
exam
results.
But
scientists
say
having
enough
water
in
our
bodies
and
not
feeling
thirsty
could
have
a
helpful
effect
on
our
brains.
Drinking
water
may
also
cut
down
on
anxiety
(焦虑),
which
has
a
bad
effect
on
exam
performances,
according
to
Chris
Pawson,
PhD,
of
the
University
of
East
London.
“Whatever
the
explanation,
it
is
clear
that
students
should
try
hard
to
stay
hydrated
(含水的)
with
water
during
exams,”
he
said.
So
next
time,
when
you
are
going
to
have
a
big
exam,
try
bringing
a
bottle
of
water
with
you.
Who
knows
—
it
may
help
you
pass
the
exam!
(
)
1.
How
much
may
the
students
improve
their
grades
most
if
they
bring
water
into
exams
A.
By
2%.
B.
By
8%.
C.
By
10%.
D.
By
25%.
(
)
2.
How
many
students
in
the
study
got
better
grades
A.
About
112
students
who
brought
drinks
or
water
into
their
exams.
B.
All
the
447
students
who
come
from
the
University
of
East
London.
C.
About
300
students
who
took
part
in
the
study.
D.
About
10
percent
of
the
students
who
studied
different
subjects.
(
)
3.
The
underlined
phrase
“cut
down
on”
probably
means
______.
A.
increase
B.
bring
C.
reduce
D.
change
(
)
4.
According
to
the
passage,
how
does
water
help
students
in
exams
a.
It
is
good
for
their
brains.
b.
It
makes
students
smarter.
c.
It
helps
students
stay
cool.
d.
It
helps
students
stay
awake.
A.
a
b
B.
a
c
C.
b
c
D.
c
d
(
)
5.
Where
can
you
probably
read
the
article
A.
Fashion
magazine.
B.
Text
book.
C.
Travel
guide.
D.
Newspaper.
D
There
are
many
things
we
need
to
know,
but
we
do
not
learn
them
at
school.
For
example,
if
we
want
to
use
our
money
wisely,
we
need
to
shop
carefully.
We
need
to
know
how
to
compare
the
prices
of
the
same
things
in
different
shops.
We
also
need
to
know
how
to
make
the
best
decision
when
we
shop.
It
is
a
life
skill,
and
we
need
to
practice
it
in
our
daily
life.
Supermarket
WBusiness
hours:
6:00
am--10:30
pmEggs
(1
kilo):
￡6.50Apples
(1
kilo):
￡3.80Pork
(1
kilo):
￡18.20Tomatoes
(1
kilo):
￡1.58Environment:
Very
goodService:
Excellent
Supermarket
MBusiness
hours:
5:30
am--10:30
pmEggs
(1
kilo):
￡6.60Apples
(1
kilo):
￡3.96Pork
(1
kilo):
￡18.20Tomatoes
(1
kilo):
￡1.50Environment:
Very
goodService:
Good
Supermarket
YBusiness
hours:
6:00
am--10:00
pmEggs
(1
kilo):
￡6.20Apples
(1
kilo):
￡3.30Pork
(1
kilo):
￡17.20Tomatoes
(1
kilo):
￡1.30Environment:
Need
improvingService:
Ordinary
Supermarket
ZBusiness
hours:
6:00
am--9:30
pmEggs
(1
kilo):
￡6.90Apples
(1
kilo):
￡3.90Pork
(1
kilo):
￡18.60Tomatoes
(1
kilo):
￡1.60Environment:
OrdinaryService:
Bad
根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误，正确为“T”
错误为
“F”。
(
)
1.
Supermarket
M
has
the
longest
business
hours.
(
)
2.
The
price
of
the
pork
in
Supermarket
Y
is
higher
than
that
in
Supermarket
Z.
(
)
3.
If
you
want
to
pay
the
least
money
for
eggs,
you
will
go
to
Supermarket
Y.
(
)
4.
The
environment
in
Supermarket
Z
is
very
good.
(
)
5.
The
service
maybe
the
reason
if
a
shopper
usually
shops
in
Supermarket
W.
E
阅读下面的短文，将划线部分翻译成英文或中文。
Sometimes
you
feel
busy
and
worried.
1.你可能有许多事情要做，时间却不够. You
may
wonder,
“Where
does
time
go ”
Here
are
some
ideas
to
help
you
make
use
of
it
and
find
more
free
time
to
enjoy
your
life.
Plan
ahead
of
time. 2.
It’s
necessary
for
you
to
make
a
plan
at
the
beginning
of
a
week
or
a
day. Think
of
what
you
really
need
and
don’t
need
to
do.
Spare
(匀出)
some
time
to
have
a
short
rest
and
look
back
on
what
you’ve
done.
You
may
have
a
sense
of
success.
Say
no
to
yourself. If
you
are
not
excited
about
attending
(出席)
a
social
activity,
then
don’t
go. 3.呆在家里休息. If
you
plan
to
go
to
a
supermarket
but
it
is
raining
heavily,
why
not
stay
inside
It’s
fine
to
change
your
mind
and
do
your
shopping
another
day.
Change
your
pace
(节奏).
If
you
usually
go
shopping
on
Saturday,
choose
a
weekday
night
to
go
instead. 4.
The
stores
are
less
crowded
on
Wednesday
evening
than
Saturday
afternoon. You
can
feel
better
if
you
regard
your
way
home
as
taking
a
relaxing
walk
after
supper.
Focus
on
(关注)
simple
pleasures. 5.
When
your
day’s
work
is
done,
it’s
time
to
get
yourself
relaxed. A
pleasant
bath,
a
cup
of
coffee
or
a
gentle
song
can
be
enough.
Although
expensive
relaxation
is
nice,
when
you
focus
on
simple
pleasures,
you’ll
get
more.
1.

2.


3.

4.

5.


TEST
19答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中叙述了作者一天中与来自英国的两位同学交流玩耍的感受以及他心中想法的变化。
【答案解析】
1.D
细节理解题。根据第一段第三行中“I
was
worried
about
that
I
had
to
speak
so
much
English”可知他现在的感觉是担心。excited兴奋的；angry生气的；fantastic极好的，幻想的；worried担心的。故选D。
2.C
细节理解题。根据第二段第三行“Beth
offered
to
help
Miss
Chan
put
up
all
the
notices.”意为“Beth在通告方面帮助了Miss
Chan”。
comedy喜剧；speeches演讲；notices通告；translation翻译。故选C。
3.C
细节理解题。根据第三段第二行“Matthew
sang
several
English
songs
and
did
some
stand-up
comedy
at
the
party”意为“Matthew在聚会上唱了几首英文歌并表演了单人喜剧。”had
a
talk发表讲话；rang
the
bell敲响了铃；sang
several
songs唱了几首歌；made
a
preparation做好准备。故选C。
4.B
推理判断题。根据文中“Miss
Chan
praised
us!”和“We
all
praised
him.”可知，本题答案选B。
5.D
推理判断题。A项为得了感冒，B项为和Beth一起回家，C项为想去英国旅游，D项为喜欢这两个外国同学，由作者心情变化可知他喜欢上了这两位同学，故选D。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中介绍了一个世界上很有名的慈善机构“Make-A-Wish”的由来，以及它所发挥的作用，特别是它为有病的儿童实现愿望提供了许多帮助。同时文章呼吁人们都来参与这个慈善组织。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。根据文章第一段It
makes
wishes
come
true
for
children
who
have
serious
illness可知本题选A。
2.
B
细节理解题。根据文章第二段They
gave
Christopher
a
tour
of
the
city
in
a
police
helicopter
and
made
a
real
police
uniform
for
him.可知本题答案为B。
3.
C
推理判断题。根据第三段He
always
dreamed
of
becoming
a
police
officer知：他的愿望成为一名警官与愿望I
wish
to
be.
Some
children
wish
to
become
actors,
singers
or
police
officers显示的信息相一致。故选C。
4.
B
主旨大意题。阅读文章最后一段知，这一段主要鼓励人们参与这个慈善组织帮助更多的儿童实现愿望。故选B。
5.
D
细节理解题。根据文章对生病孩子愿望的介绍可知A项与描述不符，故被排除；根据文章第二段Tommy
Austin
and
Ron
Cox,
two
police
officers可知B项与描述不符，也被排除；根据文章最后一段Almost
25000
volunteers
help
,work
or
give
money可知C项与描述不符；根据第二段It
all
started
in
1980
in
Phoenix,
Arizona可知D项与文章相符。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中讲述了一项新的科学发现——考试时带一瓶水会让你提高考试成绩。科学家推测原因可能是喝水会减轻的你的焦虑情绪，提高大脑的工作效率等。
D
【篇章导读】
生活中的很多知识是在学校里永远学不到的，以购物为例，我们应该学会货比三家，购买物美价廉的商品。
【答案解析】
1.T
细节理解题。根据各个超市的营业时间可知，M超市的营业时间为17小时，是最长的。
2.F
细节理解题。The
price
of
the
pork
in
Supermarket
Y
is
￡17.20，the
price
of
the
pork
in
Supermarket
Z
is
￡18.60，所以价格便宜。
3.T
细节理解题。总观四个超市的鸡蛋价格，可知Supermarket
Y的鸡蛋最便宜。
4.F
细节理解题。根据超市Z的环境评定可知，Environment:
Ordinary，所以不是最好的。
5.T
细节理解题。因为W超市的服务Service:
Excellent可知，服务是影响消费的一个重要环节。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中介绍了四种方法帮助你从繁忙和焦虑的状态中走出来去享受生活。
1.
You
may
have
too
many
things
to
do,
but
don't
have
enough
time。
2.
对你来说在一周或者一天的开始制定计划是必须的。
3.
Stay
at
home.
4.
商店在星期三晚上没有星期六下午那么拥挤。
5.
当你一天的工作做完之后，就是放松自己的时间。TEST
4
A
There
once
lived
a
young
man
who
thought
himself
to
be
poor.
One
day
he
went
to
a
wise
(聪明的)
man
to
ask
how
to
become
rich.
The
wise
man
said,
“Young
man,
you
are
already
rich
now.”
“But
where
is
my
wealth
(财富) ”
the
young
man
asked.
“It
is
with
you.
Your
eyes
are
your
wealth.
You
use
them
to
see
this
world.
You
use
them
to
see
all
the
beautiful
things
in
this
world.
Your
hands
are
your
wealth.
You
can
go
to
any
place…”
the
wise
man
said.
“You
call
these
wealth
But
everyone
has
them,”
the
young
man
said.
“These
are
wealth.
What
you
have
now
is
not
what
someone
else
can
luckily
have.
Are
you
willing
to
give
your
eyes
to
me
I’m
willing
to
give
you
a
lot
of
money
to
exchange
for
them,”
the
wise
man
said.
“No,
I’m
not
going
to
do
so!
My
eyes
are
important
to
me!”
the
young
man
said.
Everyone
is
rich.
We
should
treasure
(珍惜)
our
wealth,
and
take
care
of
it.
We
should
not
overuse
it
because
once
it
is
gone,
it
is
gone
forever.
Remember
it
is
our
wealth
that
we
do
not
want
to
lose.
(
)
1.
Why
did
the
young
man
go
to
visit
the
wise
man
A.
Because
he
was
ill.
B.
Because
he
wanted
to
be
wise.
C.
Because
he
was
the
wise
man’s
friend
D.
Because
he
wanted
to
know
how
to
be
rich.
(
)
2.
The
wise
man
thought
the
young
man
himself
______.
A.
was
rich
B.
was
poor
C.
was
wise
D.
was
silly
(
)
3.
The
wise
man
called
______
wealth.
A.
the
young
man’s
money
B.
the
young
man’s
eyes,
hands
and
legs
C.
the
young
man’s
buildings
D.
the
young
man’s
cars
(
)
4.
The
young
man
wasn’t
willing
to
exchange
his
eyes
for
money
because
______.
A.
he
was
rich
B.
he
didn’t
like
the
old
man
C.
he
thought
his
eyes
were
important
to
him
D.
he
didn’t
like
money
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
true
according
to
the
passage
A.
We
can
overuse
our
wealth
B.
We
should
treasure
our
wealth.
C.
The
wise
man
told
the
young
man
how
to
make
money.
D.
What
you
have
now
is
what
someone
else
can
luckily
have.
B
The
word
“day”
has
two
meanings.
When
we
talk
about
the
number
of
days
in
a
year,
we
are
using
“day”
to
mean
24
hours.
But
when
we
talk
about
day
and
night,
we
are
using
“day”
to
mean
the
time
between
sunrise
and
sunset.
Because
the
earth
looks
like
a
ball,
the
sun
can
shine
on
only
half
of
it
at
a
time.
Always
one
half
of
the
earth
is
having
day
and
the
other
half
night.
At
the
equator
(赤道)
day
and
night
are
sometimes
the
same
length.
They
are
each
twelve
hours
long.
The
sun
rises
at
6
o’clock
in
the
morning
and
sets
at
6
o’clock
in
the
evening.
For
six
months
the
North
Pole
is
tilted
(倾斜的)
towards
the
sun.
In
those
months
the
Northern
Hemisphere
gets
more
hours
of
sunlight
than
the
Southern
Hemisphere.
Days
are
longer
than
nights.
South
of
the
equator
nights
are
longer
than
days.
For
the
other
six
months
the
North
Pole
is
tilted
away
from
the
sun.
Then
the
Southern
Hemisphere
gets
more
sunlight.
Days
are
longer
than
nights.
North
of
the
equator
nights
are
longer
than
days.
Winter
is
the
season
of
long
nights.
Summer
is
the
season
of
long
days.
(
)
1.
According
to
the
passage,
the
“day”
mean
.
A.
24
hours
B.
sunrise
C.
both
A
and
D
D.
the
time
between
sunrise
and
sunset
(
)
2.
At
the
equator
day
is
as
long
as
night
.
A.
usually
B.
sometimes
C.
never
D.
always
(
)
3.
What
is
the
Chinese
meaning
of
the
underlined
word
Hemisphere
A.半球
B.地壳
C.
极地
D.地轴
(
)
4.
When
the
Western
Hemisphere
is
having
day,
the
Eastern
Hemisphere
is
having
.
A.
both
day
and
night
B.
day
C.
neither
day
nor
night
D.
night
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
TRUE
A.
When
the
Southern
Hemisphere
gets
more
sunlight,
days
are
longer
than
nights.
B.
Winter
is
the
season
of
long
days.
C.
Summer
is
the
season
of
short
days.
D.
When
the
Southern
Hemisphere
gets
more
sunlight,
days
are
shorter
than
night.
C
Confidence
(自信)
is
very
important
in
daily
life.
It
can
help
you
to
develop
a
healthy
attitude.
A
study
show
that
the
people
who
are
more
confident
are
much
happier.
They
can
have
more
chance
to
make
themselves
successful.
But
how
to
be
more
confident
Here
are
some
suggestions:
Speak
loudly
When
you
are
not
confident,
you
can’t
do
well
what
you
want
to
do.
You
speak
in
a
voice
so
slow
that
other
people
can
hardly
hear
you.
Try
to
speak
aloud
enough
so
that
people
can
hear
you
clearly.
The
high
voice
can
help
you
become
more
confident.
Play
sports
Physical
exercise
makes
you
tired
but
completely
relaxed.
When
you
are
athletic,
you
will
be
full
of
confidence
Encourage
yourself
Write
down
a
list
of
things
you
did
during
the
day
and
see
how
many
things
you
have
done
well.
Did
you
finish
your
homework
Did
you
tell
a
joke
that
made
everybody
laugh
Give
yourself
praise
for
the
good
things
you’ve
done.
Get
rid
of
(消除)
fear
Fear
comes
along
with
failure
(失败).
But
it’s
easy
to
get
over
if
you
know
that
failure
is
a
part
of
your
life.
Don’t
hide
your
head
just
because
you
said
something
foolish
last
time.
Try
to
start
again
and
believe
you
can
do
better.
Pick
up
a
hobby
If
you
like
singing,
singing
as
much
as
you
can.
In
some
ways,
a
hobby
can
make
you
outstanding.
And
it
will
make
you
happy
and
confident.
(
)
1.
Confidence
can
help
______.
A.
to
develop
a
healthy
attitude
B.
to
get
completely
successful
C.
to
play
sports
D.
to
have
a
hobby
(
)
2.
There
are
______
suggestions
that
help
you
to
be
more
confident
in
this
passage.
A.
three
B.
four
C.
five
D.
six
(
)
3.
How
do
you
encourage
yourself
A.
Finish
your
homework.
B.
Make
everybody
laugh.
C.
Tell
a
joke.
D.
Give
yourself
praise
for
the
good
things
you’ve
done.
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
right
A.
When
you
are
confident,
you
can’t
do
well
what
you
want
to
do.
B.
Physical
exercise
makes
you
tired
but
not
relaxed.
C.
Fear
is
easy
to
get
over
if
you
know
that
failure
is
a
part
of
your
life.
D.
A
hobby
can
make
you
outstanding,
but
it
won’t
make
you
happy
or
confident.
(
)
5.
What
is
the
best
title
for
the
passage
A.
Encourage
yourself
B.
How
to
be
more
confident
C.
Pick
up
a
hobby
D.
Get
rid
of
fear
D
One
day,
a
fisherman
caught
a
golden
fish.
“People
let
me
go,”
the
golden
fish
said.
“I
will
give
you
whatever
you
want.”
“Thank
you,
but
I
don’t
want
anything,”
the
fisherman
said.
He
put
the
golden
fish
back
into
the
sea.
But
the
fisherman’s
wife
was
angry.
“You
should
ask
for
a
bigger
wooden
basin!”
she
shouted.
The
fisherman
went
to
the
seaside
and
told
the
golden
fish.
“Don’t
worry,
she
has
a
new
basin
now,”
the
golden
fish
said.
The
fisherman
went
home.
But
the
wife
was
even
angrier.
“I
want
a
large
house!”
The
fisherman
went
to
tell
the
golden
fish
again.
But
the
old
woman
was
never
satisfied.
“I
want
to
be
the
queen
of
the
sea!
And
I
want
the
golden
fish
to
serve
me!”
The
fisherman
went
to
tell
the
golden
fish.
The
golden
fish
swam
away
without
saying
anything.
The
fisherman
walked
back.
His
wife
was
in
her
cold
clothes.
Her
old
and
broken
wooden
basin
was
next
to
her.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
The
fisherman
caught
the
golden
fish
three
times.
(
)
2.
The
fisherman
freed
the
golden
fish
after
he
caught
it.
(
)
3.
The
fisherman’s
wife
was
really
happy
every
time
when
her
husband
came
back.
(
)
4.
The
fisherman’s
wife
got
a
new
basin,
a
large
house
and
became
the
queen
of
the
sea
at
last.
(
)
5.
The
golden
fish
didn’t
say
a
word
but
to
swim
away
in
the
end.
E
阅读下列短文，根据短文内容填写表格，每空限填一词。
Do
you
want
to
be
the
most
popular
person
in
the
class
You
don’t
need
to
change
your
character;
you
just
need
to
improve
your
personality.
The
most
popular
people
are
trusted
(信任)
and
loved
because
they
stay
normal
but
still
have
something
that
makes
them
different
from
the
rest
of
us.
Here
are
some
pieces
of
advice
on
how
to
become
the
most
popular
person
in
the
class.
·If
you
want
others
to
like
and
respect
(尊重)
you,
you
have
to
start
by
liking
yourself.
Do
not
change
yourself
in
order
to
please
others.
·Be
helpful
to
everyone
and
do
it
happily.
Being
nice
to
people
is
almost
like
helping
them,
too,
because
by
being
nice
you
make
others
happy.
·Be
active
and
have
a
positive
attitude
(积极的态度)
towards
life.
Develop
confidence
in
yourself.
·Stay
clean
and
wear
fresh
clothes.
Do
not
try
to
follow
fashion
to
please
others.
Respect
cannot
be
bought
with
big
words
or
money.
You
have
to
get
it
by
being
honest.
It
also
helps
your
personal
growth.
You
must
be
a
person
that
can
be
trusted
to
get
respect.
To
be
a
1
person
Something
you
don’t
need
to
do
·Don’t
try
to
follow
2
or
change
yourself
to
make
others
pleased.·You
can’t
3
respect
with
big
words
or
money.
Something
you
4
to
do
·Win
others’
respect
5
liking
yourself.·Be
honest,
helpful
and
6
to
everyone.·Have
an
7
and
positive
attitude
towards
life
and
develop
confidence
in
yourself.·
8
fresh
clothes
and
keep
clean.
Conclusion
9
your
personality
instead
of
10
your
character,
and
you
will
be
popular.
TEST
4答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。一个年轻人认为自己贫穷，于是向智者老人询问如何能拥有财富，老人告诉他现在就很富有，他拥有的眼、手、腿都是他的财富。很多人不能拥有这些东西。文章也告诉我们要珍视自己的财富，好好照顾自己的财富。
【答案解析】
1.
D
细节理解题。根据第一段第二句One
day
he
went
to
a
wise
man
to
ask
how
to
become
rich.
可知他想知道如何变得有钱，故选D。
2.
A
细节理解题。根据第一段的最后一句Young
man,
you
are
already
rich
now.可知老人认为这个年轻人很富裕。可判断A是正确的。
3.
B
细节理解题。根据文中的“Your
eyes
are
your
wealth.”
“Your
hands
are
your
wealth.”
“Your
legs
are
your
wealth.”可知这三种财富，故选B。
4.
C
细节理解题。根据最后一段的My
eyes
are
important
to
me!可知因为眼睛重要，他不愿意用它们去换钱，故选C。
5.
B
推理判断题。根据最后一段的第三句We
should
treasure
our
wealth,
and
take
care
of
it.，可知本句是正确的。C项智者老人告诉年轻人如何赚钱。文章没有涉及到，故错误。D项你现在拥有的，就是其他人靠运气才能拥有的。根据文章中的What
you
have
now
is
not
what
someone
else
can
luckily
have.故错误。因此选B。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇科普说明文。主要介绍地球上昼夜更替现象和昼夜长短的规律，以及造成这些现象的原因。
【答案解析】
1.
C
推理判断题。根据原文第一句“The
word
“day”
has
two
meanings.”结合下文可知：“day”有两方面的意思，一是指“一天24小时”，一是指“从日出到日落的白天”。故选C。
2.
B
细节理解题。根据原文中的“At
the
equator
day
and
night
are
sometimes
the
same
length.”可知：在赤道上白天和黑夜有时一样长。
3.
A
词义猜测题。根据原文中的“South
of
the
equator
nights
are
longer
than
days.”和“North
of
the
equator
nights
are
longer
than
days.”，结合其白天黑夜长短可判断词义为“半球”。
4.D
推理判断题。根据原文中的“Always
one
half
of
the
earth
is
having
day
and
the
other
half
night.”可判断：地球是不透明球体，当西半球是白天时，东半球太阳光照射不到，应该是黑夜。
5.
A
推理判断题。根据原文中的“For
the
other
six
months
the
North
Pole
is
tilted
away
from
the
sun.
Then
the
southern
Hemisphere
gets
more
sunlight.
Days
are
longer
than
nights.”可知选项A“当南半球得到的太阳光多时，白天比黑夜时间长”正确。选项B和C应该分别是冬季白天短，夏季白天长。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇议论文。文中谈论了自信的重要性。作者就如何让自己变得更自信给我们提出了很好的建议：大声讲话、参加运动、鼓励自己、消除恐惧，培养一项爱好。
【答案解析】
1.A
细节理解题。由第一段第二句“It
can
help
you
to
develop
a
healthy
attitude.”可知选A。
2.
C
细节理解题。由二、三、四、五、六段的小标题可知共有五条建议。故选C。
3.
D
细节理解题。由第四段最后一句话
“Give
yourself
praise
for
the
good
things
you
have
done”可知对你自己完成好的事情给予表扬是对自己的一种鼓励。故选D。
4.C
细节理解题。由倒数第二段第二句But
it’s
easy
to
get
over
if
you
know
that
failure
is
a
part
of
your
life.可知C项正确。
5.B
主旨大意题。文章主要讲述了保持自信的几条建议。故选B。
D
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍怎样使自己成为班级里最受欢迎的人——不需要改变自己的性格，而是要提升自己的个人能力。
【答案】
1.popular
2.fashion
3.get/
buy
4.need
5.by
6.nice
7.active
8.Wear
9.Improve
10.changingTEST
8
A
One
day
Tony
was
crossing
the
road
when
he
was
hit
by
a
car.
He
fell
and
broke
his
arm.
He
was
sent
to
a
hospital.
There
a
doctor
operated
on
his
arm.
Then
he
put
the
arm
in
a
cast
(石膏).
Tony
could
not
move
it
at
all.
“You
must
keep
your
arm
in
a
cast
for
a
month.”
The
doctor
said,
“That
will
give
the
bone
(骨头)
a
chance
to
get
well”.
A
moment
later,
Tony
went
back
to
the
hospital.
The
doctor
used
a
large
knife
to
cut
the
cast.
Then
he
took
Tony’s
arm
out
of
the
cast.
“Can
you
move
your
arm,
Tony ”
he
asked.
Tony
tried
to
move
his
arm.
At
last
it
was
difficult,
but
soon
he
could
move
it
easily.
“Yes,
it’s
fine”.
He
said,
“Thank
you
very
much”
“In
a
few
days
it
will
be
as
good
as
before.”
the
doctor
said,
“Just
exercise
it
a
little
every
day.”
“Will
I
be
able
to
play
the
guitar ”
Tony
asked.
The
doctor
smiled,
“Of
course,
you
will.”
He
said,
“You
will
have
no
problems.”
“That’s
good
news.”
Tony
said,
“Because
I
couldn’t
play
it
at
all
before.
(
)
1.
How
did
Tony
break
his
arm
A.
He
was
hit
by
a
car.
B.
He
fell
off
a
bike.
C.A
guitar
fell
on
him.
D.
He
fell
from
the
ladder.
(
)
2.
How
long
did
he
have
to
keep
his
arm
in
a
cast
A.
One
week.
B.
Four
weeks.
C.
A
few
days.
D.
Two
months.
(
)
3.
How
was
Tony’s
arm
when
the
doctor
cut
the
cast
A.
It
was
OK
B.
It
was
hurt
C.
It
was
worse.
D.
It
was
worst.
(
)
4.
What
did
the
doctor
tell
him
to
do
after
the
cast
was
taken
off
A.
See
another
doctor.
B.
Play
the
guitar.
C.
Exercise
his
arm.
D.
Play
basketball.
(
)
5.
Why
was
Tony
pleased
A.
The
doctor
gave
him
a
guitar.
B.
The
doctor
said
he
didn’t
have
to
work
again
C.
He
thought
he
could
be
able
to
play
the
guitar.
D.
He
could
go
to
school
by
bike.
B
The
Chinese
first
made
paper
about
2,
000
years
ago.
China
still
has
pieces
of
paper
which
were
made
as
long
ago
as
that.
But
Chinese
paper
was
not
made
from
the
wood
of
trees.
It
was
made
from
the
hair—like
parts
of
certain
plants.
Paper
was
not
made
in
southern
Europe
until
about
the
year
1100.
Scandinavia
(斯供的纳维亚半岛),
which
now
makes
a
great
deal
of
the
world’s
paper,
did
not
begin
to
make
it
until
1500.
It
was
a
German
named
Schaeffer
who
found
out
that
one
could
make
the
best
paper
from
trees.
After
that,
the
forest
countries
of
Sweden,
Norway,
Finland,
and
the
United
States
became
the
largest
paper
producers.
Today
in
Finland,
which
makes
the
best
paper
in
the
world,
the
paper
industry
is
the
biggest
in
the
land.
New
paper-making
machines
are
very
big,
and
they
make
paper
very
fast.
The
biggest
machines
can
make
a
piece
of
paper
300
meters
long
and
6
meters
wide
in
one
minute.
When
we
think
of
paper,
we
think
of
newspapers,
books,
letters,
envelopes
and
writing
paper.
But
there
are
many
other
uses.
Only
half
of
the
paper
that
is
made
is
used
for
books
and
newspapers,
etc.
(
)
1.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
first
to
make
paper
A.
China.
B.
Scandinavia.
C.
Germany.
D.
Finland.
(
)
2.
Schaeffer
found
out
that
.
A.
the
best
paper
was
in
the
forest
B.
a
German
made
the
best
paper
C.
wood
could
be
made
into
the
best
paper
D.
the
oldest
paper
was
made
1500
years
ago
(
)
3.
What
docs
the
underlined
word
“industry”
mean
in
Chinese
A.
国防
B.
教育
C.
农业
D.
工业
(
)
4.
According
to
the
passage,
paper
is
not
used
for
______.
A.
newspaper
B.
envelops
C.
writing
paper
D.
food
and
drinks
(
)
5.
The
second
paragraph
mainly
talks
about
paper
making.
A.
in
the
United
States
B.
in
Scandinavia
C.
in
Europe
D.
in
all
forest
countries
C
Up
to
two
thirds
of
children
don’t
get
as
much
sleep
as
they
should
do,
and
this
can
make
them
nervous
and
slower
at
school,
researchers
say.
So
how
long
should
young
people
sleep
each
night
The
answer
is
between
8
and
10
hours.
If
you
don’t
get
enough
sleep
at
night,
you’ll
have
less
energy
the
next
day.
But
the
researchers
say
many
children
have
missed
out
on
4,500
hours
of
sleep
by
the
time
they
are
seven
years
old.
They
say
that
children
miss
sleep
because
they
have
TVs
and
computers
in
their
rooms,
and
busy
parents
don’t
read
to
their
younger
children
at
night
any
more.
The
traditional
“bedtime
story”
helps
children
to
relax
and
fall
asleep
peacefully.
Children
with
TVs
and
computers
in
their
bedrooms
were
more
likely
to
sleep
badly,
and
to
get
less
than
eight
hours’
sleep.
Even
losing
one
hour’s
sleep
a
night
can
mean
that
children
do
less
well
at
school.
German
scientists
think
that
your
brain
keeps
working
while
you’re
sleep.
To
show
that
they
were
right,
they
gave
two
groups
of
people
a
problem
to
work
out.
One
group
went
to
sleep,
and
the
other
group
stayed
awake.
The
result
The
people
who
slept
worked
out
the
answer
more
quickly,
suggesting
their
brains
had
been
trying
to
find
the
answer
while
the
people
were
asleep.
So,
make
sure
you
get
enough
sleep
tonight,
and
you’ll
be
at
your
best
tomorrow!
(
)
1.
What
happens
to
children
at
school
if
they
don’t
get
enough
sleep
A.
They
walk
more
slowly.
B.
They
can
relax.
C.
They
watch
more
TV
D.
They
do
less
well
at
school
(
)
2.
The
main
idea
of
the
second
paragraph
is
______.
A.
how
much
sleep
we
need
B.
children
don’t
get
enough
sleep
C.
our
brains
never
really
go
to
sleep
D.
TVs
and
computers
are
the
problems
(
)
3.
How
does
a
"bedtime
story"
help
children
get
a
good
night
A.
It
helps
children
to
relax
and
fall
asleep
peacefully.
B.
Children
lose
more
sleep
C.
Children
have
more
energy
D.
Children
get
to
sleep
later
(
)
4.
Why
is
it
better
to
sleep
in
a
room
without
a
TV
or
computer
A.
You
can
read
stories
before
you
go
to
sleep
B.
You
sleep
better
and
get
more
sleep
C.
You
have
less
energy
D.
Your
brain
works
better
(
)
5.
What
did
the
German
scientists’
experiment
show
A.
Sleep
helps
children
learn
to
read
B.
Losing
sleep
means
children
don’t
learn
well
C.
Your
brain
works
while
you
are
asleep
D.
Parents
should
read
bedtime
stories.
D
Dear
Owner,
please
listen
to
me.
My
life
is
likely
to
last
ten
to
fifteen
years.
Any
separation
(分离)
from
you
will
make
me
sad.
Remember
that
before
you
buy
me.
Give
me
time
to
understand
what
you
want
of
me.
Don’t
be
angry
with
me
for
long
and
don’t
lock
me
up
as
a
punishment.
You
have
your
work,
your
entertainment
and
your
friends.
I
have
only
you.
Don’t
forget
to
feed
me.
I’ll
be
happy
if
you
give
me
my
favorite
food—bones.
Talk
to
me
sometimes.
Even
if
I
don’t
understand
your
words,
I
understand
your
voice
when
you’re
speaking
to
me.
Take
care
of
me
when
I
get
old.
You,
too,
will
grow
old.
Go
with
me
or
difficult
journeys.
Everything
is
easier
for
me
if
you
are
there.
Remember,
I
love
you.
Leo
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Leo
is
probably
a
dog’s
name.
(
)
2.
Leo
can
live
to
the
age
of
fifty.
(
)
3.
Leo,
unlike
his
owner,
has
many
friends.
(
)
4.
We
should
treat
old
dogs
well,
because
everyone
will
get
old.
(
)
5.
Dogs
won’t
care
whether
you
are
with
them
or
not
on
their
difficult
journeys.
E
阅读下面短文，根据短文内容回答问题。
Children
know
that
summer
is
probably
the
most
fun
of
all
seasons.
However,
experts
say
it
is
also
the
most
dangerous,
especially,
for
children
aged
14
and
under.
In
its
first
study
of
children’s
safety
in
the
US,
the
National
Safe
Kids
Campaign
(NSKC)
founds
that
nearly
half
of
the
injury-related
(与受伤相关的)
deaths
among
children
happened
in
summer.
Experts
are
not
surprised
by
the
study’s
results.
They
always
know
summer
is
a
dangerous
season
for
children
during
the
summer,
children
are
out
of
school
and
spend
more
time
outdoors.
They
are
more
likely
to
get
into
an
accident
or
be
injured.
“While
we
encourage
children
to
be
active
and
spend
more
time
outdoors,
they
need
to
understand
the
importance
of
safety,”
said
Everett
Koop,
an
expert
of
the
NSKC.
To
help
children
stay
safe,
the
NSKC
started
a
“Make
it
a
Safe
Kids
Summer”
campaign
during
National
Safe
Kids
Week,
from
May
5
through
May
12.
Here
are
some
important
summer
safety
tips
from
the
NSKC:
●Always
wear
your
seat
belt.
●Make
sure
there
is
an
adult
around
when
you
decide
to
go
swimming.
●Wear
a
life
jacket
when
on
a
boat
or
doing
water
sports.
●Obey
all
traffic
rules.
●Don’t
meet
e-pals
alone.
1.
Which
season
is
the
most
dangerous
for
children
aged
14
and
under
___________________________________________________________________________
2.
Are
experts
surprised
by
the
study’s
results
___________________________________________________________________________
3.
What
do
children
need
to
understand
if
we
encourage
them
to
spend
more
time
outdoors
___________________________________________________________________________
4.
How
many
summer
safety
tips
does
the
NSKC
provide
___________________________________________________________________________
5.
What’s
the
purpose
in
writing
this
passage
___________________________________________________________________________
Test
8答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了一天托尼在过马路时被汽车撞了，胳膊受伤了，医生给打上了石膏，一个月后托尼到医院去取下石膏，医生告诉他过几天胳膊会和以前一样好，托尼赶紧问“我将会弹吉他吗？”医生说“当然没问题。”“那太好了，因为我以前根本不会不会弹？”。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。由文章第一句
“One
day
Tony
was
crossing
the
road
when
was
hit
a
car.”
可知答案为A。
2.
B
细节理解题。由“You
must
keep
your
arm
in
a
cast
for
a
month.”
The
doctor
said”
一句可知B正确。
3.
A
细节理解题。由此句“In
a
few
days
it
will
be
as
good
as
before.”
the
doctor
said可知托尼的胳膊没问题。
4.
C
细节理解题。由“Just
exercise
it
a
little
every
day.”锻炼一下，就会和以前一样，故选C。
5.
C
主旨大意题。由全文和关键句“That’s
good
news.”
Tony
said,
“Because
I
couldn’t
play
it
at
all
before.”托尼理解为会弹吉它了，故选C。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中介绍了中国两千年前就发明了造纸术，而欧洲直到1500年才开始了真正意义的造纸。介绍了欧洲造纸术的第一人以及后来的传播情况。最后介绍了纸的用途。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。根据短文第一节的第一句可知本题答案为A。
2.
C
细节理解题。根据短文第二节第三句“It
was
a
German
named
Schaeffer
who
found
out
that
one
could
make
the
best
paper
from
trees.”可知本题答案为C。
3.
D
猜测词义题。造纸行业属于“工业”故单词“industry”表示“工业”。
4.
D
细节理解题。根据短文第三节的内容可知本题答案为D。
5.
C
主旨大意题。第二段主要介绍了欧洲的造纸术的情况。
C
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇应用文。主要介绍了狗对主人的一些要求，不要和狗生气太长时间，不要锁着狗作为处罚，不要忘记喂它，有时对它说说话，它老了的时候要照顾好它等。
【答案解析】
1.
T
推理判断题。根据第四段的“I’ll
be
happy
if
you
give
me
my
favorite
food—bone”最喜欢的食物是骨头可推断出是狗。故该句叙述正确。
2.
F
细节理解题。根据第一段的“My
life
is
likely
to
last
ten
to
fifteen
years.”可知能活到10到15年。故该句叙述错误。
3.
F
推理判断题。根据第三段的“You
have
your
work,…
and
your
friends.
I
have
only
you.”可知该句叙述错误。
4.
T
细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的“Take
care
of
me
when
I
get
old.
You,
too,
will
grow
old.”可知人人都会老。故该句叙述正确。
5.
F
推理判断题。根据最后一段的“Go
with
me
or
difficult
journeys.
Everything
is
easier
for
me
if
you
are
there.”可推测出狗也会介意。故该句叙述错误。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中介绍了对孩子们来讲，暑假是最开心的季节，但同时也是最危险的季节。因此在暑假期间，自我保护、注意安全很重要。
【答案】
1.
Summer.
2.
No,
they
aren’t.
/
No.
3.
The
importance
of
safety.
4.
Five.
5.
To
help
children
stay
safe.TEST
15
A
“Tom
Are
you
in
bed
yet ”
called
Mrs.
White.
There
was
no
answer.
Mrs.
White
put
down
her
book
and
went
to
her
14-year-old
son’s
room.
Tom
was
sitting
in
front
of
a
bright
computer
screen
on
which
a
motorbike
was
running
fast.
“Oh,
Tom.
You’re
still
playing
on
that
computer
game.
You
must
stop
now,
because
it’s
half
past
eleven.
If
you
don’t
go
to
bed
soon,
you’ll
be
very
tired
tomorrow.”
said
Mrs.
White.
“But
I’ve
nearly
won
the
game.”
Tom
said
to
Mrs.
White.
She
could
see
the
excitement
on
his
face.
She
sat
beside
him.
“You’re
always
playing
on
the
computer.
You
spend
more
time
on
this
machine
than
on
your
homework.”
Today
more
and
more
families
have
computers.
Parents
hope
computers
can
help
their
children
improve
their
study
at
school.
But
many
of
their
children
use
computers
to
play
games,
listen
to
songs
and
watch
videos
instead
of
studying.
We
often
see
that
computer
net
bars
are
crowded
with
people,
especially
young
boys.
They
spend
a
lot
of
money
competing
(竞争)
with
the
computerized
(用计算机控制的)
machines.
The
more
they
lose,
the
more
they
want
to
win.
The
result
is
that
they
don’t’
want
to
work
or
study.
In
some
countries,
even
scientists
hate
computers.
They
say
computers
cause
millions
of
people
to
lose
their
jobs
or
cause
them
a
lot
of
trouble.
Computer
game
addiction
(瘾)
is
a
serious
problem
in
social
life.
Something
should
have
to
be
done
to
solve
the
problem.
(
)
1.
How
did
Mrs.
White
feel
when
she
saw
her
son
playing
late
A.
She
felt
excited.
B.
She
felt
happy.
C.
She
felt
worried.
D.
She
felt
wonderful.
(
)
2.
Parents
hope
computers
can
______.
A.
help
their
children
improve
their
study
at
school
B.
help
their
children
play
well
C.
help
their
children
know
a
lot
of
Internet
knowledge
D.
help
their
children
relax
themselves
(
)
3.
Many
children
use
computers
to
_______.
A.
watch
videos
B.
listen
to
songs
C.
play
games
D.
A、B
and
C
(
)
4.
The
writer
thinks
_______.
A.
the
boys
can
go
to
the
computer
net
bars,
but
the
girls
can’t
B.
the
computer
net
bars
are
very
useful
C.
the
children
spend
too
much
money
on
computer
games
D.
the
children
should
play
computer
games
(
)
5.
Why
do
some
scientists
hate
computers
A.
They
think
computers
cause
millions
of
people
to
lose
their
jobs.
B.
They
think
computers
cause
them
a
lot
of
trouble.
C.
They
think
it’s
a
waste
of
time
to
use
computers.
D.
Both
A
and
B.
B
Many
of
us
don’t
pay
attention
to
the
importance
of
eye
care.
It’s
said
that
if
you
take
care
of
your
body,
then
you
can
be
healthy.
That
is
why
our
eyes
should
be
given
a
lot
of
care.
Natural
eye
care
should
be
put
in
a
number
one
place.
There
are
several
causes
leading
to
poor
eyesight
like
not
enough
food,
gene
(基因)
and
aging
(年龄增长).
Televisions,
computers
and
reading
are
also
the
causes
of
having
poor
eyesight.
If
you
happen
to
work
in
front
of
the
computer,
it
is
best
to
take
a
rest
every
once
in
a
while.
Something
dirty
can
cause
redness
and
they
will
make
you
feel
uncomfortable.
It
is
bad
for
your
eyes,
too.
If
this
happens,
the
best
way
is
to
clean
your
eyes
by
using
cold
water.
You
must
also
try
your
best
to
protect
your
eyes
from
harmful
things.
For
example,
sunglasses
are
not
just
fashion
but
they
can
also
serve
as
a
great
way
to
protect
your
eyesight
from
UV
rays.
Eating
healthy
food
will
do
good
to
your
eyesight.
Remember
that
vitamins
(维生素)
A、C
and
E
are
good
for
eyes.
Try
to
eat
food
groups
that
have
these
vitamins.
And
you
should
do
eye
exercises
because
exercise
protects
your
eyesight,
too.
If
a
person
exercises
regularly
(规律地)
and
eats
the
right
kind
of
food,
his
eyes
will
stay
in
good
condition
for
a
long
time.
All
above
are
natural
ways
of
eye
care
that
help
us
keep
healthy
eyes.
Being
happy
all
the
time
can
be
helpful
to
a
person’s
eyesight,
too.
In
a
word,
eye
care
is
very
important,
no
matter
how
old
a
person
is.
(
)
1.
_______
is
the
most
important
way
to
protect
our
eyes.
A.
Natural
eye
care
B.
Taking
medicine
C.
Seeing
the
doctor
D.
Being
happy
all
the
time
(
)
2.
All
the
following
causes
can
lead
to
bad
eyesight
except
_______.
A.
age
B.
height
C.
reading
D.
computer
(
)
3.
What
should
you
do
if
you
have
to
work
in
front
of
the
computer
A.
Eat
healthy
foods.
B.
Clean
the
eyes
by
using
cold
water.
C.
Wear
a
pair
of
sunglasses.
D.
Have
a
rest
after
working
for
a
while.
(
)
4.
What
do
the
under
words
“UV
rays”
mean
A.
沙土
B.
闪电
C.
紫外线
D.
超声波
(
)
5
Which
is
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.
Ways
of
Eye
Care
B.
Ways
of
Eye
Exercises
C.
Way
of
Being
be
Happy
D.
Way
of
Being
Healthy
C
Do
you
want
to
know
how
you
can
succeed
in
a
new
school
term
Here
are
several
tips
for
you
from
some
teachers.
●
Use
a
calendar
or
chart.
Write
down
special
tasks,
activities
and
important
dates
on
a
calendar.
This
helps
you
remember
things
you
need
to
do.
You
can
also
make
a
chart.
Then,
use
colorful
pens
to
circle
or
draw
a
line
under
your
homework,
reading
tasks
or
other
activities.
By
using
a
chart,
you
learn
how
to
plan
for
your
studies.
●
Buy
folders
(文件夹)
in
different
colors.
Put
your
notebooks
in
different
folders
according
to
the
subject.
This
helps
you
keep
papers
and
notes
organized.
●
Books
are
great
friends.
Visit
the
bookstore
or
library
every
few
weeks
to
find
a
new
book
to
read.
The
more
you
get
excited
about
reading,
the
more
confident
you
will
become.
●
Join
all
kinds
of
clubs
or
sports.
It’s
important
to
communicate
with
teenagers
outside
of
school.
Joining
sports
clubs
or
other
group
activities
is
also
a
good
way
to
help
you
learn
how
to
get
on
with
others.
During
this
process
(过程),
you
can
learn
how
to
solve
problems
and
respect
others.
●
Ask
for
help.
You’re
never
too
old
to
ask
for
help.
You
can
turn
to
your
teachers
when
there
is
a
question
about
homework,
projects
or
relationships
with
your
family
members.
They
are
there
to
help
solve
problems
and
listen
to
you.
(
)
1.
How
many
tips
can
you
find
from
the
passage
A.
Three.
B.
Four.
C.
Five.
D.
Six.
(
)
2.
You
can
NOT
write
down
_______
on
a
calendar.
A.
special
tasks
B.
homework
C.
activities
D.
important
dates
(
)
3.
______
can
help
you
become
confident.
A.
Using
a
chart
B.
Buying
folders
in
different
colors
C.
Reading
books
D.
Joining
different
kinds
of
clubs
(
)
4.
According
to
the
passage,
the
students
can
______.
A.
not
communicate
with
teenagers
outside
of
school
B.
join
all
kinds
of
clubs
and
sports
to
get
good
grades
in
exams
C.
think
it
over
when
they
have
a
question
about
their
homework
D.
ask
their
teachers
for
help
if
they
can’t
get
on
well
with
their
family
members.
(
)
5.
The
passage
is
mainly
about
_____.
A.
how
to
plan
for
your
studies
B.
how
to
succeed
in
a
new
school
term
C.
how
to
solve
problems
and
respect
others
D.
how
to
keep
the
papers
and
notes
organized
D
The
police
find
most
criminals
(罪犯)
because
somebody
tells
them
who
the
criminals
are.
They
find
other
criminals
by
using
science
and
their
computers.
When
there
is
a
bank
robbery
(抢劫),
the
police
first
look
through
their
computers
for
the
names
of
the
bank
robbers
that
they
know
about.
Then
they
go
and
talk
to
any
of
these
robbers
who
are
not
in
prison
(监狱).
They
ask
them
where
they
were
when
the
robbery
happened.
If
any
of
these
people
cannot
give
a
good
answer,
the
police
will
often
use
science
to
find
out
if
one
of
them
is
the
robber.
Many
criminals
leave
something
of
themselves
at
the
places
of
the
crimes
like
a
fingerprint
or
a
hair.
Or
they
take
something
away
on
their
shoes
or
clothes,
like
dirt
or
animal
hair.
If
they
leave
behind
some
of
their
blood
or
their
hair
or
a
piece
of
skin,
it
will
have
their
DNA
inside
it.
Everyone’s
DNA
is
different
and
their
fingerprints
are
also
different.
So,
if
a
criminal
cuts
himself
during
a
robbery
or
leaves
his
hair,
or
even
a
small
piece
of
skin,
scientists
can
find
out
what
his
DNA
is.
The
police
can
then
ask
the
person
they
think
is
the
robber
to
give
them
his
hair
or
some
blood
and
see
if
it
has
the
same
DNA.
Many
criminals
are
in
prison
today
because
of
this
kind
of
evidences.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Usually
the
police
find
criminals
because
they
use
their
computer.
(
)
2.
The
police
do
not
usually
ask
criminals
who
are
in
prison
about
a
crime
because
these
criminals
could
not
have
done
it.
(
)
3.
The
most
useful
evidences
that
criminals
leave
at
the
places
of
their
crimes
are
things
with
their
DNA
in
them.
(
)
4.
Many
criminals
usually
take
something
away
only
on
their
shoes
after
the
crimes.
(
)
5.
The
story
is
about
a
bank
robbery.
E
阅读下面短文，根据其内容，完成表格中所缺的信息。
Great
white
sharks
in
the
Pacific
Ocean.
Wildebeest
(角马)
in
Africa.
Arctic
terns
(北极燕鸥)
in
the
Atlantic.
At
first,
these
animals
seem
quite
different.
One
swims,
one
walks,
and
the
other
flies.
But
they
all
have
one
thing
in
common.
They
all
migrate
(迁徙)
Some
migrating
animals
move
to
a
place
with
a
better
temperature.
Some
go
to
find
food
or
water.
The
groups
travel
as
one,
but
during
the
trip,
they
face
many
different
challenges.
One
challenge
is
distance.
Some
migrating
animals
take
very
long
trips.
For
example,
one
great
white
shark
swam
from
Australia
to
South
Africa
and
back.
In
nine
months,
it
swam
about
20,000
kilometers!
Another
challenge
is
finding
enough
food
and
water
during
the
journey.
For
example,
each
Mali
elephant
needs
over
200
liters
of
water
each
day.
To
get
this,
they
need
to
go
from
one
waterhole
to
another.
Besides,
migrating
animals
have
to
keep
away
from
other
animals
that
want
to
eat
them.
The
zebra
has
to
avoid
lions.
Traveling
as
a
group
helps
keep
them
safe.
When
one
zebra
is
in
trouble,
the
other
members
make
a
circle
around
it.
By
working
as
a
group,
migrating
animals
travel
to
live
better
lives.
Migration
Why
To
find
a
1
temperature.
To
find
2
.
Challenges
Distance—a
3
swam
20,
000
kilometers.
Finding
4
food
and
water.
To
5
other
dangerous
animals.
TEST
15答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了十四岁的汤姆迷恋电脑游戏的故事。现在越来越多的家庭拥有电脑，父母希望通过电脑来帮助孩子提高学习，但是大多数孩子是用电脑玩游戏。
【答案解析】
1.
C
推理判断题。根据“If
you
don’t
go
to
bed
soon,
you’ll
be
very
tired
tomorrow.”妈妈对于十一点半儿子还在玩电脑游戏感到担心，故选C。
2.
A
细节理解题。根据第四段第二句“Parents
hope
computers
can
help
their
children
improve
their
study
at
school.”可知本题答案为A。
3.
D
细节理解题。根据第四段第三句“But
many
of
their
children
use
computers
to
play
games,
listen
to
songs
and
watch
videos
instead
of
studying.”可知，选D。
4.
C
细节理解题。根据第四段第五句“They
spend
a
lot
of
money
competing
with
the
computerized
machines.”可知本题选C。
5.
D
细节理解题。根据最后一段第二句“They
say
computers
cause
millions
of
people
to
lose
their
jobs
or
cause
them
a
lot
of
trouble.”可知选D。
B
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中向学生们介绍了一些如何在新学期获得成功的小窍门。
【答案解析】
1.C
细节理解题。根据文章可知二到六段，每段给出了一个窍门，故应是5条，所以答案选C。
2.
B
细节理解题。
根据第二段第二句话“Write
down
special
tasks,
activities
and
important
dates
on
a
calendar.”可知：“你可以在日历上写下特殊任务、活动和特殊日期”，不包括家庭作业。所以选B.
3.
C
细节理解题。根据第四段最后一句“The
more
you
get
excited
about
reading,
the
more
confident
you
will
become.”可知：“读书可以让你变得更加自信”，故答案是C。
4.
D
细节理解题。根据第五段中It’s
important
to
communicate
with
teenagers
outside
of
school.可知：与校外的青少年交流是非常重要的，故A项错误；根据第五段中Joining
sports
clubs
or
other
group
activities
is
also
a
good
way
to
help
you
learn
how
to
get
on
with
others.可知：加入各种俱乐部和活动是学会如何与其他人相处的好方法，而不是在考试中取得好成绩的好方法，故B项错误；C项文中没提到；根据最后一段中You
can
turn
to
your
teachers
when
there
is
a
question
about
homework,
projects
or
relationships
with
your
family
members.可知D项正确。
5.
B
主旨大意题。本文是一些老师给学生们的如何在新学期获得成功的小窍门。所以答案选B。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。介绍了警察是如何破案的，根据罪犯留下的指纹、头发、血迹或者皮肤等等证据，都可破案。
【答案解析】
1.
F
细节理解题。根据第一段第一句The
police
find
most
criminals
because
somebody
tells
them
who
the
criminals
are.可知通常是通过举报。故本题表述是不正确的。
2.
T
细节理解题。根据第一段中的they
go
and
talk
to
any
of
these
robbers
who
are
not
in
prison.可知本题表述是正确的。
3.
T
细节理解题。根据文章的第二段和第三段可知，本题表述是正确的。
4.
F
细节理解题。文章没有体现。故本题表述是不正确的。
5.
F
主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文旨在叙述警察是如何抓住罪犯的。故本题表述是不正确的。
E
【语篇导读】
本文主要讲述了动物的迁徙的一些常识。他们迁徙或为舒适的温度，或为食物和水源。文章重点介绍了迁徙过程中动物面临的三种挑战：距离、足够的食物和水源、安全。
【答案】
1.
(place
with
a)better
2.
food
or
water/food
and
water
3.
(great
white)shark
4.
Enough
5.
keep
away
from/avoid/stay
away
fromTEST
22
A
Monty
Robert’s
father
was
a
horse
trainer.
As
a
child,
Monty
often
went
from
one
farm
to
another
with
his
father.
Sometimes
they
didn’t
have
enough
money
to
pay
for
food,
but
Monty
still
kept
hoping
to
own
a
horse
farm.
When
he
was
in
school,
his
teacher
asked
him
to
write
a
paper
about
his
dream.
He
wrote
a
seven-page
paper.
He
wanted
to
have
a
horse
farm
one
day.
He
even
drew
a
picture
of
a
horse
farm
in
the
paper.
The
next
day
he
handed
it
in
to
his
teacher.
Two
days
later,
he
got
his
paper
back.
On
the
front
page
was
a
large
red
“F”
with
the
words
“See
me
after
class”.
So
the
boy
did
and
asked
his
teacher:
“Why
did
I
get
an
F ”
The
teacher
said:
“This
dream
will
not
come
true
for
a
young
boy
like
you.
You
need
a
lot
of
money
to
own
a
horse
farm.
You
have
to
buy
the
land.
You
have
to
pay
for
a
lot
of
things.
There
is
no
way
you
could
ever
do
it.”
Then
the
teacher
added:
“If
you
write
this
paper
again
with
a
simpler
dream,
I
will
give
you
a
good
grade.”
After
school
he
thought
hard
about
it.
At
last,
he
decided
to
hand
in
the
same
paper,
making
no
changes
at
all.
He
wrote:
“You
can
keep
the
F
and
I’ll
keep
my
dream.”
Many
years
later,
Monty
had
his
own
large
horse
farm.
His
dream
came
true.
So
don’t
let
anyone
take
away
your
dreams.
Follow
your
dreams,
no
matter
what
they
are.
(
)
1.
From
Paragraph
1,
we
learn
that
_____.
A.
Monty’s
family
was
poor
B.
Monty’s
father
didn’t
support
him
C.
Monty
hoped
to
be
a
horse
trainer
(
)
2.
What
did
his
teacher
ask
him
to
do
when
he
was
in
school
A.
To
write
a
seven-page
paper.
B.
To
draw
a
picture
about
his
dream.
C.
To
write
a
paper
about
his
dream.
(
)
3.
What
was
Monty’s
attitude
(态度)
towards
his
paper
A.
Careless.
B.
Serious.
C.
Funny.
(
)
4.
Monty’s
teacher
gave
him
a
red
“F”
because
he
thought
______.
A.
Monty’s
handwriting
was
too
bad
B.
Monty
copied
from
another
student
C.
Monty’s
dream
was
too
hard
for
him
to
achieve
(
)
5.
What
does
the
story
want
to
tell
us
A.
Follow
a
simple
dream.
B.
Never
give
up
your
dream.
C.
Don’t
take
away
others’
dreams.
B
Usually,
students
are
not
encouraged
to
run
or
jump
around
in
the
corridor
(走廊).
However,
students
in
a
British
grammar
school
really
enjoy
running
on
the
corridor
tiles
(瓷砖)
and
their
teachers
even
encourage
them
to
do
that.
Why
It
is
because
the
corridor
was
built
with
special
kinetic
(动能的)
tiles.
When
students
jump
on
the
tiles,
electricity
will
be
generated
(产生).
After
one
year,
the
electricity
generated
from
the
tiles
can
fully
charge
853
mobile
phones
or
power
(供电)
an
electric
car
to
drive
seven
miles.
It’s
amazing,
isn’t
it
The
corridor
tiles
are
really
a
brilliant
invention.
Students
can
not
only
play
on
the
corridor,
but
also
help
power
the
lights
in
their
school
corridors
and
other
devices
(设备)
in
their
classrooms.
Besides,
this
is
a
good
way
to
teach
students
to
be
creative.
They
will
be
inspired
to
be
scientists,
inventors
and
engineers
in
the
future
to
find
clean
energy
for
all
humans.
The
inventor
of
the
magic
corridor
tiles
is
Laurence
Kemball-Cook.
He
was
once
a
student
in
this
school.
Now,
he
is
CEO
of
his
own
company.
The
corridor
tiles
are
not
Laurence’s
only
invention.
He
has
also
invented
a
special
dance
floor,
which
can
be
used
at
music
festivals.
It
allows
dancers
to
charge
their
mobile
phones
while
they
are
dancing
on
the
dance
floor.
(
)
1.
Why
do
the
students
in
the
passage
enjoy
running
on
the
corridor
tiles
A.
Because
the
corridor
tiles
are
expensive.
B.
Because
the
teachers
ask
them
to
do
that.
C.
Because
the
corridor
was
built
with
special
tiles.
(
)
2.
After
one
year,
the
electricity
generated
from
the
tiles
can
provide
enough
energy
for
______.
A.
over
800
mobile
phones
B.
all
the
lights
of
the
school
C.
an
electric
car
to
drive
70
miles
(
)
3.
The
underlined
word
“inspired”
most
probably
means
“______”.
A.
encouraged
B.
forced
C.
trained
(
)
4.
What
else
has
Laurence
invented
besides
the
corridor
tiles
from
the
passage
A.
A
mobile
phone.
B.
A
music
player.
C.
A
special
dance
floor.
(
)
5.
According
to
the
passage,
which
of
the
following
statements
is
TRUE
A.
Students
are
not
allowed
to
walk
in
the
corridor.
B.
Laurence
once
studied
in
the
British
grammar
school.
C.
Laurence
has
more
than
one
company
of
his
own.
C
In
2003,
I
wrote
a
letter
for
my
future
self
with
instructions
not
to
open
until
my
birthday
in
2015.
It
is
2015
now.
Yesterday
was
my
birthday
and
I
opened
it.
This
is
what
it
said:
Dear
Sherri,
By
the
time
you
read
this,
you
will
be
30.
At
the
age
of
18
I
had
many
dreams
about
you.
Right
now
I
hope
you
have
traveled
and
seen
everything
you’ve
always
wanted
to,
boat
in
Canada
and
abroad,
maybe
you
have
even
settled
down
somewhere
in
France,
and
maybe
you
are
working
in
the
field
of
art.
I
hope
you’re
married
to
Gwynn—the
man
of
your
dreams.
You’ll
probably
have
two
children—a
girl
and
a
boy.
If
everything
goes
okay,
you’ll
be
living
in
France
in
a
big
house
in
a
small
town
with
Gwynn
and
your
two
children.
You
are
doing
research
in
painting.
Gwynn
will
be
a
computer
programmer
and
you
will
be
doing
all
right
for
yourselves.
However,
if
things
don’t
go
according
to
plan,
I
wish
you
love,
happiness
and
joy.
Love,
Sherri
“18”
When
I
read
this,
I
was
surprised.
So
much
of
what
I
wanted
has
come
true.
I
did
travel
to
a
few
more
places
in
Canada.
I’ve
traveled
to
the
UK,
Australia
and
Egypt.
I
have
been
living
in
France
for
nearly
4
years
in
a
big
house,
in
a
small
suburb
(郊区),
in
a
major
city.
I
am
an
art
teacher
in
a
university.
I
have
two
lovely
kids.
But
not
everything
went
as
what
I
hoped.
I
married
a
man
named
Tom
Rees,
and
he
is
an
excellent
artist.
We
are
doing
all
right
for
ourselves.
I
find
it
cool
how
the
dreams
of
a
young
girl
can
become
a
grown
woman’s
reality
(现实).
(
)
1.
How
long
did
Sherri
wait
to
open
the
letter
A
For
12
years.
B.
For
18
years.
C.
For
30
years.
(
)
2.
What
does
the
underlined
phrase
“settled
down”
mean
in
Chinese
A.
参观
B.
旅行
C.
定居
(
)
3.
Among
her
dreams,
which
one
did
NOT
come
true
A.
To
work
in
the
field
of
art.
B.
To
be
a
mother
of
two
kids.
C.
To
marry
a
computer
programmer.
(
)
4.
What
can
we
infer
(推断)
from
the
passage
A.
She
plans
to
move
to
the
UK
later.
B.
She
enjoys
the
life
with
her
family
now.
C.
She
loses
hope
because
not
everything
goes
well.
(
)
5.
What
is
the
best
title
for
this
passage
A.
Dream
on
the
way
B.
Dream
and
Reality
C.
How
to
Achieve
Your
Dream
D
Charlie
Plumb
was
a
US
jet
fighter
(喷气式战斗机)
pilot
in
Vietnam.
One
day
he
had
to
eject
(飞机坠毁前从弹射座椅弹出).
The
only
thing
between
him
and
death
was
his
parachute
(降落伞).
Finally
the
parachute
opened
and
Charlie
came
down
to
the
ground
alive.
One
day,
many
years
after
getting
back
to
the
US,
Charlie
was
sitting
in
a
small
restaurant.
He
noticed
that
a
man
kept
looking
at
him.
Charlie
looked
back
but
he
didn’t
think
he
knew
the
man.
At
last,
the
man
stood
up
and
walked
over
to
Charlie’s
table
and
said.
“You’re
Charlie
Plumb.”
Charlie
looked
up
at
him
and
said,
“Yes,
I
am.”
The
man
said,
“You
flew
jet
fighters
in
Vietnam.
You’re
a
fighter
pilot.
You
ejected
and
parachuted
into
Vietnam
and
you
spent
six
years
there.
Charlie
was
surprised
and
asked,
“How
did
you
know
all
that
The
man
smiled
and
said,
“Because
I
packed
your
parachute.”
Charlie
didn’t
know
what
to
say.
The
man
took
Charlie’s
hand
and
said,
“I
guess
it
worked,
”
and
then
left.
Charlie
lay
awake
that
night.
The
man’s
job
saved
his
life.
He
wondered
how
many
times
he
passed
the
man,
but
he
never
said
“hi”,
“good
morning”,
“good
job”
or
“thanks”.
Think
about
this
for
yourself.
Do
you
always
pass
those
people
who
help
you
most
Do
you
know
that
they’re
just
out
there
packing
parachutes
for
you
根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误，正确为“T”
错误为
“F”。
(
)
1.Charlie
Plumb
was
a
US
astronaut.
(　)
2.The
man
invited
Charlie
to
have
dinner
in
a
small
restaurant.
(　)
3.Charlie
stayed
in
Vietnam
for
six
years
after
he
parachuted
into
Vietnam.
(　)
4.Charlie
was
surprised
that
the
man
knew
him.
(　)
5.Charle
felt
thankful
to
the
man
because
he
opened
the
parachute
for
him.
E
Do
you
know
something
about
Akuapem
people
They
live
in
eastern
Ghana
(加纳),
where
the
sunshine
hugs
all
the
time.
They
are
very
friendly.
Now
let’s
have
a
look
at
how
the
Akuapem
people
receive
a
visitor.
A
visitor
is
often
welcomed
warmly
in
a
family
of
Akuapem.
After
the
visitor
is
welcomed
into
the
house,
he
is
offered
a
seat
and
water
at
the
very
beginning,
for
the
host
(主人)
thinks
that
he
visitor
must
have
come
from
a
very
long
trip
and
is
in
need
of
water.
Then
the
host
family
greet
the
visitor
by
saying
“Akwaaba”.
More
interestingly,
if
there
is
a
group
of
visitors,
the
host
will
greet
the
visitors
from
right
to
left.
And
the
host
shakes
only
with
his
right
hand,
because
the
left
hand
is
regarded
dirty
according
to
the
Akuapem
people.
Next,
the
visitor
is
asked
how
his
trip
was
and
why
he
has
come.
While
he
conversation
is
going
on,
the
wife
and
children,
especially
girls,
are
cooking
food
for
the
visitor.
The
visitor
can
choose
the
food.
After
the
visitor
has
finished
eating,
the
host
and
the
visitor
continue
their
conversation.
Usually
this
is
a
short
one
since
the
visitor
is
getting
ready
to
say
goodbye.
When
the
visitor
is
leaving,
he
is
often
given
some
food
to
take
along.
He
is
also
accompanied
(陪伴)
by
one
of
the
children
to
the
nearest
station.
The
child
who
accompanies
the
visitor
will
not
come
back
home
until
the
visitor
leaves
safely.
No
matter
if
he
is
a
close
or
just
a
passer-by
(过路人),
this
is
always
the
way
that
the
friendly
Akuapem
people
receive
a
visitor.
根据短文内容回答下列问题。
1.
What
is
the
visitor
offered
at
first
by
the
family
of
Akuapem
___________________________________________________
2.
Why
does
the
host
shake
only
with
his
right
hand
___________________________________________________
3.
Who
are
cooking
food
while
the
host
is
chatting
with
the
visitor
___________________________________________________
4.
When
will
the
child
who
accompanies
the
visitor
to
the
station
come
back
home
___________________________________________________
5.
What
does
the
article
mainly
talk
about
___________________________________________________
TEST
22答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了学生Monty不放弃自己的梦想，并最终实现了自己的梦想的故事。小Monty在老师布置的写自己的梦想的作文中说自己梦想拥有一座自己养马农场，老师认为他的梦想太不现实，不可能实现。但小Monty却不这样认为，他一直坚持自己的梦想，并最实现了自己的梦想。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。由“Sometimes
they
didn’t
have
enough
money
to
pay
for
food”一句，可知他们家是很贫困的。
2.
C
细节理解题。由短文中“When
he
was
in
school,
his
teacher
asked
him
to
write
a
paper
about
his
dream.”一句，可知老师让学生写一篇自己梦想的作文。
3.
B
推理判断题。读第二段可知，小Monty写自己的梦想共写了七页，并且还将自己梦想中马场画了出来，可见其对自己的梦想的认真程度，故应选B。
4.
C
推理判断题。由短文中老师所说的话语，特别是“如果你在你的作文中写一篇小一些梦想，我会给你高分的”，可知老师给他低分的原因是他的梦想写得太大了。
5.
B
主旨大意题。理解整个短文，特别是最后一句话“不要让任何人拿走你的梦想，坚持你的梦想，不论它是什么”，可知短文是想告诉我们永远不要轻易放弃自己的梦想。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文章讲述了在英国的一所语法学校里，鼓励学生在走廊的瓷砖上运动。原因是这是一种能动瓷砖，当学生在上面运动时，它会将动能转化成电能，能给手机充电，给教室照明。
【答案解析】
1.
C
细节理解题。由短文第二段中第一句话“Why
It
is
because
the
corridor
was
built
with
special
kinetic
tiles.”可知应选C。
2.
A
细节理解题。读第二段中最后两句话“一年后由动能瓷砖所产生的电能能给853部手机充电，能供一部电动汽车开七英里”，可知应选A。
3.
A
词义猜测题。由上文“除此之外，这是教育学生有创新精神的一个好方式”，可知“他们会被鼓舞在未来成为科学家、发明家及工程师，为人类发现清洁的能源。”由此推测inspired意为“受鼓舞”，与encouraged同义。
4.
C
细节理解题。由短文中“He
has
also
invented
a
special
dance
floor,…”可知应选C。
5.
B
推理判断题。由短文中“He
was
once
a
student
in
this
school.”可知选项B是正确的。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中作者通过阅读了12年前写的一封信，与现在对比，发现她的梦想大多数变成现实了，只是少部分不一样，由此作者的心情感到非常的愉快。
【答案解析】0
1.
A
推理计算题。根据第一节第一句：In
2003,
I
wrote
a
letter
for
my
future
self
with
instructions
not
to
open
until
my
birthday
in
2015.
It
is
2015
now.可知2015-2003=12。故选A。
2.
C
猜测词义题。根据下面两句：maybe
you
have
even
settled
down
somewhere
in
France
与If
everything
goes
okay,
you’ll
be
living
in
France
in
a
big
house
in
a
small
town
with
Gwynn
and
your
two
children.可知，划线词组意为“定居”。
3.
C
细节理解题。根据倒数第二节第二句：I
married
a
man
named
Tom
Rees,
and
he
is
an
excellent
artist.可知本题答案为C。
4.
B
推理判断题。根据倒数第二段最后一句：We
are
doing
all
right
for
ourselves.可知本题选B。
5.
B
主旨大意题。本文提供作者阅读了12年前的梦想来对照现在的情况，说明本文的最佳标题是：“梦想和现实”。可从下列句子中推知答案：
So
much
of
what
I
wanted
has
come
true.
以及I
find
it
cool
how
the
dreams
of
a
young
girl
can
become
a
grown
woman’s
reality。
D
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文章主要介绍了加纳东部阿坎族人的待客之道。
【答案】
1.
A
seat
and
water.
2.
Because
the
left
hand
is
regarded
dirty
according
to
the
Akuapem
people.
3.
The
wife
and
children,
especially
girls.
4.
After
the
visitor
leaves
safely.
(The
child
who
accompanies
the
visitor
to
the
station
won’t
come
back
home
until
the
visitor
leaves
safely.)
5.
How
the
Akuapem
people
receive
a
visitor.TEST
14
A
A
long
time
ago
during
wartime,
a
soldier
went
away
to
fight.
His
wife
was
expecting
a
baby
(不久要生孩子了).
When
the
baby
learned
to
talk,
he
always
asked
his
mother,
“Where
is
my
father ”
The
mother
got
tired
of
his
questions.
One
night
she
pointed
to
her
shadow
on
the
wall
and
said,
“That
is
your
father.”
After
that,
she
pointed
to
her
shadow
every
night
at
dinner
time
and
said
his
father
would
eat
dinner
with
them.
This
made
he
boy
feel
happy.
Finally,
the
war
was
over.
The
husband
came
home.
But
when
he
arrived
at
his
house,
the
wife
was
out.
He
saw
the
little
boy.
He
knew
it
was
his
son,
but
the
child
said,
“You
are
not
my
father.
He
won’t
be
home
until
dinner
time.”
The
father
was
very
angry.
Then
his
wife
arrived.
He
said
that
she
had
been
a
bad
wife,
and
he
would
not
listen
to
her.
Then
the
wife
left
so
sadly
that
she
jumped
into
the
river
and
killed
herself.
That
night,
the
boy
saw
his
father’s
shadow
on
the
wall.
He
pointed
to
it
and
said,
“Now
my
father
is
home.”
Then
the
man
understood.
But
it
was
too
late!
(
)
1.
When
the
soldier
arrived
at
home,
his
wife
______.
A.
was
cooking
dinner
B.
was
out
C.
was
in
the
river
D.
was
having
dinner
(
)
2.
What
do
you
think
of
the
soldier’s
wife
A.
She
was
a
bad
wife.
B.
She
was
a
bad
mother.
C.
She
was
a
good
wife.
D.
She
was
ugly.
(
)
3.
What
made
the
boy
feel
happy
A.
His
mother
ate
dinner
with
him.
B.
His
father
ate
dinner
with
him.
C.
The
dinner
was
delicious.
D.
He
thought
his
father
would
have
dinner
with
him.
(
)
4.
Why
was
the
soldier
angry
A.
Because
his
wife
was
out.
B.
Because
his
son
didn’t
know
him.
C.
Because
he
thought
his
wife
had
been
a
bad
wife.
D.
Because
his
wife
didn’t
cook
for
him.
(
)
5.
What
happened
to
the
wife
at
last
A.
She
was
so
sad
that
she
killed
her
husband.
B.
She
was
so
sad
that
she
jumped
into
the
river
and
killed
herself.
C.
She
was
so
sad
that
she
killed
her
son.
D.
She
was
so
sad
that
she
left
her
home
angrily.
B
A
Bite
of
China
(《舌尖上的中国》）has
become
a
hot
topic
of
discussion
on
the
Internet
in
China
since
it’s
first
shown
on
CCTV.
This
TV
program
is
a
seven-episode
(七集）documentary
series
about
traditional
Chinese
food.
According
to
World
Journal
(《世界日报》）,
the
program
has
attracted
over
100,000,000
Chinese
audiences.
Most
of
them
don’t
see
this
program
as
an
ordinary
food
show,
because
it
shows
them
the
value
and
quality
of
Chinese
food,
as
well
as
the
changes
in
the
society
today.
The
audiences
are
also
given
the
chance
to
see
how
hard
the
cooks
and
farmers
have
to
work
to
produce
such
wonderful
Chinese
food.
A
Bite
of
China
makes
Chinese
people
think
back
to
their
cooking
traditions.
These
traditions
have
been
forgotten
in
today’s
busy
life.
Chen
Xiaoqing,
the
lead
director
of
the
series,
says
that
the
program
is
not
only
about
eating,
but
also
about
traditional
habits
and
historical
heritage
(遗产).
His
friend
Liu
Wen
says,
“We
also
wanted
to
show
international
audiences
what
modern
(现代的）China
is
like.”
“A
Bite
of
China
will
be
out
of
the
English
version
and
even
3D
version,”
said
Chen
Xiaoqing
in
his
blog
(博客).
As
the
documentary
says,
“Nowadays,
when
we
have
the
power
to
be
far
away
from
nature
and
enjoy
delicious
food,
we
should
be
grateful
(感激的)
to
the
people
who
use
their
hands
and
brain
to
make
so
much
delicious
food.”
(
)
1.
What’s
A
Bite
of
China
about
according
to
this
passage
A.
A
movie.
B.
A
book.
C.
A
TV
program.
D.
A
TV
play.
(
)
2.
What
does
Chen
Xiaoqing
do
according
to
this
passage
A.
An
actor.
B.
A
director.
C.
A
cook.
D.
A
writer.
(
)
3.
The
underlined
word
“audiences”
means
________in
Paragraph
2.
A.顾客
B.游客
C.观众
D.制片人
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
RIGHT
according
to
this
passage
A.
Less
than
one
hundred
million
people
have
watched
A
Bite
of
China.
B.
A
Bite
of
China
just
wants
the
Chinese
people
to
remember
the
eating
culture
about
China.
C.
We
can
buy
the
3D
version
about
A
Bite
of
China
in
the
market
now.
D.
A
Bite
of
China
can
make
Chinese
people
think
back
to
their
cooking
traditions.
(
)
5.
The
passage
mainly
tells
us
A
Bite
of
China
______.
A.
shows
the
traditional
Chinese
food
B.
gives
us
the
chance
to
see
how
hard
the
cooks
and
farmers
have
to
work
to
produce
wonderful
Chinese
food
C.
makes
Chinese
people
think
back
to
their
cooking
traditions
D.
makes
us
have
the
power
to
be
far
away
from
nature
and
enjoy
delicious
food
C
Sometimes
it
may
seem
difficult
to
improve
our
health.
If
so,
the
following
health
habits
may
help
you.
Eat
breakfast
every
morning.
Research
shows
that
if
you
eat
a
meal
in
the
morning
you
may
not
become
too
fat
or
eat
too
much
during
lunch.
Eating
breakfast
can
help
people
feel
better
through
the
day.
Get
enough
sleep.
Poor
sleep
can
influence
our
memory
and
learning.
It
can
also
cause
traffic
accidents!
Studies
show
that
people
who
don’t
get
enough
sleep
seem
to
get
into
more
accidents.
So
stay
safe
and
get
enough
sleep!
Take
a
walk
every
day.
Walking
is
an
easy
way
to
exercise.
You’d
better
meet
friends
for
a
walk,
not
for
a
meal.
As
you
walk,
you
will
see
the
beautiful
world
around
you.
Once
you
try,
you
will
find
that
adding
a
walk
into
your
daily
life
is
very
easy.
Join
social
groups.
Social
groups
can
provide
support.
They
might
include
sports
teams,
art
or
music
groups.
The
people
in
the
group
can
offer
advice
and
can
help
each
other
in
difficult
times.
Also,
being
in
a
group
keeps
your
mind
busy.
An
active
mind
is
a
healthy
mind!
Have
a
hobby.
A
hobby
could
be
running
reading
or
making
something
with
your
hands.
Hobbies
help
people
to
relax
and
rest.
Hobbies
bring
us
joy
as
well.
(
)
1.
You
may
have
a
good
memory
and
learn
better
if
you
______.
A.
eat
breakfast
every
morning
B.
have
a
good
sleep
C.
take
a
walk
every
day
D.
join
a
social
group
(
)
2.
If
you
need
help
and
want
to
help
others,
you’d
better
______.
A.
invite
your
friend
to
a
meal
B.
make
something
with
your
friends
C.
become
a
member
of
a
social
group
D.
have
a
hobby
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
A.
If
you
have
breakfast
every
morning,
you’ll
be
fat.
B.
All
the
traffic
accidents
are
caused
by
poor
sleep.
C.
To
join
a
social
group
helps
you
have
a
healthy
mind.
D.
Having
a
hobby
is
the
best
way
to
relax.
(
)
4.
The
passage
is
mainly
written
for
______.
A.
students
at
school
B.
people
who
don’t
like
running
C.
students
who
never
have
breakfast
D.
people
who
want
to
improve
health
(
)
5.
Which
is
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.
Ways
to
Improve
Your
Health
B.
Reasons
for
Keeping
Healthy
C.
Good
Habits
D.
Breakfast
and
Exercise
D
More
and
more
advertisements
appear
on
the
Internet.
You
have
to
be
careful
not
to
be
fooled
or
tricked
(欺骗)
by
the
advertisement
on
the
Internet.
Something
is
said
to
be
a
bargain
(廉价货),
but
it
isn’t
always
cheap.
And
some
so－called
(所谓的)
new
things
just
have
a
new
outside.
However,
shopping
online
is
a
kind
of
fashionable
thing
today.
I
have
to
buy
things
of
everyday
use,
so
I
often
get
lots
of
information
about
them
on
websites
online.
For
example,
if
I
want
to
buy
an
MP3,
I
can
choose
my
favorite
one,
and
look
for
what
the
users
like
or
don’t
like
about
it,
then
decide
whether
to
buy
it
or
not.
And
at
the
same
time,
you
don’t
have
to
walk
around
a
crowded
shopping
area,
so
you
don’t
have
to
waste
much
time.
The
Internet
is
really
useful
for
shopping,
but
be
careful
not
to
spend
too
much.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Shopping
online
is
a
kind
of
fashionable
thing
many
years
ago.
(
)
2.
The
Internet
is
really
useful
for
shopping.
(
)
3.
You
can’t
buy
good
things
online
because
many
people
have
been
fooled
and
tricked.
(
)
4.
Shopping
online
can
save
time.
(
)
5.
No
cheating
online.
E
阅读下面材料，给每则信息选择合适的标题。
1
Brown
wallet
with
some
money
and
a
family
e
to
Room
810
of
the
City
Library
in
the
evening,
or
call
18612345688.
2
Name:
Life
of
PiPlot:
An
unusual
experience
of
a
boy
who
finds
himself
adrift
(飘流)
in
a
lifeboat
with
a
live
tiger.Director.
Ang
LeeTime:
18:30
June
27.
2013Place:
New
Mart
Cinema
3
A
boy
or
a
girl
to
send
newspapers.Hours:
6:30
a.m.
to
8:00
a.m.
Mon.
to
Sat.Pay:
$10
per
day.Call
Mr.
James
at
13894765971
4
Join
us
for
a
10-mile
country
walk.On
Saturday.
October
5th.Children
and
dogs
are
welcome.Meet
at
the
Market
Square
at
2
p.m.Call
Jeff
at
13338651976
for
more
information.
5
A
club
for
single
(单身)people
looking
for
new
friends.Ages:
25-40Activities:
parties,
swimming,
concerts,
dances.We
meet
every
Friday
at
8:30
p.m.28
Garden
Street.
Tel:
13470264493Email:
singleclub@
A.
FILM
POSTER
B.
FOUND
C.
SINGLES’
CLUB
D.
WALKING
CLUB
E.
WANTED
IMMEDIATELY
Test
14答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中叙述了一位军人因为战争而离开怀孕的妻子，不久，他的儿子出生了，为了让儿子感觉到爸爸一直就在身边，她就把自己的影子给儿子说，这就是爸爸。战争结束后，当军人归来，儿子说吃晚饭时才能见到爸爸。于是这位生气的军人认为妻子成为了一个坏女人。妻子因误解而跳河自尽，当晚上吃饭时，儿子指着他的影子说“现在爸爸在家”时，他终于明白了一切，但是已经晚了。
【答案解析】
1.B
细节理解题。由第三段中“But
when
he
arrived
at
his
house,
the
wife
was
out”可知，当他回家时，妻子外出了。
2.
C
推理判断题。根据妻子为让儿子幸福而编造了善意的谎言可推测，她是一个善良的人。
3.
D
细节理解题。由第二段中“After
that,
she
pointed
to
her
shadow
every
night
at
dinner
time
and
said
his
father
would
eat
dinner
with
them.
This
made
the
boy
feel
happy.”可知使儿子高兴的是，每天晚餐时爸爸和他们在一起吃晚饭。
4.
C
细节理解题。由上文儿子的话，他认为自己的妻子变坏了，因此这使他很生气。
5.
B
细节理解题。由第四段末句“Then
the
wife
left
so
sadly
that
she
jumped
into
the
river
and
killed
herself”可知，因为得不到丈夫的信任，她投河自尽了。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了舌尖上的中国的流行，吸引了超过1亿中国观众，使中国人回想他们传统的烹饪，同时，我们也应该感激用双手和大脑做这么美味食物的人。
【答案解析】
1.
C
细节理解题。根据第一段的“This
TV
program”可知选C。
2.
B
词义猜测题。根据第三段的“Chen
Xiaoqing,
the
lead
director
of
the
series”可知选B。
3.
C
细节理解题。根据句意“节目已经吸引了超过一亿中国_____”可知是观众。故选C。
4.
D
细节理解题。根据第二段的“the
program
has
attracted
over
100,000,000”可知A错误；根据第三段第一句可知D正确。
5.
A
主旨大意题。根据文章主旨“介绍了舌尖上的中国的流行，吸引了超过1亿中国观众，使中国人回想他们传统的烹饪，同时，我们也应该感激用双手和大脑做这么美味食物的人”可知，选A。
C
D
【语篇导读】
本文介绍的是网购现象。虽然许多人喜欢网购，但网上也有欺骗，之所以受到很多人的欢迎，也有很多有利的一面，网购可以节省时间等。
【答案解析】
1.
F
细节理解题。由第二段首句“However,
shopping
online
is
a
kind
of
fashionable
thing
today.”可知，现在网购成为了一种时尚的事，而许多年前则不是。故此说法错误。
2.
T
细节理解题。由本文倒数第一句“The
Internet
is
really
useful
for
shopping”可知本句描述正确。
3.F
细节理解题。由第一段中“You
have
to
be
careful
not
to
be
fooled
or
tricked
by
the
advertisement
on
the
Internet”可知不能因为许多人被骗了就不能从网上买到好东西，只是要更谨慎些。
4.T
细节理解题。由第二段中“And
at
the
same
time,
you
don’t
have
to
walk
around
a
crowded
shopping
area,
so
you
don’t
have
to
waste
much
time.”可知，网上购物可节省时间。
5.
F
细节理解题。由第一段中“Something
is
said
to
be
a
bargain,
but
it
isn’t
always
cheap.
And
some
so－called
new
things
just
have
a
new
outside.”可知，网购也有欺骗。
E
【语篇导读】
本文属于表格式阅读题。介绍了五则广告：电影海报、失物招领、单身俱乐部、行走俱乐部和招聘启事。
【答案解析】
1.B
细节理解题。根据“Brown
wallet
with
some
money
and
a
family
photo.”可知是失物招领，所以选择答案B。
2.A
细节理解题。根据“Director
Ang
Lee”导演和“New
Mart
Cinema”电影院可知与电影海报有关，所以选择答案A。
3.E
细节理解题。根据“A
boy
or
a
girl
to
send
newspapers.”送报和“Pay:
$10
per
day.”10元一天可推测出与工作有关，所以选择答案E。
4.D
细节理解题。根据“Join
us
for
a
10-mile
country
walk”可知与行走散走有关，所以选择答案D。
5.C
细节理解题。根据“A
club
for
single
people
looking
for
new
friends,”可知与单身有关，所以选择答案C。TEST
11
A
A
man
is
traveling
in
the
desert
(沙漠)
and
loses
his
way.
He
has
no
water
to
drink
and
thinks
he
will
die.
After
walking
for
two
days,
he
finds
an
old
wooden
house.
He
enters
the
house
and
finds
a
water
pump
(抽水机).
He
is
very
excited
and
goes
to
pump
some
water,
but
no
water
comes
out.
He
loses
heart
and
sits
on
the
ground.
At
that
time,
he
sees
a
bottle
near
the
water
pump.
It
is
full
of
water
and
there
is
a
note
on
the
bottle.
It
says,
“You
must
put
the
water
in
the
bottle
into
the
water
pump
to
get
water
out
of
it.
Don’t
forget
to
fill
this
bottle
when
you
leave.”
He
looks
at
the
bottle
of
water,
and
can’t
decide
what
to
do.
If
he
drinks
the
water,
he
may
be
able
to
survive
in
the
desert
for
a
while.
But
if
he
puts
the
water
into
the
water
pump,
he
may
get
enough
water
to
help
him
get
out
of
the
desert
or
get
nothing.
Finally
he
puts
the
whole
bottle
of
water
into
the
water
pump.
He
again
tries
to
pump
water
out,
and
this
time
plenty
of
water
comes
out.
He
drinks
as
much
as
he
can,
and
fills
the
bottle
with
water
again.
A
few
days
later,
he
walks
out
of
the
desert.
(
)
1.
The
man
finds
in
the
wooden
house.
A.
a
water
pump
B.
a
letter
C.
an
empty
bottle
(
)
2.
He
feels
very
after
he
pumps
water
for
the
first
time.
A.
excited
B.
scared
C.
disappointed
(
)
3.
He
______
after
thinking
again
and
again.
A.
doesn’t
do
anything
B.
drinks
the
water
in
the
bottle
C.
pours
the
water
into
the
pump
(
)
4.
The
underlined
word
“survive”
means
in
the
passage.
A.
keep
pumping
water
B.
continue
to
live
C.
keep
thirsty
(
)
5.
We
should
have
______
when
we
work
on
something
according
to
the
passage.
A.
good
suggestions
B.
great
aims
C.
right
ways
B
Teenagers
can’t
afford
to
buy
expensive
gifts.
So
what
do
you
do
if
you
want
to
give
gifts
to
the
important
people
in
your
life
In
fact,
you
don’t
have
to
spend
much
money
on
holiday
gifts.
There
are
many
cheap
ways
to
do
that.
Here
are
some
make
–it-yourself
gifts
ideas
to
try:
To
your
mom
and
dad:
You
can
clean
the
room,
sing
a
song
or
write
a
letter
to
your
mom
and
dad.
You
could
also
draw
a
picture
if
you
like
that.
To
your
teachers:
Sometimes
students
put
her
pocket
money
together
and
buy
a
teacher
a
holiday
gift.
Some
kids
would
like
to
give
their
own
gifts.
You
can
send
a
nice
card
with
the
words
of
thanks
inside.
You
might
even
write
down
the
favorite
things
you’ve
learned
in
the
teacher’s
class
this
year.
It
will
make
the
teacher
feel
happy.
To
the
kids
who
need
a
friend:
The
holidays
are
a
good
time
to
think
about
people
who
are
lonely.
Maybe
there
is
someone
in
your
class
who
doesn’t
seem
to
have
any
friends.
Try
to
do
something
for
this
person.
It
could
be
giving
a
Christmas
card
or
just
chatting
with
him
or
her.
It’s
a
small
thing,
but
it
could
mean
a
lot
to
him
or
her.
(
)
1.
According
to
the
passage,
teenagers
don’t
have
to
______
their
parents
as
a
gift.
A.
sing
a
song
to
B.
draw
a
picture
for
C.
write
a
letter
to
D.
buy
an
expensive
gift
for
(
)
2.
If
you
want
to
send
your
teacher
a
card,
what
will
you
write
in
it
A.
Ways
to
improve
your
grades.
B.
The
names
of
the
students
you
don’t
like.
C.
Something
you’ve
learned
in
the
teacher’s
class.
D.
The
importance
of
making
nice
gifts
by
yourself.
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
Not
True
A.
You
should
spend
much
money
buying
gifts
for
your
teacher.
B.
Chatting
with
a
classmate
who
has
few
friends
is
also
a
good
holiday
gift.
C.
A
small
gift
during
holidays
may
mean
a
lot
to
someone
who
feels
lonely.
D.
Sometimes
students
put
their
pocket
money
together
to
buy
the
teacher
a
gift.
(
)
4.
You
might
see
this
passage
in
a
(n)
______.
A.
notice
B.
science
book
C.
school
newspaper
D.
advertisement
(
)
5.
What’s
the
best
title
for
the
passage
A.
Making
Friends
by
Giving
Gifts
B.
Making
Holiday
Gifts
by
Yourself
C.
How
to
Save
Money
during
Holiday
D.
How
to
Choose
Gifts
for
Different
People
C
FLY
AWAY
HOLIDAYS
BEUING
TRAVEL
COMPANY
Beijing,
China
Best
four
days
in
SingaporeBook
online:
www.
Beijingtour.
com
or
call：
010
-62617788
Beijing一Singapore
MIRAMER
HOTEL
Restaurant
&
Cafe
Swimming
Pool
Movie
Theater
and
KTV
Clothing
Store
Bowling
and
Chess
Service
Ping
-
pong
Room
Reading
Room
Day
1:
Take
a
bus
tour
of
the
island.Evening
-
see
a
show
at
the
Neptune
Theater.Day
2:
Morning
-
visit
the
Handicraft
(手丁艺品)
Center
and
the
National
Museum.Afternoon
-
take
the
cable
car
to
Sentosa
Island.Day
3:
Free
for
shopping.Day
4:
Take
a
walking
tour
of
old
Singapore
in
the
morning.
Afternoon—boat
trip
around
the
island.
Departure
Date
&
PriceJuly
1,2012
3,
220
July
12,2012
3,
100
July
23,2012
2,
950
Please
choose
and
book
early.
Business
HoursWeekdays:
24
hoursWeekends:
8:
00
a.
m—6:00
p.
m.
(
)
1.
You
can’t
______
in
MIRAMER
HOTEL.
A.
play
basketball
B.
see
a
movie
C.
read
books
D.
chess
(
)
2.
If
you
are
interested
in
visiting
museums,
you’ll
have
a
good
time
on
______.
A.
Day
1
B.
Day
2
C.
Day
3
D.
Day
4
(
)
3.
It
will
cost
you
_______,
if
you
want
to
travel
on
July
1,
2012.
A.

2,950
B.

3,100
C.

3,220
D.
2012
(
)
4.
You
can
book
the
trip
at
_______
on
the
weekends.
A.
7:
30
B.
10:20
a.m.
C.
8:00
p.
m.
D.
9:00
p.
m.
(
)
5.
How
many
kinds
of
transportation
are
mentioned
(提及)in
the
passage
A.
3
B.
4
C.
5
D.
6
D
A
lot
of
earthquakes
happen
in
the
world
every
year.
Why
do
earthquakes
happen
Scientists
tell
us
the
outside
of
the
earth
is
made
of
a
number
of
different
plates
(板块).
The
plates
move
very
slowly.
Sometimes
they
stop
and
don’t
move
for
a
long
time.
When
some
of
the
earth’s
plates
move
suddenly,
an
earthquake
happens.
Many
earthquakes
happen
under
the
sea.
Sometimes
they
happen
near
mountains.
In
fact,
earthquakes
may
happen
anywhere
on
the
earth.
During
an
earthquake,
the
shakings
make
rocks
rise
suddenly
and
even
break
open.
Houses
fall.
People
are
killed
or
hurt.
Sometimes
whole
villages
or
cities
are
destroyed.
Can
we
do
something
to
keep
ourselves
safe
from
earthquakes
Scientists
have
studied
earthquakes
and
made
maps
that
show
“earthquake
belts”.
In
the
areas
in
these
belts,
it’s
possible
for
earthquakes
to
happen.
In
these
areas
we
can
make
houses
strong
enough
to
stand
against
earthquakes.
In
the
future,
scientists
will
be
able
to
predict
(预言)
exactly
when
and
where
an
earthquake
will
happen.
They
can
tell
us
what
to
do
and
how
to
do
it
as
well.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Few
earthquakes
happen
in
the
world
every
year.
(
)
2.
The
outside
of
the
earth
is
made
of
a
number
of
different
plates.
(
)
3.
We
can
do
nothing
to
keep
ourselves
safe
from
earthquake.
(
)
4.
A
map
showing
the
earthquake
belts
tells
people
what
kind
of
houses
can
stand
in
an
earthquake.
(
)
5.
In
the
future,
scientists
can
predict
exactly
when
and
where
an
earthquake
will
happen.
E
Whenever
the
sun
dropped
and
the
blue
sky
came
up,
my
father
and
I
used
to
climb
the
mountain
near
my
house.
Walking
together,
we
used
to
have
a
lot
of
conversation
through
which
I
learned
lessons
from
his
experiences.
He
always
told
me,
“
You
should
have
goals
(目标)
like
climbing
the
mountain.”
Without
the
mountain
climbing
that
we
both
enjoyed,
we
couldn’t
have
enough
time
to
spend
together
because
my
father
was
very
busy.
I
really
got
a
lot
from
mountain
climbing.
It
gave
me
time
to
talk
with
my
father
and
to
be
in
deep
thought
as
well
as
develop
my
patience
(耐力).
Once
we
climbed
a
very
high
mountain.
It
was
so
challenging
for
me
because
I
was
only
ten
years
old.
During
the
first
few
hours
of
climbing,
I
enjoyed
the
flowers
and
trees,
and
the
birds’
singing,
but
as
time
passed,
I
hated
it
at
that
moment.
①“Only
there
at
the
top,
can
you
see
all
of
the
nice
things,
just
like
in
life.”
My
father
said
to
me,
“You
can
always
see
a
beautiful
sky
at
the
top
of
the
mountain,
but
you
can’t
see
it
before
you
reach
the
top”.
At
that
time,
②我太小以至于不能理解他的话.
But
later
after
that,
I
got
new
hope
and
confidence.
I
found
myself
standing
at
the
top
of
the
mountain.
And
there,
I
could
see
the
whole
of
the
sky,
which
was
as
clear
as
crystal
(水晶)。
1.
Did
the
writer
and
his
father
often
climb
the
mountain
in
the
morning
2.
What
kind
of
person
did
the
writer’s
father
expect
him
to
be
3.
Why
didn’t
the
writer
want
to
continue
climbing
the
high
mountain
4.
请将短文中划线句子①翻译成汉语：
5.
请将短文中划线句子②翻译成英语：
TEST
11答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中讲述一个男人在沙漠中迷路后，
饥渴中发现了一口抽水机，
经历了第一次“无水”和发现一瓶水及便条之后，男人在面临大目标与小目标选择上，最终选择了按照指示。喝到了水，最后走出了沙漠。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。由文中第二段第三句“He
enters
the
house
and
finds
a
water
pump.
”男人在木屋发现了一个抽水机，所以选择答案A。
2.
C
细节推理题。根据第二段最后一句“He
is
very
excited
and
goes
to
pump
some
water,
but
no
water
comes
out.”可知：男人怀揣兴奋，却没打出水来，可推出他是“失望的”。故选C。
3.
C
细节理解题。通读第四段，根据句子“Finally
he
puts
the
whole
bottle
of
water
into
the
water
pump”可直接确定答案C。
4.
B
词义猜测题。通读短文第四自然段，根据上一句If
he
drinks
the
water,
可知“喝水后，会继续活下来”，选项A、C不合题意，所以选择答案B。
5.
B
主旨大意题。通读全文，不难看出，男人是在面临大目标和小目标选择上，因为选择了大目标才实现了更大的成功。告诉我们：在处理问题时要有大目标。所以选择答案B。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇议论文。讲述了作为青少年，不要买一些贵重的礼物送给你认为重要的人。文中作者就节日礼物，给出了一些建议，建议他们可以自己动手做一些礼物送给父母、老师和朋友。
【答案解析】
1.
D
推理判断题。根据短文第一节所述，青少年不要买一些贵重的礼物送给自己的父母。故选D。
2.
C
细节理解题。
根据句子
“You
might
even
write
down
the
favorite
things
you’ve
learned
in
the
teacher’s
class
this
year.”
可知答案为C。
3.
A
细节理解题。从整篇文章可知，作者是建议青少年不要花钱买贵重的礼物送给老师，只有A项是错误的。
4.
C
推理判断题。从整篇文章看，是写给青少年看的，应该是发表在校刊上的，故答案为C。
5.
B
主旨大意题。从这篇文章看，作者就节日礼物给出了一些建议，只有B符合文章主题。
C
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，介绍了地震形成的原因以及造成的危害，并且在将来科学家们能够精确地预言地震在何时何地发生，告诫人们做什么，如何做。
【答案解析】
1.F
细节理解题。题干中有一关键词“few”意为
“没有一些”，通过文章第一句话“A
lot
of
earthquakes
happen
in
the
world
every
year.”就可以看出本题是错误的。
2.T
细节理解题。由文章的第一自然段“Scientists
tell
us
the
outside
of
the
earth
is
made
of
a
number
of
different
plates”.可以看出，这句话是正确的。
3.F
细节理解题。由文章第四自然段，最后一句In
these
areas
we
can
make
houses
strong
enough
to
stand
against
earthquakes.可以看出，我们能够做一些事情是降低地震的破坏程度。故此题错误。
4.F
细节理解题。由文章第四自然段可知，科学家画出地震带的目的是将地震带上的房子建的足够牢固可以降低地震的破坏程度，而不是那种房子可以在地震中不倒。所以这句话是错误的。
5.
T
细节理解题。由文章最后一段话“In
the
future,
scientists
will
be
able
to
predict
exactly
when
and
where
an
earthquake
will
happen”。可知这句话是正确的。
E
【语篇导读】
这是一篇充满哲理性的文章，作者叙述了小时候，太阳落山后，总是和父亲一块去爬山，一块谈心，父亲的目的是培养我的耐力。父亲说“只有你到达山顶，你才能看到所有美好的东西，和你的人生一样。”长大后我才明白这些道理。
【答案】
1.
No,
they
didn’t.
/No.
His
father
wanted
him
to
be
a
man
with/having
goals
in
life.
2.
He
should
have
goals
like
climbing
the
mountain.
Having
goals.
/A
man
with
goals.
Goals.
hated
it
as
time
passed
3.
Because
he
was
too
young.
4.
正如人生，只有在顶端才能见到所有的美景（美好的东西）。
too
young
to
his
words
5.
I
was
understand.
so
young
that
I
couldn’t
what
he
saidTEST
6
A
Today,
roller
skating
(滑旱冰)
is
easy
and
fun.
But,
before
1750,
the
idea
of
skating
didn’t
exist
(存在).
That
changed
because
of
a
man
named
Joseph
Merlin.
Merlin’s
work
was
making
musical
instruments.
One
day
Merlin
received
an
invitation
to
attend
a
music
party.
He
was
very
pleased
and
a
little
excited.
As
the
day
of
the
party
came
near,
Merlin
began
to
think
how
to
make
a
grand
entrance
(隆重登场)
at
the
party.
He
had
an
idea.
He
thought
he
would
get
a
lot
of
attention
if
he
could
skate
into
the
room.
Merlin
tried
different
ways
to
make
himself
roll.
Finally,
he
decided
to
put
two
wheels
under
each
shoe.
These
were
the
first
roller
skates
in
the
world.
Merlin
was
very
proud
of
his
invention
and
dreamed
of
arriving
at
the
party
on
wheels
while
playing
the
violin.
On
the
night
of
the
party
Merlin
rolled
into
the
room
playing
his
violin.
Everyone
was
surprised
to
see
him.
There
was
just
one
problem.
Merlin
had
no
way
to
stop
his
roller
skates.
He
rolled
on
and
on,
suddenly,
he
ran
into
a
huge
mirror
that
was
hanging
on
the
wall.
Down
fell
the
mirror,
breaking
into
pieces.
Nobody
forgot
Merlin’s
entrance!
(
)
1.
The
idea
of
roller
skating
didn’t
exist
_______.
A.
until
1750
B.
after
1750
C.
since
1750
D.
from
1750
(
)
2.
What
was
the
job
of
Joseph
Merlin
A.
Making
shoes
B.
Making
toys
C.
Making
mirrors
D.
Making
musical
instruments
(
)
3.
Merlin
didn’t
_______
at
the
party.
A.
play
the
violin
B.
have
any
ways
to
stop
his
roller
skates
C.
roll
into
the
room
D.
get
a
lot
of
attention
(
)
4.
Merlin
stopped
rolling
when
_______.
A.
he
wanted
to
stop
B.
he
run
to
the
window
C.
he
ran
into
the
mirror
D.
he
knocked
someone
(
)
5.
Which
is
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.
How
to
use
the
roller
skates
B.
Merlin
and
the
first
roller
skates
C.
How
to
make
musical
instruments
D.
Merlin
and
the
first
violin
B
Fruit
and
vegetables
should
be
a
part
of
what
we
eat
every
day.
Educating
your
children
about
the
importance
of
eating
fruit
and
vegetables
is
necessary
for
their
health.
Here
are
some
fun
activities
to
help
you
teach
your
children
about
fruit
and
vegetables.
☆Reading
is
one
excellent
way.
Choose
a
colorful
book
with
many
different
types
of
fruit
and
vegetables.
☆Provide
your
children
with
fruit
and
vegetable
puzzles.
Your
children
will
be
able
to
see
what
fruit
and
vegetables
look
like
as
they
are
putting
the
puzzles
together.
You
can
also
teach
them
the
different
names
of
the
fruit
and
vegetables.
☆Each
day
give
your
children
different
fruit
and
vegetables
to
eat.
This
will
give
them
the
chance
to
taste
many
kinds
of
fruit
and
vegetables
and
get
enough
nutriment.
Talk
to
your
children
about
what
they
look
like
and
how
they
taste
and
smell.
☆Play
fruit
and
vegetable
games.
Prepare
little
cups
with
fruit
and
vegetables
cut
up
into
small
pieces.
Cover
the
children’s
eyes
and
give
them
one
of
the
cups
to
try.
After
tasting,
they
have
to
guess
what
kind
of
vegetables
or
fruit
it
is.
☆Grow
vegetables.
You
can
teach
your
children
how
vegetables
grow
by
planting
them.
Your
children
will
also
learn
to
take
care
of
them.
(　)
1.
It
mentioned
______
fun
activities
to
help
you
teach
your
children
about
fruit
and
vegetables
in
the
passage.
A.
one
B.
four
C.
five
D.
many
(　)
2.What
does
the
underlined
word
“nutriment
mean
in
Chinese ”
A.
脂肪
B.
粗纤维
C.
营养
D.
水分
(　)
3.Which
of
the
following
statements
is
true
according
to
the
passage
A.
Growing
vegetables
can
teach
your
children
how
to
look
after
vegetables.
B.
The
puzzles
can
help
your
children
know
how
fruit
and
vegetables
taste
and
smell.
C.
By
playing
fruit
and
vegetable
games,
your
children
can
know
what
fruit
and
vegetables
look
like.
D.
Fruit
and
vegetables
are
not
important
for
children’s
health.
(　)
4.What
can
we
do
teach
our
children
about
fruit
and
vegetables
according
to
the
passage
①
Read
books.
②
Plant
some
vegetables.
③
Watch
TV
with
children.
④
Make
children
eat
fruit
and
vegetables
every
day.
A.
②③④
B.
①②④
C.
①③④
D.
①②③
(　)
5.The
passage
mainly
talks
about
______.
A.
the
importance
of
fruit
and
vegetables
B.
how
to
grow
fruit
and
vegetables
C.
how
to
eat
fruit
and
vegetables
D.
the
ways
of
teaching
children
about
fruit
and
vegetables
C
There
would
be
a
school
party
on
Friday
evening.
The
girls
were
talking
about
what
they
were
going
to
wear.
“I’m
going
to
wear
a
black
dress,
so
everybody
will
notice
me,”
said
Emily.
“How
about
you,
Linda ”
“I’m
not
sure.
Maybe
jeans,
an
old
shirt,
and
a
hat.
People
will
notice
me
more
than
you!”
Linda
said.
“But
what
are
the
boys
going
to
do
in
the
party ”
asked
Jane.
“Do
you
remember
the
last
school
party,
last
year
They
just
stood
there,
and
we
girls
had
to
dance
by
ourselves!”
“I
hear
that
some
of
the
boys
learned
how
to
dance
this
summer.
Maybe
it’ll
be
better
this
time,”
said
Mary.
The
party
was
held
on
Friday
evening,
groups
of
students
arrived.
The
music
began,
the
girls
stood
in
a
line
on
one
side,
and
the
boys
on
another
side.
Mr.
Green,
their
teacher,
tried
to
get
them
together,
but
failed.
After
a
while,
Tim
said,
“I
don’t
want
to
stand
here
the
whole
time.
The
party
is
only
for
two
hours.
It’ll
be
over
soon.”
He
started
to
dance.
All
the
others
watched
him,
then
David
asked
Emily
if
she
wanted
to
dance.
Then
Jack
and
Linda,
then,
all
began
to
dance.
Soon
there
were
more
dancers
than
watchers.
(
)
1.
How
long
would
the
party
last
A.
On
Friday
evening.　
B.
For
one
hour.
C.
For
two
hours.
D.
For
three
hours.
(
)
2.
What
kind
of
clothes
was
Emily
going
to
wear
A.
A
black
dress.　
B.
Jeans.
C.
An
old
shirt.
D.
Jeans,
an
old
shirt
and
a
hat.
(
)
3.
How
did
Emily
and
Linda
dance
in
the
school
last
year
A.
They
danced
by
themselves.
B.
They
danced
with
the
boys.
C.
They
didn’t
dance.
D.
They
danced
with
their
teachers.
(
)
4.
How
did
the
boys
spend
the
summer
holiday
according
to
the
passage
A
They
went
swimming.　
B.
They
learned
to
dance.
C.
They
watched
TV.
　　
D.
They
went
climbing.
(
)
5.
Which
is
not
mentioned
in
this
passage
A
There
would
be
a
school
party
on
Friday
evening.
B.
Their
teacher
asked
them
to
dance
together.
　　C.
Jack
and
Linda
danced
together.
D.
The
boys
and
girls
stood
together
and
watched
their
teacher
dance.
D
Dolphins
are
not
fish.
They
are
mammals
(哺乳动物).
They
live
in
groups
and
speak
to
each
other
in
their
own
language.
But
they
aren’t
the
same
as
almost
all
land
animals.
Their
brains
are
as
big
as
men’s
and
they
live
a
long
life一at
least
20
or
30
years.
Like
some
animals,
dolphins
use
some
sounds
to
help
them
find
their
ways
around.
They
also
use
sounds
to
talk
to
each
other
and
to
help
them
find
food.
They
don’t
use
their
ears
to
receive
sounds,
but
use
the
jaws
(下颚).
It’s
strange
that
dolphins
are
friendly
to
men,
and
for
thousands
of
years,
there
are
many
stories
about
dolphins
and
men.
In
the
19th
century,
in
a
dangerous
part
of
the
sea
near
New
Zealand,
there
was
a
dolphin.
The
seamen
liked
him
very
much
and
gave
him
a
very
good
name,
Jack.
From
1871
to
1903,
Jack
met
every
boat
in
the
area
and
showed
it
the
way.
In
1903,
a
passenger
on
a
boat
with
the
name
of
“The
Penguin”
shot
and
hurt
Jack.
Luckily
the
dolphin
didn’t
die,
and
after
a
long
time
he
was
well
again.
He
guided
the
ships
through
the
area
for
nine
more
years,
but
he
refused
to
help
the
boat
“The
Penguin”.
Today,
some
people
still
kill
dolphins,
but
more
people
in
the
world
protect
them.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Dolphins
are
not
only
fish
but
also
mammals.
(
)
2.
Dolphins
use
their
jaws
to
receive
sounds.
(
)
3.
Jack
is
a
name
of
a
seaman.
(
)
4.
At
last,
Jack
didn’t
help
the
ship
“The
Penguin”
any
more.
(
)
5.
Today
all
people
are
protecting
dolphins.
E
阅读下面短文，根据其内容完成后面各项任务。
“Green”
is
more
than
just
a
colour.
It
means
that
you
should
live
to
protect
the
environment
—
the
water,
the
land
and
the
air.
You
can
be
a
green
kid
by
following
these
steps:
Reduce
it!
When
you
use
less
of
something,
you
do
a
good
thing
for
the
Earth.
For
example,
a
shorter
shower
means
you
use
less
water.⑴
Turn
off
the
water
when
you
are
brushing
your
teeth.
Reuse
it.
Many
times,
even
if
you
don’t
need
something,
someone
else
might
just
need
it.
For
example,
if
your
younger
sister
doesn’t
play
with
her
bear
toy,
you
can
give
(2)
it
to
your
neighbour.
Try
to
change
books,
toys,
even
clothes
with
friends.
Enjoy
it.
It’s
true
that
pollution
is
a
great
problem
now,
(3)
_________
the
Earth
is
still
a
beautiful
and
interesting
place
to
explore
(探索).
Go
for
a
hike
(远足)，visit
nature
centres
and
gardens,
climb
mountains
and
take
a
boat
in
the
rivers….
Outdoor
activities
are
good
for
you.
You
can
also
plant
trees,
collect
reusable
(可重复使用的)
things
….
Being
a
green
kid
is
so
easy.
1.回答问题：How
many
steps
(to
be
a
green
kid)
are
mentioned
in
the
passage

_____________________________________________________
2.
将文中划线部分
(1)
的英语句子翻译成汉语
_____________________________________________________
3.
文中划线
(2)
的
“it”指代的是什么？
____________________
4.
在文中划线部分⑶
的空白处填入一个恰当的连词使句子通顺完整、符合逻辑。
_____________________________________________________
5.
从文中找一个与所给句子意思相同的句子。
It
is
so
easy
to
be
a
green
kid.
________________________________________________________
Test
6答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，讲述的是Merlin制作的世界上第一双滑冰鞋是如何“隆重登场”的。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。
根据第一段第二句before
1750,
the
idea
of
skating
didn't
exist可知，1750年前，滑冰鞋的想法还不存在，故可推知“直到1750年，滑冰鞋的想法才出现”，not…until…“直到…才…”。
2.D
细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句可知，Merlin是个制作音乐器材的。
3.B
细节理解题。根据第三段第四句Merlin
had
no
way
to
stop
his
roller
skates可知，Merlin没有办法停下滑冰鞋。no相当于not…any。
4.C
推理判断题。根据最后一段倒数第二句可知，Merlin转着转着就撞到一面墙上的大镜子，故可推测Merlin才停下来。
5.B
主旨大意题。通读全文可知，文章讲述的是Merlin和他制作的第一双滑冰鞋，答案B正合此意。
B
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中讲述了学校即将在星期五的晚上举行一个晚会。学生们正在讨论要他们各自要穿什么样的服装；他们要在晚会上表演什么节目并介绍了晚会的情况。
【答案解析】
1.C
细节理解题。从文章的最后一段可知这场将持续两个小时。
2.A
细节理解题。从文中的第二段可知Emily打算穿黑色的连衣裙。
3.A
细节理解题。从文中的第四段可知，去年的晚会上男同学没有跟女同学一起跳舞。
4.B
细节理解题。从文中的第五段可知，男同学们在暑假学了跳舞。
5.D
细节理解题。从文中的最后一段中“Mr.
Green,
their
teacher,
tried
to
get
them
together,
but
failed.”可知，本题选D。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中主要介绍了关于海豚及其发生在它们身上的故事。
【答案解析】
1.
F
细节理解题。由第一段第一句“Dolphins
are
not
fish.”
海豚不是鱼可知本题答案为F。
2.
T
细节理解题。由第二段最后一句“They
don’t
use
their
ears
to
receive
sounds,
but
use
the
jaws.”
他们不使用自己的耳朵接收的声音，而是使用下颚。所以答案为T。
3.
F
细节理解题。由文中第三段“The
seamen
liked
him
very
much
and
gave
him
a
very
good
name,
Jack.”，此处him指的是海豚，可见Jack是海豚的名字，所以答案为F。
4.
T
细节理解题。由文中第三段最后一句“he
refused
to
help
the
boat
‘The
Penguin’”
可知它拒绝帮助那艘“企鹅号”船只，所以答案为T。
5.
F
细节理解题。由文章最后一句“Today,
some
people
still
kill
dolphins,
but
more
people
in
the
world
protect
them.”
今天，有些人仍然杀海豚，但更多的人在世界上保护他们可知不是所有人都在保护海豚，所以答案为F。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中介绍了绿色不仅仅是一种颜色，它还意味着我们应当保护环境，说明文了成为一个环保少年的三个步骤：包括节约使用能源、再利用能源和保护环境三个方面，鼓励我们争做环保少年。
【答案】
1.
3（three）
2.
当你刷牙的时候，关上水（龙头）。3.
The
bear
toy.
4.
but
5.
Being
a
green
kid
is
so
easy.TEST
28
建议用时：45分钟
总分：50分
得分:______
A
About
ten
years
ago
when
I
was
a
student
in
college,
I
was
working
as
an
intern
(实习生)
at
my
University’s
Museum
of
Natural
History.
One
day
while
working
at
the
cash
register
in
the
gift
shop,
I
saw
an
elderly
couple
come
in
with
a
little
girl
in
a
wheelchair.
As
I
looked
closer
at
this
girl,
I
saw
her
sitting
in
her
chair.
I
then
realized
she
had
no
arms
or
legs,
just
a
head,
neck
and
body.
She
was
wearing
a
little
white
dress
with
red
polka
dots.
As
the
couple
wheeled
her
up
to
me
I
was
looking
down
at
the
register
(记录).
I
turned
my
head
toward
the
girl
and
gave
her
a
wink
(眨眼).
As
I
took
the
money
from
her
grandparents,
I
looked
back
at
the
girl,
who
was
giving
me
the
cutest,
largest
smile
I
have
ever
seen.
All
of
a
sudden
her
handicap
was
gone
and
all
I
saw
was
this
beautiful
girl,
whose
smile
just
melted
(融化了)
me
and
gave
me
a
completely
new
sense
of
what
life
is
all
about.
She
took
me
from
a
poor,
unhappy
college
student
and
brought
me
into
her
world;
a
world
of
smiles,
love
and
warmth.
That
was
ten
years
ago.
I’m
a
successful
business
person
now
and
whenever
I
get
down
and
think
about
the
troubles
of
the
world,
I
think
about
that
little
girl
and
the
remarkable
(卓越的)
lesson
about
life
that
she
taught
me.
(
)
1.
What
did
the
girl
do
as
the
intern
took
the
money
from
her
grandparents
A.
She
was
hiving
writer
a
wink.
B.
She
was
smiling
to
the
intern.
C.
She
was
taking
out
some
money.
D.
She
was
looking
down
at
the
register.
(
)
2.
What
does
the
underlined
word
“handicap”
mean
in
Chinese
A.
美丽笑容
B.
有利条件
C.
身体缺陷
D.
漂亮服饰
(
)
3.
I
met
an
elderly
couple
with
a
little
girl
in
a
wheelchair
when
I
was
a
______
in
the
gift
shop.
A.
cash
register
B.
intern
C.
business
person
D.
shopper
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.
That
little
girl
taught
the
writer
how
to
face
life.
B.
The
writer
hasn’t
seen
the
beautiful
smile
before.
C.
The
girl’s
smile
made
the
writer
change
his
mind
about
life.
D.
The
writer
became
a
successful
business
person
after
ten
years.
(
)
5.
What’s
the
best
title
of
this
passage
A.
World
of
Smiles
B.
A
Successful
Person
C.
A
Disabled
Girl
D.
The
Troubles
of
the
World
B
A
hobby
can
be
almost
anything
a
person
likes
to
do
in
his
free
time.
Hobbyists
keep
pets,
build
model
ships,
watch
birds,
climb
mountains,
grow
flowers,
fish,
ski,
skate
and
swim.
Hobbyists
also
paint
pictures,
attend
concerts
and
plays
and
perform
on
musical
instruments.
They
collect
everything
from
books
to
butterflies,
and
from
coins
to
stamps.
People
have
hobbies
because
these
activities
offer
enjoyment,
friendship,
knowledge
and
relaxation.
Sometimes
they
even
make
some
money
by
following
a
hobby.
Hobbies
help
people
relax
after
hard
work,
and
provide
a
balance
(平衡)
between
work
and
play.
Hobbies
also
offer
more
interesting
activities
for
persons
who
have
retired
(退休).
Anyone,
rich
or
poor,
old
or
young,
sick
or
well,
can
follow
an
interesting
hobby.
Hobbies
can
help
a
person’s
mental
(精神的)
and
physical
health.
Doctors
have
found
that
hobbies
are
helpful
for
patients
to
recover
(恢复)
from
physical
or
mental
illness.
Hobbies
give
patients
something
to
do,
and
provide
interests
that
keep
them
from
thinking
about
themselves.
In
early
years,
most
people
were
too
busy
making
a
living
to
have
many
hobbies.
But
some
persons
who
were
free
enjoy
hobbies.
People
today
have
more
time
than
before
for
hobbies.
Machines
have
reduced
the
amount
of
time
they
must
spend
on
their
jobs.
More
people
are
retiring
than
before
at
an
earlier
age.
Those
who
have
developed
hobbies
never
need
to
worry
about
what
to
do
with
their
free
hours.
Sir
William
Osier,
a
famous
Canadian
doctor,
expressed
the
value
of
hobbies
by
saying,
“No
man
is
really
happy
or
safe
without
a
hobby.”
(
)
1.
According
to
the
passage,
a
hobby
may
be
______.
A.
one’s
common
activity
in
his
office
B.
a
kind
of
activity
only
for
old
people
C
a
kind
of
activity
only
for
young
people
D.
a
kind
of
activity
a
person
likes
to
do
in
his
free
time
(
)
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
TRUE
A.
Hobbies
can
offer
enjoyment,
friendship,
knowledge
and
relaxation.
B.
Hobbies
can
help
people
relax
after
hard
work.
C.
Hobbies
can
offer
low
interesting
activities
for
old
people.
D.
Hobbies
can
be
followed
by
poor
and
sick
people.
(
)
3.
Doctors
found
the
hobbies
are
______.
A.
helpful
for
patients
to
become
well
again
from
illness
B.
helpful
for
people
to
get
up
early
C.
helpful
for
patients
to
take
medicine
D.
helpful
for
people
to
sleep
well
(
)
4.
Why
did
most
people
spend
less
time
on
their
hobbies
in
early
years
A.
Because
they
were
not
interested
in
hobbies.
B.
Because
there
were
not
any
activities
for
them
to
take
part
in.
C.
Because
they
were
busy
making
a
living.
D.
Because
they
were
healthy.
(
)
5.
What’s
the
writer’s
idea
about
hobbies
A.
Hobbies
are
only
popular
among
the
retired
people.
B.
People
today
have
little
time
for
their
hobbies.
C.
Anyone
should
have
hobbies
in
their
free
time.
D.
People
all
over
the
world
should
have
the
same
hobby.
C
Once
upon
a
time
all
feelings
went
to
an
island
for
a
vacation,
and
each
was
having
a
good
time.
Suddenly,
a
warning
of
a
strong
storm
was
announced,
so
all
rushed
to
their
boats.
Yet,
Love
did
not
wish
to
run
away
quickly.
There
was
so
much
to
do.
But
as
the
clouds
darkened,
Love
realized
it
was
time
to
leave.
But
there
were
no
boats
to
use.
Love
looked
around
with
hope.
Just
then
Richness
was
passing
by
Love
in
a
large
boat.
Love
shouted,
“Richness,
can
you
take
me
with
you ”
Richness
answered,
“No,
I
can’t.
There
is
a
lot
of
gold
and
silver
in
my
boat.
There
is
no
place
here
for
you.”
Love
decided
to
ask
Vanity
(虚荣)
who
was
also
passing
by
in
a
beautiful
boat
for
help.
But
Vanity
said
with
a
cold
voice,
“No,
I
can’t
take
you
with
me.
My
boat
will
get
dirty
with
your
mummy
feet.”
Sorrow
passed
by
after
some
time.
Again,
Love
asked
for
help.
But
it
was
useless.
“No,
I
can’t
take
you
with
me.
I
am
so
sad.
I
want
to
be
by
myself.”
When
Happiness
passed
by
a
few
minutes
later,
Love
again
called
for
help.
But
Happiness
was
so
happy
that
it
hardly
cared
about
anyone
else.
Love
was
growing
worried
and
hopeless.
Just
then
somebody
called
out,
“Come,
Love,
I
will
take
you
with
me.”
Love
did
not
know
who
was
being
so
kind,
but
jumped
onto
the
boat
happily.
After
getting
off
the
boat,
Love
met
Knowledge.
Love
asked,
“Knowledge,
do
you
know
who
was
so
kind
to
give
me
a
lift
when
no
one
else
wished
to
help ”
Knowledge
smiled,
“Oh,
that
was
Time.”
“Time ”
asked
Love.
“But
why
did
Time
help
me ”
Knowledge
smiled
with
deep
wisdom
and
answered,
“Because
only
Time
is
able
to
understand
how
valuable
(有价值的)
Love
is.”
(
)
1.
According
to
the
passage,
which
one
did
not
go
to
an
island
for
a
vacation
A.
Love.
B.
Richness.
C.
Vanity.
D.
Knowledge.
(
)
2.
Which
word
has
the
same
meaning
as
“Sorrow”
A.
Worry.
B.
Anger.
C.
Sadness.
D.
Smile.
(
)
3.
Other
feelings
passed
by
Love
in
their
boats
one
by
one.
Which
is
the
right
order
according
to
the
passage
A.
Richness
→
Vanity
→
Sorrow
→
Happiness
→
Time
B.
Richness
→
Happiness
→
Sorrow
→
Vanity
→
Time
C.
Time
→
Richness
→
Vanity
→
Sorrow
→
Happiness
D.
Richness
→
Happiness
→Vanity
→
Sorrow
→
Time
(
)
4.
Why
didn’t
Vanity
take
Love
with
him
in
his
boat
A.
Because
there
was
no
place
for
Love
in
his
boat.
B.
Because
he
thought
Love
would
make
his
boat
dirty.
C.
Because
he
wanted
to
stay
alone.
D.
Because
he
didn’t
care
about
anyone
else.
(
)
5.
What
can
we
learn
from
the
passage
A.
When
we
are
rich,
we
may
pay
more
attention
to
Love.
B.
All
the
feelings
are
important
in
our
life
except
Love.
C.
As
time
goes
by,
we
can
realize
the
important
of
Love.
D.
When
we
are
in
happiness
and
sorrow,
we
shouldn’t
remember
Love.
D
Article
1
A
small
town
named
Bundanoon
in
Australia
has
decided
to
stop
the
sale
of
bottled
water.
The
government
says
that
bottled
water
can
cause
environment
problems.
After
people
drink
the
water,
they
throw
the
bottles
everywhere.
The
government
also
encourages
visitors
to
get
water
from
water
stations
in
the
main
streets,
and
fill
the
water
in
bottles
that
can
be
used
again.
All
the
shopkeepers
in
the
town
support
the
decision.
Bundanoon
is
the
world’s
first
town
that
has
got
its
shops
to
stop
selling
bottled
water.
Probably
we
should
follow
the
example.
Let’s
stop
buy
bottled
water
and
use
running
water!
Article
2
People
are
busy
these
says
and
they
have
no
time
to
cook.
This
becomes
a
problem,
because
most
families
love
home
cooking!
The
food
tastes
good
and
warm,
and
a
family
meal
brings
everyone
together.
In
some
families
meals
are
often
the
only
times
everyone
sees
one
another
at
the
same
time.
Another
reason
people
enjoy
home
cooking
is
that
it
is
often
a
way
of
showing
love.
A
parent
who
makes
some
cookies
is
not
just
satisfying
(满意)
a
child’s
sweet
tooth.
She
or
he
is
sending
a
message.
The
message
says.
“I
care
about
you
enough
to
spend
an
hour
making
cookies
that
you
will
eat
up
in
fifteen
minutes
if
I
let
you.”
根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误。正确为“T”，错误为“F”。
(
)
1.
The
sale
of
bottled
water
is
stopped
in
Bundanoon.
(
)
2.
The
government
also
encourages
visitors
to
drink
bottled
water.
(
)
3.
People
are
so
busy
these
days
with
home
cooking.
(
)
4.
In
some
families,
meals
are
often
the
only
times
everyone
sees
one
another
at
the
same
time.
(
)
5.
A
parent
who
makes
some
cookies
is
just
satisfying
a
child’s
sweet
tooth.
E
Grow
Great
by
Dreams
The
question
was
once
asked
of
a
highly
successful
businessman:
“
1
”
He
replied,
“I
have
dreamed.
I
have
turned
my
mind
easily
to
imagine
what
I
wanted
to
do.
Then
I
have
gone
to
bed
and
thought
about
my
dreams.
2
And
when
I
awoke
in
the
morning,
I
saw
the
way
to
make
my
dreams
real.
While
other
people
were
saying,
‘You
can’t
do
that,
it
isn’t
possible,’
I
was
well
on
my
way
to
get
what
I
wanted.”
As
Woodrow
Wilson,
28th
President
of
the
U.S.,
said:
“
3
”
They
see
things
in
the
soft
haze
(薄雾)
of
a
spring
day,
or
in
the
red
fire
on
a
long
winter’s
evening.
4
But
others
nourish
(滋养)
and
protect
them;
nourish
them
through
bad
days
until
they
bring
them
to
the
sunshine
and
light
which
comes
always
to
those
who
sincerely
(真诚地)
hope
that
their
dreams
will
come
true.
5
“Sing
your
song,
dream
your
dreams,
hope
your
hope
and
pray
(祈祷)
your
prayer.”
A.
Some
of
us
let
these
great
dreams
die.B.
We
grow
great
by
dreams.
All
big
men
are
dreamers.C.
How
have
you
done
so
much
in
your
lifetime D.
So
please,
don’t
let
anyone
steal
your
dreams,
or
try
to
tell
you
they
are
too
impossible.E.
In
the
night
I
dreamt
about
my
dreams.F.
If
you
sleep
all
the
time,
your
dream
will
come
true.
自评结果：
用时____分钟
正确率：_____/20
Test
28答案
A
【语篇解读】
本文是一篇记叙文。讲述一个大学生在礼品店里实习过程中遇到一个残疾女孩，他被那个女孩灿烂的微笑所打动。彻底改变了自己对生活的态度和看法，最后成为一个成功的商人的故事。
【答案解析】
1.B
细节理解题。根据第三段中”was
giving
me
the
cutest,
largest
smile”可知答案为B。
2.B
词义猜测题。根据第三段第四句
“All
of
a
sudden
her
handicap
was
gone
and
all
I
saw
was
this
beautiful
girl她的……消失了，我所看到的是一个美丽的女孩”和第二段第二句话
“she
had
no
arms
or
legs,
just
a
head,
neck
and
body.”我们可以推测出
“handicap”的意义为“身体缺陷”。
3.C
细节理解题。由第一段中
“I
was
working
as
an
intern”和
“I
saw
an
elderly
couple
come
in
with
a
little
girl
in
a
wheelchair.”可知本题答案为C。
4.A
推理判断题。根据第三段中
“largest
smile
I
have
ever
seen.”,“whose
smile
just
melted
me
and
gave
me
a
completely
new
sense
of
what
life
is
all
about.”和第四段第一句
“That
was
ten
years
ago.
I’m
a
successful
business
person”可知A项是错误的。
5.A
主旨大意题。本文主要讲述那个残疾女孩的笑给作者带来的变化的，因此这篇短文的名字最好是World
of
Smiles。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇议论文。文中主要谈论了人们各种各样的“爱好”。“爱好”能使人们在艰苦的工作之后得到放松，“爱好”能使工作和玩耍获得平衡，“爱好”能给退休后的人们提供丰富多彩的有趣活动。
【答案解析】
1.
D
细节理解题。选项A办公室人们的一种共同活动；选项B只针对老人们的一种活动；选项C一种只针对年轻人的活动；选项D人们在空闲时间喜欢做的活动。根据文章第一句爱好可以是一个人闲暇时想做的几乎任何事情（A
hobby
can
be
almost
anything
a
person
likes
to
do
in
his
free
time），可知选择答案D。
2.
C
细节理解题。选项A爱好可以提供快乐、友谊、知识和放松；选项B爱好可以帮助人们在辛劳之余放松身心；选项C爱好可以提供老年人低兴趣的活动；选项D爱好可以被穷人和病人追随。第二段第一句说：人们从事这些业余爱好是因为这些活动可以带来快乐、友谊、知识和放松，所以排除选项A和B；第二段最后一句说：任何人，无论贫富、老幼、健康与否，都可以从事一项令其愉悦的爱好，所以排除选项D。由文章第二段Hobbies
also
offer
more
interesting
activities
for
persons
who
have
retired.（爱好提供退休老人更多有趣的活动），而非选项C所说的低兴趣，故选C。
3.
A
细节理解题。选项A有利于患者从疾病中再次康复；选项B有助于人们早起；选项C有利于病人吃药；选项D有助于人们睡好觉。第三段第二句说：医生发现爱好对帮助病人从身体或心理疾病中的康复颇有价值，所以选择A。
4.
C
细节理解题。选项A因为他们对爱好没有兴趣；选项B因为有没有任何让他们参加的活动；选项C因为他们忙于谋生；选项D因为他们是健康的。由第四段的第一句可知：早期，许多人忙着为生计奔波，爱好不多，故选择答案C。
5.
C
主旨大意题。选项A爱好只在退休老人中流行；选项B今天的人们很少有时间用于自己的兴趣爱好；选项C在空闲时，任何人都应该有自己的爱好；选项D全世界的人们应该有相同的爱好。由作者引用的“No
man
is
really
happy
or
safe
without
a
hobby.（没有爱好，人们不会真正感到幸福或安全。）”这句话可知每个人在空闲时间都应该有爱好，所以选择C。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一则寓言故事。文中叙述了所有的“感觉”去小岛度假，在突遇暴风雨时，Love几次求助失败后，终于得到了Time提供的帮助。通过这个故事告诉我们“时间让我们懂得爱的珍贵”的道理。
D
【语篇导读】
本篇为两段文字，分别介绍了位于澳大利亚名为邦达努镇的一个小镇决定停售瓶装水和人们由于很忙，没有时间做饭等问题。
【答案解析】
1.
T
根据短文第一句“位于澳大利亚名为邦达努镇的一个小镇决定停售瓶装水”可知本题正确。
2.
F
根据短文第二段第一句“政府鼓励游客在大街上的水站里取水，把水装进能再利用的瓶子。”可知本题错误。
3.
F
根据第二篇短文第一句“人们最近很忙,他们没有时间做饭。而不是忙于做饭”确定本题错误。
4.
T
本题与第二篇短文第一节最后一句完全相同。
5.
F
本题与第二篇短文第二节第二句少一个not。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文章叙述了一位成功商人通过把梦变成现实来发展自己事业的故事。文中用美国总统的名言告诉我们：我们因为梦想而变得伟大，所有伟人都是梦想家。
【答案解析】
1.
C
由短文第一句中的ask可知第一空格上应该是一个问句，六个选项中只有C项是问句，放在第一空格处很合适。
2.
E
由第二空格前的“I
have
gone
to
bed”和空格后的“I
awoke
in
the
morning”可知，空格上要填的是夜里的事，故选E。
3.
B
本空是第28届美国总统伍德罗·威尔逊的名言，应该是B项。
4.
A
空格后句子“But
others
nourish
and
protect
them”中的them指的是“梦”，由于用but连接，本句与空格上的句意应该相反，故A项合适。
5.
D
第五空还有两个选项，F选项意为“如果你一直睡觉，你的梦想就能实现。”显然是错误的。最后只有F项，意为“因此,请不要让任何人偷走你的梦想,或者让他们对你说你的梦想太遥不可及。”，与上文和下文都能衔接起来。TEST
17
A
Min
Sun,
with
another
name
of
Ziqian,
was
a
famous
man
in
the
State
of
Lu
during
the
Spring
and
Autumn
Period.
He
was
a
student
of
Confucius.
Among
all
students
of
Confucius,
he
was
compared
with
Yan
Yuan.
Min
Sun’s
mother
died
very
early,
later
his
father
took
another
wife,
who
gave
birth
to
two
sons.
The
stepmother
mistreated
Min
Sun—in
winter,
while
two
younger
brothers
wore
warm
clothes
made
of
cotton.
Min
Sun
only
wore
clothes
made
of
reed
catkins
(芦苇花).
One
day,
he
followed
his
father
to
go
out.
When
pulling
the
chariot
(马车),
Min
Sun
felt
so
cold
that
he
dropped
the
rope
onto
the
ground.
Then
his
father
beat
him.
Just
then,
the
reed
catkins
flew
out
from
the
broken
clothes
and
his
father
knew
that
Min
Sun
was
mistreated,
he
was
very
angry.
After
the
father
returned
home,
he
wanted
to
divorce
(休掉）his
wife.
Min
Sun
fell
on
his
knees
and
begged
his
father
to
forgive
his
stepmother.
He
said,
“If
Mother
stays
at
home,
only
I
myself
have
to
stand
cold.
But
if
you
divorce
Mother,
all
three
children
have
to
suffer
from
cold.”
His
father
was
deeply
moved
and
took
Min
Sun’s
advice.
The
stepmother
heard
of
this,
felt
sorry
and
knew
her
mistakes.
From
then
on,
she
treated
Min
Sun
as
her
own
son.
(
)
1.
How
many
children
were
there
in
Min
Sun’s
family
A.
One.
B.
Two.
C.
Three.
D.
Four.
(
)
2.
The
underlined
word
“mistreated”
in
the
passage
means
“______”.
A.
对待
B.
款待
C.
虐待
D.
善待
(
)
3.
Why
was
Min
Sun’s
father
still
angry
after
beating
him
A.
Because
Min
Sun
went
out
with
him
B.
Because
Min
Sun
felt
very
cold
C.
Because
Min
Sun
dropped
the
rope
D.
Because
Min
Sun
was
mistreated
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
right
A.
Min
Sun
was
not
as
excellent
as
Yan
Yuan.
B.
Min
Sun’s
father
forgave
his
wife.
C.
Min
Sun’s
father
divorced
his
wife.
D.
Min
Sun’s
stepmother
was
always
kind.
(
)
5.
According
to
the
story,
Min
Sun
is
a
______
person.
A.
filial
(孝顺）
B.
lovely
C.
smart
D.
brave
B
Canada
4:00
to
8:30
a.m.Canada
is
a
big
country
with
six
time
zones
(时区).
In
the
west,
it
is
four
a.m.
and
everyone
is
asleep,
but
in
the
east
it
is
half
past
eight
and
people
are
awake.
It
is
a
cold
Friday
morning
in
November.
Scotland
12:00
noonScotland
is
part
of
the
UK.
The
capital
of
Scotland
is
Edinburgh,
and
the
capital
of
the
UK
is
London,
It
is
twelve
noon,
or
midday,
in
Edinburgh.
Children
are
having
lessons,
but
they
are
looking
forward
to
the
weekend
because
there
is
no
school
on
Saturday
and
Sunday.
Egypt
2:00
p.m.Friday
is
already
the
weekend
in
Egypt.
Friday
is
a
special
day
for
Muslins,
so
school,
offices
and
Arab
countries.
So
now,
at
two
p.m.,
most
people
in
Egypt
are
having
lunch
with
their
families.
Japan
9:00
p.m.Japan
is
seven
hours
ahead
of
Egypt,
so
it
is
already
Friday
evening
there.
The
weekend
is
beginning.
Most
people
are
out
with
friends
or
watching
television
or
playing
computer
games.
(
)
1.
If
it
is
8:00
a.m.
in
western
Canada,
the
time
is
in
eastern
Canada.
A.
12:00
B.
2:00
p.m.
C.
12:30
p.m.
D.
4:00
a.m.
(
)
2.
While
eastern
Canadian
children
are
waking
up
at
8:30,
children
in
Scotland
are
.
A.
having
lessons
B.
sleeping
C.
watching
TV
D.
playing
games
(
)
3.
Who
needn’t
go
to
work
on
Friday
A.
Canadians.
B.
Scots.
C.
Japanese.
D.
Egyptians.
(
)
4.
The
underlined
phrase
“ahead
of”
means
“
”
in
English
A.
earlier
than
B.
later
than
C.
after
D.
until
(
)
5.
Which
country
will
welcome
Saturday
first,
Canada,
Japan,
UK,
or
Egypt
A.UK.
B.
Japan.
C.
Egypt.
D.
Canada.
C
Perhaps
your
childhood
piano
lessons
made
you
never
want
to
play
the
piano
again.
Perhaps
a
piano
is
too
expensive
for
you
to
afford.
Now,
thanks
to
a
program
in
Sydney
called
“Play
Me,
I’m
yours”,
people
are
able
to
play
the
piano
in
public
places
for
free.
They
share
beautiful
music,
and
the
program
also
helps
them
communicate
with
each
other.
Thirty
pianos
have
been
placed
in
different
parts
of
the
city,
including
in
several
parks,
at
a
bus
stop
and
on
some
streets.
The
pianos
have
the
logo
“Play
Me,
I’m
yours”
on
them.
People
are
invited
to
play
music
or
sing
songs
with
the
pianos,
no
matter
what
level
of
ability
they
have.
Lots
of
people
have
been
attracted
to
the
program
and
stopped
to
watch
or
play
the
pianos.
“Play
Me,
I’m
yours”
is
a
part
of
the
Sydney
Festival.
It
is
a
project
of
the
British
artist,
Luck
Jerram.
He
wants
to
help
people
in
the
city
connect
with
each
other.
He
thinks
that
so
many
people
are
sitting
in
front
of
computers
and
busy
with
their
work
all
hours,
and
they
almost
have
no
chance
to
enjoy
music.
So
the
purpose
of
the
project
is
to
help
them
relax
and
make
new
friends.
The
program
“Play
Me,
I’m
yours”
has
also
reached
England
and
Brazil
(巴西)
before.
It
was
warmly
welcomed
there.
But
its
greatest
success
seems
to
come
at
the
Sydney
Festival.
“It’s
a
chance
for
people
to
be
creative,
connect
with
strangers
and
just
have
some
fun,”
Jerram
said.
(
)
1.
According
to
the
first
sentence
of
the
passage,
your
childhood
piano
lessons
may
be
_____.
A.
boring　
B.
valuable　
C.
interesting　
D.
meaningful
(
)
2.
Thirty
pianos
are
placed
in
parts
of
the
city
except
_______.
A.
in
parks　
B.
at
a
bus
stop　
C.
on
streets　
D.
in
a
school
(
)
3.
The
aim
of
the
project
is
to
help
people
_______.
A.
sing
songs　
B.
play
the
piano
for
free　
C.
relax
and
make
friends　
D.
enjoy
beautiful
music
(
)
4.
______
countries
have
had
the
program.
A.
Two　
B.
Three　
C.
Four　
D.
Five
(
)
5.
What
can
be
the
best
title
for
the
passage
A.
Beautiful
music　
B.
A
British
artist,
Luck
Jerram　
C.
The
Sydney
Festival　
D.
A
program
“Play
Me,
I’m
yours”
D
When
we
talk
about
NBA,
many
people
will
think
of
Yao
Ming.
There’s
no
doubt
that
Yao
Ming
is
a
Chinese
hero.
On
October
16,
2013，Yao
announced
(宣布）
he
would
open
the
NBA
Yao
School.
This
was
really
exciting
news!
Looking
at
the
name
of
the
school,
many
people
would
think
that
the
school
is
going
to
train
NBA
talents.
But
that
is
not
the
truth.
The
NBA
Yao
School
provides
after-school
basketball
training
and
health
programs.
Its
students
include
boys
and
girls
over
16
years
old
who
are
very
good
at
playing
basketball.
The
school
aims
to
teach
the
importance
of
teamwork,
leadership
(领
导素养)
and
communication
in
a
fun
basketball
environment.
Yao
is
quite
glad
to
be
a
part
of
the
school,
because
it
has
always
been
his
dream
to
positively
(积极地)
influence
young
people’s
life
through
sports.
Now,
basketball
fans
in
China
are
looking
forward
to
getting
good
basketball
training,
and
the
NBA
Yao
School
is
a
great
choice.
In
this
school,
students
have
chances
to
meet
NBA
stars.
The
stars
can
offer
suggestions
on
how
to
play
basketball
well.
The
school’s
first
program
opened
at
the
Wukesong
Basketball
Park
in
February,
2014.
If
you
want
to
know
more
information
about
the
school,
you
can
visit
www.
nbayao.
com.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
The
children
under
16
years
old
can’t
be
students
in
the
NBA
Yao
School.
(
)
2.
The
school
provides
only
after-school
basketball
training
programs.
(
)
3.
Yao
Ming
opened
the
NBA
Yao
School
on
October
16,
2013.
(
)
4.
The
school
aims
to
teach
the
students
how
to
play
basketball.
(
)
5.
The
students
there
have
chances
to
meet
NBA
stars
and
learn
something
from
them.
E
There
was
a
tree
in
my
garden.
One
day,
two
birds
came
to
the
tree
and
built
a
house
for
their
three
newborn
(新生的）babies.
One
day,
I
heard
the
sound
of
the
little
birds.
I
ran
to
the
garden
and
found
two
babies
eating
food
on
the
ground.
I
thought
they
dropped
(掉出)
off
their
house,
so
I
decided
to
help
them
get
back
to
their
house.
At
that
time,
the
father
bird
and
the
mother
bird
came
back.
They
had
some
food
for
the
third
baby.
They
put
the
food
on
the
ground,
far
away
from
the
third
baby.
To
get
the
food,
the
baby
had
to
fly
to
it.
The
third
baby
was
hungry,
but
she
was
afraid
to
get
out
of
the
house.
To
my
surprise,
the
father
bird
and
the
mother
bird
just
stood
there
and
did
nothing.
After
about
ten
minutes,
the
third
baby
bird
didn’t
have
any
other
choice.
She
slowly
went
to
the
border
(边缘)
of
the
house
and
began
to
fly.
She
flew
off
from
the
house.
Finally,
the
third
baby
bird
landed
safely
on
the
ground
and
found
the
food.
These
birds
taught
me
a
lesson:
if
you
want
your
food,
you
will
have
to
learn
to
fly.
根据短文内容，回答下列各题。
1.
How
many
birds
are
there
in
the
writer’s
garden
__________________________________________________________
2.
What
did
the
writer
think
when
he
saw
two
baby
birds
on
the
ground
__________________________________________________________
3.
Who
came
back
and
had
some
food
for
the
third
baby
__________________________________________________________
4.
Did
the
third
bird
find
the
food
finally
__________________________________________________________
5.
How
can
baby
birds
begin
to
live
freely
__________________________________________________________
TEST
17答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了孔子的弟子闵损小时候的故事。闵损幼年时遭后母虐待，他父亲知道以后，非常愤怒，要把后妻赶走，闵损反而为后母求情。他说，母在一子寒，母去三子单。因为后母生了两个孩子，如果后母被赶走了，那么三个孩子就没人照顾了。他的孝行感动了父母，也深得远近之人的赞赏。
【答案解析】
1.
C
细节理解题。由第二段第一句
“Min
Sun’s
mother
died
very
early,
later
his
father
took
another
wife,
who
gave
birth
to
two
sons.”
可知：闵损的生母去世得早，他的后母又生了两个儿子，所以他家有三个孩子。故选C。
2.
C
词义猜测题。通读划线单词所在第二段可知：在冬天他的两个小弟弟身上穿着棉布做的暖和的衣服时，闵损却身穿用芦苇花做的破衣服，可以猜测划线单词意思是“虐待”，故选C。
3.
D
细节理解题。由第三段最后一句“and
his
father
knew
that
Min
Sun
was
mistreated,
he
was
very
angry.
”可知：闵损的父亲知道儿子在家被后母虐待，非常生气，所以选D。
4.
B
推理判断题。由
“he
was
compared
with
Yan
Yuan”可知选项A
“闵损不如言偃”的说法错误；由“His
father
was
deeply
moved
and
took
Min
Sun’s
advice.”可知：闵损的父亲原谅了自己的妻子，并没有休掉她，故选项B正确。
5.
A
推理判断题。通读全文可知闵损是一个非常孝顺懂事的孩子，故选A。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇表格说明题。介绍了四个国家，加拿大，苏格兰，埃及以及日本的地理位置，风土人情等。
【答案解析】
1.
C
细节理解题。从in
the
west,
it
is
four
a.
m,
but
in
the
east
it
is
half
past
eight.这句推断出2个地方相差4个半小时。故选C。
2.A
细节理解题。根据Children
are
having
lessons可知，本题选A。
3.D
细节理解题。根据第三个表格中Friday
is
a
special
day
for
Muslims,
so
school,
offices
and
shops
are
closed
in
all
Arab
countries可知，本题选择D。
4.A
推理判断题。根据后文it
is
already
Friday
evening
there.可知，这里划线部分是“比…早”，故选A。
5.B
推理判断题。根据四个表格中第一行的时间，可推出答案是B。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中叙述了卢克举行的公益活动“请弹吧，我就是你的！”，让更多的人坐在钢琴前弹奏得以放松的同时，也为人们之间的交流提供了一个机会。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要介绍了中国英雄姚明宣布将开办NBA姚明学校，这个学校主要招收16岁以上擅长篮球的男孩和女孩，向他们提供篮球训练和健康计划，其目的是教会孩子们团队合作的重要性、领导素养以及在篮球环境里的交流。
【答案解析】
1.T
细节理解题。根据文章第二段句子“Its
students
include
boys
and
girls
over
16
years
old
….”可知不满16岁的学生不能到NBA姚明学校。故本题描述正确。
2.
F
细节理解题。根据文章第二段中“The
NBA
Yao
School
provides
after-school
basketball
training
and
health
programs.”可知这个学校不只是提供篮球训练，所以这句话错误。
3.
F
细节理解题。根据文章第一段中“On
October
16,
2013，Yao
announced
he
would
open
the
NBA
Yao
School.”可知在2013年10月16日姚明宣布将开办NBA姚明学校，并不是在这一天开办，所以，这句话是错误的。
4.
F
细节理解题。根据文章第二段中“The
school
aims
to
teach
the
importance
of
teamwork,
leadership
and
communication
in
a
fun
basketball
environment.”可知这个学校的目的并不是教授学生们如何打篮球。所有该句话错误。
5.
T
细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段中“In
this
school,
students
have
chances
to
meet
NBA
stars.”可知在这个学校学生们有机会见到NBA球星。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一则寓言故事。文中介绍的是小鸟的爸爸妈妈是如何教小鸟儿飞起来吃东西的。这个故事给我们的启示是：如果你想吃到食物，你就得学会飞。
【答案】
1.
Five.
2.
He
thought
they
dropped
off
their
house.
3.
The
father
bird
and
the
mother
bird.
4.
Yes,
it
did.
5.
They
can
begin
to
fly
(to
live
freely).TEST
21
A
Most
students
have
biology
classes
in
the
classrooms
or
the
labs
in
China.
But
several
days
ago,
I
had
a
biology
class
outside
in
my
American
school.
My
biology
teacher,
Mr.
Kwak,
divided
us
into
three
groups
and
asked
us
to
play
a
game
about
natural
selection
(选择)
and
how
birds
find
food.
He
gave
the
first
group
one
spoon
per
person,
the
second
group
forks
and
my
group
knives.
I
thought
we
were
going
hunting,
so
knives
might
work
better.
Surprisingly,
he
told
us
to
pick
up
the
beans
on
the
grass
with
our
tools.
When
the
game
started,
all
of
us
ran
to
the
grass
area.
We
squatted
(蹲)
down
and
looked
for
beans.
It
was
hard
to
pick
up
something
that
small,
especially
from
the
grass.
When
I
almost
lifted
a
bean,
it
dropped
back
to
the
ground.
When
I
finally
picked
up
several
beans,
one
of
my
friends
ran
into
me.
I
couldn’t
keep
my
balance
and
fell
over.
All
my
beans
dropped
to
the
ground!
Just
at
that
moment,
Mr.
Kwak
called
us
back.
I
had
to
leave
the
game
and
of
course
I
got
a
bad
result.
I
couldn’t
help
thinking
that
if
I
were
a
bird
living
on
Galapagos
Island,
I
would
be
dead
soon.
The
fun
game
made
me
realize
that
natural
selection
is
really
competitive
(竞争的).
Everyone
is
trying
his
or
her
best
to
survive.
(
)
1.
What
did
the
writer’s
group
use
to
pick
up
the
beans
A.
Spoon.
B.
Forks.
C.
Knives.
D.
Hands.
(
)
2.
How
many
beans
did
the
writer
get
at
last
A.
None.
B.
One.
C.
Several.
D.
Many.
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
A.
The
writer
did
a
good
job
in
the
biology
class.
B.
The
writer
had
a
biology
class
outside
their
school.
C.
The
writer
found
that
picking
up
the
beans
from
the
grass
was
hard.
D.
The
writer
didn’t
find
enough
food
for
the
birds
on
Galapagos
Island.
(
)
4.
What’s
the
meaning
of
the
underlined
word
“survive”
in
the
last
paragraph
A.
Find
food.
B.
Remain
alive.
C.
Be
lovely.
D.
Keep
balanced.
(
)
5.
What
was
the
aim
of
Mr.
Kwak’s
class
A.
To
play
an
interesting
game.
B.
To
pick
up
the
beans.
C.
To
know
different
kinds
of
birds.
D.
To
learn
natural
selection.
B
Is
there
intelligent
(有智力的)
life
on
other
planets
For
years,
scientists
said
“no.”
or
“we
don’t
know.”
But
today
this
is
changing.
Seth
Shostak
and
Alexandra
Barnett
are
astronomers
(天文学家).
They
believe
intelligent
life
exists
(存在)
somewhere
in
the
universe.
They
also
think
we
will
soon
contact
these
beings
(人；生物).
Why
do
Shostak
and
Barnett
think
intelligent
life
exists
on
other
planets
The
first
reason
is
time.
Scientists
believe
the
universe
is
about
12
billion
years
old.
“This
is
long
enough
for
other
planets
to
have
intelligent
life,”
say
Shostak
and
Barnett.
The
second
reason
is
size—the
universe
is
huge.
“Tools
like
the
Hubble
Telescope
(哈勃望远镜)
have
shown
that
there
are
at
least
100
billion
galaxies,”
says
Shostak.
“And
our
galaxy,
the
Milky
Way,
has
at
least
100
billion
stars.
Some
planets
going
around
these
stars
might
be
similar
to
Earth.”
In
the
past,
it
was
hard
to
look
for
signs
of
intelligent
life
in
the
universe.
But
now,
powerful
telescopes
(高倍望远镜)
allow
scientists
to
discover
smaller
planets—the
size
of
Mars
or
Earth—in
other
solar
systems.
These
planets
might
have
intelligent
life.
Have
beings
from
space
already
visited
Earth
“Probably
not,”
says
Shostak.
“It’s
a
long
way
away.
However,
intelligent
beings
may
contact
us
in
other
way,
such
as
radio
signals
(信号).
In
fact,
they
may
be
trying
to
communicate
with
us
now,
but
we
don’t
have
the
right
tools
to
receive
their
messages.
However,
this
is
changing.
By
2025,
we
could
make
contact
with
other life
forms in
our
universe
and
we
might
help
each
other.”
(
)
1.
Seth
Shostak
and
Alexandra
Barnett
are
_____.


A.
astronomers

B.
farmers



C.
singers


D.
drivers
(
)
2.
What
is
the
best
title
for Paragraph
2


A.
The
Age
and
Size
of
Earth
B.
Our
Galaxy:
The
Milky
Way
C.
Why
Intelligent
Life
Might
Exist
D.
Earth:
The
Only
Planet
with
Intelligent
Life
(
)
3.
Why
was
it
hard
to
look
for
signs
of
intelligent
life
in
the
universe
in
the
past


A.
There
were
not
any
smaller
planets.


B.
There
were
not
any
powerful
telescopes.


C.
The
astronomers
were
not
interested
in
them.


D.
The
Milky
Way
didn’t
exist
at
that
time,
(
)
4.
Why
haven’t
beings
from
space
visited
us
yet
according
to
Shostak


A.
They’re
afraid
of
us.





B.
It’s
a
long
way
away.


C.
They
don’t
want
to
see
us.



D.
They
don’t
know
how
to
use
radio
signals.
(
)
5.
What
does
the
underlined
phrase
“life
forms”
in
the
last
paragraph
mean


A.
Messages

B.
Tools

C.
Intelligent
beings

D.
Radio
signals
C
What
I
Like
Most
about
My
Best
Friend
1.
Lily
Chen,
Taiwan
Kay
is
the
most
confident
girl
that
I
have
ever
met.
Although
she
looks
tough,
she
is
really
kind.
It
may
surprise
some
people
to
find
out
Kay
and
I
are
best
friends,
because
we
have
different
personalities.
I’m
not
confident
and
I
am
very
shy,
which
is
the
opposite
if
Kay,
but
I
think
this
is
why
we
are
such
good
friends.
2.
Alan
Cordoba,
Mexico
My
best
friend
is
Fanny,
my
girlfriend.
I
can
always
depend
on
her.
We
always
take
care
of
each
other.
The
first
week
we
met.
I
got
sick
with
flu
and
she
came
to
my
house
to
take
care
of
me
every
day.
She
is
also
very
intelligent
and
interesting,
although
sometimes
she
gets
angry.
She
shouts
at
me
for
always
being
late.
3.
Isabel
Famosa,
Cuba
My
best
friend
is
Ana
Hernandez.
She
is
honest,
kind
and
sensitive.
We
were
born
in
the
same
city
in
Cuba.
We
spent
a
lot
of
time
together
until
we
were
12.
Then,
I
moved
to
America
with
my
family
and
thought
that
I
would
never
see
Anna
again.
When
I
went
to
college
in
New
York,
Anna
had
a
room
in
the
same
building.
She
now
lives
near
me
in
New
Jersey
and
we
see
each
other
all
the
time.
4.
Ken
Ichigawa,
Japan
I
love
to
spend
time
with
Daisuke
because
he
makes
me
laugh
so
much.
He’s
very
funny.
We
share
the
same
sense
of
humor
(幽默感),
and
know
how
to
make
each
other
cry
with
laugher.
We
enjoy
talking
the
funny
things
we
did
when
we
were
children,
and
tell
the
stupid
jokes
over
and
over
again.
(
)
1.
In
paragraph
1,
the
two
friends
are
.
A.
quite
different
B.
quite
confident
C.
the
same
D.
friendly
(
)
2.
In
Paragraph
2,
the
girl
friend
gets
angry
sometimes
.
A.
when
they
have
different
opinions
B.
when
the
boy
friend
doesn’t
keep
the
time
C.
because
the
boy
friend
need
to
be
looked
after
D.
because
the
boy
friend
is
not
intelligent
and
interesting
(
)
3.
In
Paragraph
3,
which
of
the
following
is
not
true
A.
The
two
girls
were
born
in
the
same
city.
B.
The
two
girl
departed
when
they
were
12
C.
The
two
girls
met
and
lived
away
from
Cuba.
D.
The
two
girls
met
because
they
kept
looking
for
each
other
(
)
4.
In
Paragraph
4,
they
become
good
friends
.
A.
because
of
the
funny
things
they
did
together
B.
because
of
the
same
interest
and
sense
of
humor
C.
because
they
love
stupid
jokes
D.
because
they
grew
up
together
(
)
5.
From
the
whole
passage
we
know
that
______.
A.
friends
must
be
different
B.
friends
must
the
same
C.
friends
can
be
of
different
kinds
D.
friends
can
meet
again
D
People
enjoy
traveling
around
the
world
during
their
holidays.
Before
traveling
to
New
York,
you’d
better
know
the
following
tips.
★
Arriving
in
New
York
There
are
three
airports
in
New
York.
When
you
arrive
at
one
of
them,
you
can
take
a
bus
or
taxi
to
any
place
in
New
York.
★
Public
transport
In
New
York
there’s
a
good
bus
and
subway
service.
If
you
are
planning
to
use
the
subway
a
lot,
you
should
buy
a
subway
ticket
for
ten
journeys
because
it’s
cheaper.
But
you
don’t
have
to
use
public
transport—there
are
lots
of
places
you
can
go
to
on
foot,
such
as
the
Empire
State
Building,
5th
Avenue
and
Central
Park.
★
Hotels
There
are
lots
of
good
hotels
in
New
York.
The
best
is
the
Plaza
on
5th
Avenue,
but
you
don’t
have
to
pay
a
lot
to
stay
in
the
city;
there
are
lots
of
smaller
hotels
and
the
YMCA（基督教青年会）near
Central
Park
is
great
for
young
people.
★
Eating
out
There
are
many
kinds
of
food
in
New
York
and
you
shouldn’t
eat
at
McDonalds
every
day.
There
are
good
restaurants
in
Little
Italy
and
Chinatown,
for
example.
★
Shopping
Shopping
in
New
York
is
fun.
There
are
big
shops
on
5th
Avenue.
They
are
open
seven
days
a
week.
But
be
careful
when
you
look
at
the
prices;
you
have
to
pay
a
special
8%
tax
(税)
on
everything
you
buy
in
New
York.
★
Places
to
see
Finally,
there
are
a
lot
of
places
to
see
in
New
York—Times
Square,
the
Statue
of
Liberty.
And
you
shouldn’t
go
home
without
climbing
the
Empire
State
Building
to
enjoy
the
scenery
of
the
city.
根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误，正确为“T”
错误为
“F”。
(
)
1.
You
should
buy
ten
subway
tickets
once
when
you
take
a
subway
in
New
York.
(
)
2.
People
must
travel
by
subway
or
taxi
in
New
York.
(
)
3.
The
Plaza
is
the
best
hotel
on
5th
Avenue.
(
)
4.
If
a
camera
is
worth
$300
in
New
York,
you
should
pay
$276.
(
)
5.
The
Empire
State
Building
is
a
good
place
for
enjoying
the
scenery
of
the
city.
E
阅读短文，根据要求完成下面各小题。
Michael
went
back
to
Fullerton,
his
home
town.
His
visit
to
Fullerton
was
very
special
to
him.
3He
was
born
there,
he
grew
up
there.
But
he
hadn’t
been
back
there
since
he
finished
high
school.
He
went
to
places
he
hadn’t
gone
to
in
years.
He
walked
through
the
park
and
remembered
the
days
he
had
walked
through
that
same
park
with
his
friend.
He
passed
by
the
field
where
he
and
his
friends
had
played
baseball
every
day
after
school.
And
he
stood
in
front
of
the
movie
theater
and
thought
about
all
the
Saturday
afternoons
he
had
spent
there,
watching
his
favorite
movie
heroes
and
eating
popcorn.
4He
did
things
he
hadn’t
done
in
a
long
time.
He
had
some
home-made
ice
cream
at
the
ice
cream
shop.
He
rode
on
the
merry-go-round
in
the
park,
and
he
went
fishing
at
the
lake.
For
a
little
while,
he
felt
like
a
kid
again.
He
saw
people
he
hadn’t
seen
in
years.
He
visited
several
of
his
old
neighbors.
He
said
hello
to
the
owners
of
the
candy
store
near
his
house.
And
he
also
went
to
see
Mrs.
Riley,
his
tenth-grade
science
teacher.
Michael’s
trip
back
to
Fullerton
was
a
very
nostalgic
(怀旧的)
experience
for
him.
Going
back
to
Fullerton
brought
back
many
memories
of
days
gone
by.
A.
根据短文内容简要回答问题。
1.
Michael
went
to
places
he
hadn’t
gone
to
in
years.
Which
places
did
he
go
_______________________________________________________________
2.
Who
did
Michael
visit
_______________________________________________________________
B.
将短文中划线的句子译成汉语。
3._________________________________________________________________
4._________________________________________________________________
C.
请给短文拟一个适当的英文标题。
5.
_________________________________________________________________
TEST
21答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述了生物老师带学生在校内教室外上游戏关于自然的选择和鸟如何找寻食物的生物课——用匙、叉或小刀捡草里的豆子。告诉了我们自然选择是真正的竞争，大家都在尽力来生存。
【答案解析】
1.
C
细节理解题。根据第三段的“and
my
group
knives”可知选C。
2.
A
细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的“All
my
beans
dropped
to
the
ground”可知选A。
3.
C
细节理解题。根据第一段的“I
had
a
biology
class
outside
in
my
American
school”可知B错误；根据“It
was
hard
to
pick
up
something
that
small,
especially
from
the
grass.”可推测出C正确。故选C。
4.
B
词义猜测题。根据句意“大家都在尽力______”可猜测出是生存。故选B。
5.
D
主旨大意题。根据第二段的“asked
us
to
play
a
game
about
natural
selection
and
how
birds
find
food”可知。故选D。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇科普文章，讲述的是其他星球上的智力物种，科学家借助高倍望远镜，已经观测到宇宙间的某个地方存在这些智力物种，人类在不久的将来会联系到它们的。
C
【篇章导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了来自不同地区的四个人分别叙述了自己最好的朋友。
【答案解析】
1.A
细节理解题。根据第一段句子“It
may
surprise
some
people
to
find
out
Kay
and
I
are
best
friends,
because
we
have
different
personalities.”可知这两个朋友有着不同的个性。故选A。
2.B
细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“She
shouts
at
me
for
always
being
late.”可知当朋友不守时的时候会生气。故选B。
3.D
综合分析题。通读第三段可知：这两个朋友出生在古巴的同一城市，一起长大，直到十二岁时彼此分开，以为两人再也不会见面。然而在美国纽约的大学两人再次相遇。现在他们都在美国的新泽西。可以看出他们没有刻意相互寻找。故D项正确。
4.B
细节理解题。根据第四段句子“We
share
the
same
sense
of
humor,
and
know
how
to
make
each
other
cry
with
laugher.”可知因为他们有相似的兴趣和幽默感而成为了朋友，故选B。
5.C
推理判断题。从四个不同的人对自己好朋友的描述，有的朋友还有和自己一样的性格，有的朋友截然相反，所以，朋友可以是不同种类的。故选C。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文章介绍了去纽约旅行之前应该了解的一些基本信息。
【答案解析】
1.
F
细节理解题。根据第三段的第二句If
you
are
planning
to
use
the
subway
a
lot,
you
should
buy
a
subway
ticket
for
ten
journeys
because
it’s
cheaper.可知应该买10次旅行的地铁票而不是10张票。
2.
F
细节理解题。根据第三段可知这里的交通很便利，可以乘坐地铁、公共汽车，有些地方适于步行，不必乘坐出租。
3.
T
细节理解题。根据第四段的第二句The
best
is
the
Plaza
on
5th
Avenue.可知本句正确。
4.
F
细节理解题。根据倒数第二段…you
have
to
pay
a
special
8%
tax
on
everything
you
buy
in
New
York.可知额外要加税，故用的钱比价格应该高一些，而不是低一些。
5.
T
细节理解题。根据最后一段的最后一句And
you
shouldn’t
go
home
without
climbing
the
Empire
State
Building
to
enjoy
the
scenery
of
the
city.可知帝国大厦是观赏纽约风景的好地方。
E
【语篇导读】
本文讲述了迈克尔回到故乡富勒顿，走到每一处都会勾起他童年的回忆。
【答案】
1.
He
went
to
the
park,
the
field
and
the
movie
theater.
/The
park,
the
field
and
the
movie
theatre.
2.
He
visited
his
old
neighbors,
the
owners
of
the
candy
store
and
his
(tenth-grade
science)
teacher.
3.
他在那里出生，在那里长大。
4.
他做了已经很久没有做的事情。
5.
Michael’s
trip
back
to
home
town
(Fullerton)
/Trip
back
to
home
town
(Fullerton)TEST
29
建议用时：45分钟
总分：50分
得分:______
A
Hold
your
head
up
high
I
was
15
months
old,
a
happy
and
carefree
kid,
until
the
day
I
fell.
It
was
a
bad
fall.
I
landed
on
a
piece
of
glass
that
cut
my
eye
badly.
From
then
on,
my
injured,
sightless,
cloudy
gray
eye
lived
on
with
me.
Sometimes
people
asked
me
embarrassing
(使人难堪的)
questions.
Whenever
kids
played
games,
I
was
the
“monster”.
I
was
always
imagining
that
everyone
looked
down
on
(瞧不起)
me.
Yet
mum
would
say
to
me,
“Hold
your
head
up
high
and
face
the
world.”
I
began
to
depend
on
that
saying.
As
a
child,
I
thought
mum
meant,
“Be
careful,
or
you
will
fall
down
or
bump
into
something
because
you
are
not
looking.”
As
a
teenager,
I
usually
looked
down
to
hide
my
shame.
But
I
found
that
when
I
held
my
head
up
high,
people
liked
me.
In
high
school
I
even
became
the
class
president,
but
on
the
inside
I
still
felt
like
a
monster.
All
I
really
wanted
was
to
look
like
everyone
else.
When
things
got
really
bad,
I
would
cry
to
my
mum
and
she
would
look
at
me
with
loving
eyes
and
say,
“Hold
your
head
up
high
and
face
the
world.
Let
them
see
the
beauty
that
is
inside
instead
of
your
appearance
(外貌).”
My
mum’s
love
was
the
sunshine
that
made
me
bright.
I
had
faced
hard
times,
and
learned
not
only
to
be
confident
but
also
to
have
deep
compassion
(同情)
for
others.
“Hold
your
head
up
high”
has
been
heard
many
times
in
my
home.
I
say
it
to
my
children.
The
gift
my
mum
gave
me
will
live
on.
(
)
1.
The
world
“carefree”
in
the
first
line
probably
means“______”
in
Chinese.
A.无忧无虑的
B.无拘无束的
C.小心翼翼的
D.与众不同的
(
)
2.
Why
did
the
writer
imagine
that
everyone
looked
down
on
her
A.
She
felt
bad
about
her
appearance.
B.
She
found
it
hard
to
act
as
a
monster.
C.
Kids
refused
to
play
games
with
her.
D.
People
always
asked
her
embarrassing
questions.
(
)
3.
Why
did
the
writer’s
mum
say
“Hold
your
head
up
high”
to
her
A.
To
tell
her
to
be
careful.
B.
To
help
her
hide
the
shame.
C.
To
stop
her
from
getting
hurt.
D.
To
make
her
more
confident.
(
)
4.
From
the
story,
we
can
know
that
______.
A.
the
writer
understood
the
saying
very
well
as
a
child
B.
the
writer
felt
like
everyone
else
in
high
school.
C.
the
writer
is
living
with
a
warm
and
brave
heart
now
D.
the
writer
has
deep
compassion
for
others
all
her
life
(
)
5.
The
passage
is
mainly
about
______.
A.
what
the
writer
experienced
when
she
was
15
B.
what
the
writer
did
to
show
thanks
for
mum’s
gift
C.
how
the
writer
changed
herself
with
mum’s
love
D.
how
the
writer
became
confident
with
her
great
efforts
B
Decide
to
Do
Well
Everybody
makes
decisions
in
daily
life.
They
can
be
as
important
as
what
you
will
do
in
the
future
or
as
simple
as
what
you
will
eat
for
breakfast.
Any
decision
could
be
the
turning
point
of
your
life.
I
made
an
important
decision
when
I
was
in
Junior
3.
Before
I
made
that
decision
I
was
one
of
the
boys
who
tried
too
hard
to
act
as
an
adult.
I
didn’t
know
that
only
kids
want
to
show
themselves
as
adults.
I
didn’t
listen
to
my
parents
and
teachers,
and
my
grades
became
poor.
Then
came
the
high
school
entrance
exam.
At
the
turning
point
of
my
life,
my
mom
wanted
to
have
a
conversation
with
me.
I
wanted
to
turn
it
down
but
when
I
looked
at
her
eyes,
I
felt
I
couldn’t
refuse.
Instead
of
asking
me
to
study
hard,
to
my
surprise,
Mom
just
asked
what
I
wanted
to
do
in
the
future.
Without
thinking
too
much,
I
just
said
I
would
like
to
study
hard.
Mom
smiled
and
asked
again:
“I
asked:
what
do
you
WANT
to
do ”
I
never
seriously
thought
about
the
question.
So,
I
kept
silent.
“Whether
you
want
to
go
on
studying
or
enter
the
society,”
she
went
on,
“it
is
your
own
decision.
Your
life
ought
to
be
decided
by
you,
not
by
anyone
else,
including
me.”
After
saying
that,
she
had
tears
in
her
eyes.
For
the
first
time
in
my
life
I
was
asked
to
make
my
own
decision.
I
sat
in
my
chair
and
thought
about
myself,
my
life
and
what
kind
of
person
I
wanted
to
become.
It
took
me
what
seemed
to
be
ages
to
make
the
biggest
decision
so
far
in
my
life—I
wanted
to
be
a
man
who
makes
a
difference
in
the
world.
To
achieve
that,
I
needed
to
study
hard.
The
path
to
my
future
became
clear
to
me.
I
didn’t
act
rebelliously
(叛逆地)
any
more.
With
passion
(激情)
in
my
heart,
I
studied
hard.
Now,
I’m
17
and
I’m
in
one
of
the
best
schools
in
my
city,
in
one
of
the
best
classes
at
the
school
and
I
am
one
of
the
best
students
in
the
class.
Thanks
to
that
decision,
I
have
become
what
I
am
today.
(
)
1.
When
did
the
writer
make
the
important
decision
A.
After
he
was
17
years
old.
B.
After
he
was
in
one
of
the
best
classes.
C.
When
he
was
a
pupil.
D.
When
he
was
studying
in
Junior
3.
(
)
2.
What
was
the
writer
like
before
the
decision
A.
His
grades
became
poor.
B.
He
tried
too
hard
not
to
act
as
an
adult.
C.
He
was
one
of
the
top
students
in
his
class.
D.
He
did
what
his
teachers
and
his
parents
asked
him
to
do.
(
)
3.
How
did
the
writer
make
the
decision
A.
It
was
easy
for
him
to
make
the
decision.
B.
It
was
his
second
time
to
make
the
decision.
C.
He
made
the
decision
seriously.
D.
It
was
his
mother
that
made
the
decision
for
him.
(
)
4.
Why
did
the
writer
make
the
decision
A.
Because
his
teacher
talked
with
him
patiently.
B.
Because
he
didn’t
want
to
act
rebelliously
any
more.
C.
Because
his
mother
asked
him
to
study
hard
as
usual.
D.
Because
his
father
asked
him
to
think
about
his
future
by
himself.
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
A.
The
writer
made
the
decision
that
he
should
work
hard.
B.
It
took
the
writer
several
years
to
make
the
decision.
C.
After
hearing
his
mother’s
words,
the
writer
had
tears
in
his
eyes.
D.
At
the
turning
point
of
his
life,
the
writer
wanted
to
have
a
conversation
with
his
mother.
C
Rubbish
sorting
(分类)
probably
doesn’t
sound
like
much
fun.
But
there
is
a
new
mobile
game
that
may
change
your
opinion
about
it,
and
you
might
even
learn
something
while
you
play
it-Meet
Sortee.
Meet
Sortee
is
a
puzzle
game
developed
by
Flow
Studio,
a
UK
company.
It
makes
you
think
deeply
about
everyday
objects
(物体)
and
their
meanings.
The
rule
of
the
game
is
quite
simple.
Two
bins
are
placed
on
either
side
of
the
screen.
Each
of
the
bins
has
a
label
(标签)
next
to
it
and
the
label
explains
what
it
is
for.
When
an
object,
such
as
a
car
or
an
apple,
appears
on
the
screen,
you
need
to
decide
which
bin
it
should
be
sorted
into
and
then
send
it
there
by
moving
your
finger.
The
game
seems
easy
enough
at
first.
But
as
you
move
on
to
more
levels,
it
gets
harder.
The
number
of
bins
increases
(增长)
to
three
or
four
and
the
time
given
gets
shorter.
You
need
to
think
and
move
faster.
That
can
be
really
difficult.
There
are
400
objects
in
total
and
more
than
100
bins
in
the
game.
The
more
objects
you
correctly
sort,
the
more
game
coins
you
can
get.
It’s
a
bit
like
working
in
a
rubbish
recycling
center,
but
it
has
no
bad
smell.
You
can
download
the
free
game
from
Apple’s
app
store
(苹果软件下载中心)，but
it
only
lets
you
play
the
first
few
levels.
If
you
want
to
open
the
next
40
levels,
you
need
to
pay
6
yuan
for
the
full
game.
(
)
1.
The
passage
is
probably
taken
from
______.
A.
a
postcard
B.
a
newspaper
C.
a
comic
book
D.
a
novel
(
)
2.
Of
the
following,
which
order
is
right
according
to
the
third
paragraph
①An
object
appears
on
the
screen.
②You
send
it
by
moving
your
finger.
③Two
bins
are
placed
on
either
side
of
the
screen.
④You
decide
which
bin
to
sort
the
object
into.
A.
④③②①
B.
①④③②
C.
③①④②
D.
③②④①
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
can
we
infer
(推断)
from
the
passage
A.
You
can
play
the
full
game
for
free.
B.
You
can
play
the
full
game
easily.
C.
There
are
only
2
bins
is
each
level.
D.
There
are
over
40
levels
in
the
game.
(
)
4.
The
writer
of
the
passage
thinks
______.
A.
the
rule
of
the
game
is
quite
difficult.
B.
rubbish
sorting
in
the
game
is
boring.
C.
the
rubbish
smells
good
in
a
rubbish
recycling
center.
D.
the
game
can
help
people
learn
about
rubbish
sorting.
(
)
5.
What’s
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.
A
mobile
game.
B.
Rubbish
sorting.
C.
Apple’s
app
store.
D.
A
recycling
center
D
The
summer
is
coming,
and
the
storms
are
often.
They
happen
often,
but
some
people
don’t
take
them
seriously.
In
fact,
it’s
very
dangerous
for
people
and
it
even
can
make
people
die
at
once.
So
how
do
we
keep
safe
during
a
lightning
storm
If
you
are
indoors,
stay
away
from
windows
and
doors
during
a
lightning
storm.
Don’t
take
a
shower
or
do
some
dishes,
because
lightning
can
travel
through
water.
Turn
off
the
TV
and
computer.
My
computer
was
once
broken.
Never
use
telephone.
Lightning
could
travel
through
the
phone
line
and
hit
you.
If
you
are
outdoors
during
a
lightning
storm,
never
take
shelter
(避雨)
under
a
tree,
because
the
lightning
could
hit
the
tree
and
travel
through
the
trees
to
hit
you.
Stay
away
from
anything
that
is
metal.
Try
to
get
in
your
car
and
close
all
the
windows
or
go
into
a
nearby
building
right
away.
If
there’s
no
building
around,
try
to
find
a
low
place
to
stay.
Squat
(蹲下)
down
near
the
ground
and
put
your
hands
over
your
ears.
Never
use
a
cell
phone.
根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误。正确为“T”，错误为“F”。
(
)
1.
The
storms
seldom
come
in
summer.
(
)
2.
Don’t
take
a
shower
or
do
some
dishes
during
a
lightning
storm.
(
)
3.
Lightning
could
travel
through
the
phone
line
and
hit
you.
(
)
4.
If
you
are
outdoor
during
a
lightning
storm,
you
can
take
shelter
under
a
tree.
(
)
5.
You
should
stay
in
a
low
place
if
there
is
no
building
around.
E
Almost
every
kid
in
this
country
has
ever
eaten
Hershey
chocolate.
But
do
you
know
that
the
Hershey
chocolate
factory
is
more
than
one
hundred
years
old
And
do
you
know
that
the
father
of
Hershey
Chocolate,
Milton
Hershey,
had
many
failures
in
business
before
he
started
his
famous
company
Milton
Hershey
grew
up
in
Pennsylvania.
Before
he
became
interested
in
making
chocolate,
he
worked
as
a
printer
for
a
small
newspaper
at
first,
and
then
decided
that
printing
was
not
the
right
job
for
him.
Then
he
worked
at
a
candy
factory
in
Lancaster.
After
working
a
few
years
there,
he
decided
to
open
his
own
little
candy
business
near
Philadelphia.
His
first
business
failed
because
it
was
not
making
money.
After
that,
he
went
to
Denver
to
learn
how
to
make
caramels
(焦糖).
He
took
his
new
skills
back
to
New
York
and
worked
selling
candies
on
the
street.
But
his
second
business
also
failed.
Finally,
Milton
Hershey
moved
back
to
Pennsylvania
where
he
grew
up.
He
then
experimented
with
all
sorts
of
different
candies
and
chocolate.
By
1893
he
was
selling
a
million
dollars
worth
of
caramel
candy
each
year.
Since
his
chocolate-flavored
(巧克力味的)
caramels
were
the
best
selling,
he
decided
to
make
chocolate
himself.
By
experimenting,
Milton
Hershey
discovered
how
to
make
delicious
chocolate.
The
area
where
he
lived
had
a
large
and
easy
supply
of
milk
and
sugar,
which
helped
him
succeed
in
his
chocolate
business.
In
1903,
Milton
Hershey
built
a
huge
chocolate
factory
and
a
town
to
go
with
it.
Today,
the
town
of
Hershey
is
still
the
home
if
the
factory
that
Milton
Hershey
built.
And
if
you
ever
visit,
you
can
smell
delicious
chocolate
smells
just
but
driving
through
the
town.
The
factory
is
not
so
hard
to
find,
Just
travel
down
Cocoa
Avenue
until
you
get
to
East
Chocolate
Avenue.
Turn
right
at
the
traffic
lights
and
just
follow
your
nose.
阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题
1.
Who
is
the
father
of
Hershey
Chocolate
____________________________________________________________
2.
Where
did
he
grow
up
____________________________________________________________
3.
Why
did
he
go
to
Denver
____________________________________________________________
4.
Why
did
he
decide
to
make
chocolate
himself
____________________________________________________________
5.
What
might
be
the
reasons
for
Hershey’s
success
in
his
chocolate
business
____________________________________________________________
自评结果：
用时_____分钟
正确率：_____/20
Test
29答案
A
【篇章导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中叙述了作者在15个月时，跌倒在玻璃上伤害了自己的眼睛。孩提时代被一起玩耍的孩子看做“怪物”。母亲总是对他说“抬起你的头来，面对这个世界”。随着时光流逝，“抬起你的头来”在不同年龄段作者体会出了不同的含义。面对作者来自内心的自卑，母亲告诉自己的孩子要抬起头来让人看到内在的美丽而不是外表。现在作者也把母亲给他的礼物“抬起头来”传给了自己的孩子。
【答案解析】
1.A
词义猜测题。and并列的前一个形容词是happy，可以判断是“无忧无虑的”之意。
2.A
细节理解题。作者觉得人家瞧不起她的根源是作者考虑到自己的外表而感觉很糟。
3.D
推理判断题。作者的母亲让她抬起头来的含义是让自己的孩子自信。
4.C
细节理解题。针对各选项的意义核对短文内容，根据短文倒数第二段可知作者在妈妈的鼓励下，不仅变得很坚强自信，而且还对别人富有同情心，故选C。
5.C
主旨大意题。短文自始至终是母亲的那句话伴随着作者成长的话，而母亲的话是来自对孩子深深的爱。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文章主要叙述了作者通过和母亲的一次谈话，而改变了自己的故事。今年升入初三，作者变得叛逆，妈妈一次问他：你到底想干什么？不论你做怎样的决定，你的人生都是由你自己而决定的，而不是包括我在内的任何人。妈妈的话打动了作者，自从那时起便努力学习，现在是班里最好的学生之一。
【答案解析】
1.
D
细节理解题。根据第二段第一句话I
made
an
important
decision
when
I
was
in
Junior
3可知答案为D。
2.
A
细节理解题。根据第四段I
didn’t
listen
to
my
parents
and
teachers,
and
my
grades
became
poor.可知本题答案为A。
3.
C
推理判断题。根据For
the
first
time
in
my
life
I
was
asked
to
make
my
own
decision.
I
sat
in
my
chair
and
thought
about
myself,
my
life
and
what
kind
of
person
I
wanted
to
become.
可以推断作者做这个决定是很严肃的。
4.
B
细节理解题。根据The
path
to
my
future
became
clear
to
me.
I
didn’t
act
rebelliously
any
more，可知答案为B。
5.
A
细节理解题。根据文章大意：作者在跟妈妈谈话之后就下定了决心努力学习。B、C和D选项的细节问题，与文章中的真实信息不相符。故选A。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中介绍了一个新的手机游戏Meet
Sortee。游戏的规则很简单，两个垃圾箱放在屏幕的两侧，每个容器都有一个标签，标签解释它是什么。这个游戏有点像在垃圾回收工作中心，但它没有臭味。
【答案解析】
1.
B
推理判断题。选项A意为“卡片”；选项B意为“报纸”；选项C意为“连环画”；选项D
意为“小说”。结合题干和选项的意思，这篇文章大概来自报纸，故答案选择B。
2.C
细节理解题。文章第三段的意思为“游戏的规则很简单，两个垃圾箱放在屏幕的两侧，每个容器都有一个标签，标签旁边和标签解释它是什么。当一个对象，比如一辆汽车或一个苹果，出现在屏幕上，您需要决定……。”对照第三段的内容答案应该选择C。
3.D
推理判断题。A项意为“你可以免费玩全盘游戏”；B项意为“你能轻松地玩全盘游戏”；C项意为“每一级只有两个垃圾箱”；D项意为“这个游戏里有40多个等级”。由文章中If
you
want
to
open
the
next
40
levels,
you
need
to
pay
….可知答案D是正确的。
4.D
细节理解题。A项意为“游戏的规则相当难”；B项意为“游戏中的垃圾分类很无聊”；C项意为“在垃圾回收中心的垃圾闻起来味道很好”；D项意为“这个游戏能帮助人们了解垃圾分类”。根据短文第一段内容Rubbish
sorting
probably
doesn’t
sound
like
much
fun.
But
there
is
a
new
mobile
game
that
may
change
your
opinion
about
it,
and
you
might
even
learn
something
while
you
play
it-Meet
Sortee.可知选项D符合题意。
5.A
主旨大意题。文章着重介绍了一款新的手机游戏Meet
Sortee。故答案选A。
D
E
【语篇导读】
本文向人们介绍了赫尔希巧克力的由来。通过介绍赫尔希如何由印刷工到巧克力制造商，如何由失败一步步走向成功的故事，告诉大家，有目标且不断努力，最终将会成功。
【答案】
1.
Milton
Hershey.
2.
He
grew
up
in
Pennsylvania.
3.
Because
he
wanted
to
learn
how
to
make
caramels.
4.
Because
his
chocolate-flavored
caramels
were
the
best
selling.
5.
His
courage,
new
skills,
determination
and
the
large
and
easy
supply
of
milk
and
sugar.TEST
20
A
My
name
is
Sam.
I
joined
a
club
called
“Passing
Help”
last
month.
Now
let
me
tell
you
why
I
joined
it.
One
evening
this
May,
on
my
way
home,
my
old
car
broken
down
(出故障).
It
was
25
miles
from
my
home.
I
wanted
to
get
a
ride
(搭便车),
but
there
was
no
car.
It
was
also
hard
to
take
a
taxi.
I
decided
to
take
a
bus
home.
I
went
to
a
bus
stop
nearby.
After
a
while,
a
bus
came,
but
it
did
not
go
to
my
town.
The
bus
driver
was
a
young
woman.
She
was
kind
and
she
told
me
which
bus
I
should
take.
I
waited
there
for
about
thirty
minutes,
but
no
bus
came.
At
last
a
car
came
to
me
and
a
woman
came
out
of
the
car.
She
was
just
the
bus
driver.
“When
I
reached
the
bus
station,
I
got
to
that
the
bus
to
your
town
couldn’t
come,
so
I
returned
here.
I
just
can’t
leave
you
here,”
she
said,
“Get
in
my
car
and
I
will
take
you
back
to
your
home.”
“It
is
a
long
way.”
I
said.
“Come
on,
sir”
she
said,
“Let’s
go.”
On
the
way
she
told
me
a
story.
A
few
days
ago,
there
wasn’t
gas
(汽油)
in
her
car.
An
old
man
drove
her
up
to
a
gas
station
and
then
back
to
her
car.
When
we
got
to
my
home,
I
wanted
to
give
her
some
money
to
thank
her,
but
she
didn’t
accept
her.
“I
only
want
to
help
others
and
do
something
nice
for
somebody.
Pass
it
along.”
She
said.
(
)
1.
What
happened
to
Sam
one
evening
this
May
A.
He
lost
his
way.
B.
His
car
broken
down.
C.
He
was
hurt
in
an
accident.
D.
He
couldn’t
reach
the
gas
station.
(
)
2.
Sam
didn’t
think
of
going
home
______
that
evening.
A.
by
train
B.
by
bus
C.
by
car
D.
by
taxi
(
)
3.
From
the
passage,
we
know
that
the
young
woman
was
______.
A.
a
club
boss
B.
a
taxi
driver
C.
a
bus
driver
D.
a
gas
station
worker
(
)
4.
The
young
woman
wanted
Sam
to
_______.
A.
give
her
some
money
B.
get
on
her
bus
C.
take
her
to
her
house
D.
help
others
just
as
she
did
(
)
5.
The
best
title
of
the
passage
is
______.
A.
A
kind
old
man
B.
Getting
a
ride
C.
Passing
help
D.
A
broken
car
B
North
American
black
bears
are
shy
animals.
They
are
fearful
by
nature,
and
they
will
usually
run
away
if
they
see
or
hear
people.
Because
of
this,
it
can
be
difficult
for
scientists
to
learn
about
these
animals.
In
order
to
study
black
bears,
researchers
from
New
Jersey,
USA,
catch
bears
and
use
drugs
to
help
them
go
to
sleep.
Researchers
then
work
out
the
size
and
the
weight
of
the
bear,
take
blood
to
test
for
diseases,
remove
a
tooth
and
take
it
to
the
lab
to
find
out
its
age.
From
these
studies,
researchers
want
to
find
out
how
many
bears
live
in
New
Jersey,
how
long
they
live,
and
how
many
babies
they
produce.
But
in
Minnesota,
USA,
researchers
study
bears
that
are
completely
awake.
The
bears
know
the
researchers’
voices
and
they
are
not
afraid
of
die
research
team.
With
the
help
of
a
few
grapes
to
keep
the
bears
busy,
researchers
can
touch
them
to
check
their
hearts,
look
at
their
teeth,
and
do
other
jobs.
Researchers
can
also
walk
or
sit
with
bears
for
hours
and
make
videos
to
learn
about
their
everyday
lives.
In
both
places,
the
main
purpose
is
the
same—to
make
sure
there
is
a
healthy
population
of
black
bears.
But
the
research
methods
and
the
kinds
of
information
that
researchers
are
able
to
collect
are
quite
different.
(
)
1.
In
the
first
paragraph,
we
can
learn
that
North
American
black
bears
are
_____.
A.
shy
and
fearful
animals
B.
not
found
today
C.
well
known
to
scientists
D.
not
afraid
of
people
(
)
2.
The
word
“remove”
in
the
second
paragraph
probably
means
_____
in
Chinese.
A.
拔下
B.移植
C.
清洗
D.
修补
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
may
NOT
be
included
in
the
New
Jersey
studies
on
bears
A.
The
age.
B.
The
way
of
their
communication.
C.
The
weight.
D.
The
number
of
babies
they
produce.
(
)
4.
In
the
Minnesota
studies,
researchers
______.
A.
can
never
get
close
to
the
bears
B.
study
the
bears
while
they
are
asleep
C.
use
grapes
to
make
the
bears
full
D.
learn
a
lot
about
the
bears’
everyday
lives
(
)
5.
What
do
the
two
studies
have
in
common
A.
Research
places.
B.
The
main
purpose.
C.
Research
methods.
D.
Collected
information.
C
Nowadays,
more
and
more
people
like
to
shop
on
the
Internet.
How
can
you
protect
yourself
from
different
types
of
Internet
tricks
Following
these
tips
can
make
your
online
shopping
safer:
⑴
Never
click
on
an
unsolicited
(主动提供的)
e-mail.
If
you
are
interested
in
the
things
well-known
company
that
sells
the
same
things.
Don’t
click
on
any
links
in
the
e-mail
itself.
⑵
Don’t
answer
any
e-mail
that
asks
you
for
personal
financial
(财政的)
information.
Most
of
the
legitimate
(合法的)
companies
will
not
ask
your
information
through
e-mail.
And
don’t
believe
what
the
e-mail
says
easily.
Sometimes
some
e-mail
will
ask
you
to
make
a
telephone
call
to
get
more
information
about
the
things
you
want.
Don’t
forget
to
check
the
phone
number
on
your
phonebook
to
make
sure
it
is
the
number
of
a
legitimate
company
before
you
make
the
call.
⑶
When
you
are
searching
for
information
on
the
Internet,
make
sure
that
there
is
a
key
symbol
a
the
bottom
of
your
browser
(浏览器)
and
the
“http”
in
the
website
address.
These
mean
that
the
website
is
safe.
⑷
Don’t
send
your
money
to
an
unknown
website
before
you
receive
the
things
they
send
to
your
and
make
sure
they
work
well.
Shopping
on
the
Internet
is
convenient
and
fun.
It
is
also
safe
if
you
are
careful
enough.
(
)
1.
If
you
want
to
protect
yourself
from
Internet
tricks,
what
can
you
do
A.
Click
on
the
links
in
the
e-mail
itself.
B.
Believe
what
the
e-mail
says.
C.
Make
a
pone
call
according
to
the
information
in
the
e-mail
D.
Make
sure
the
website
is
safe.
(
)
2.
When
searching
for
information,
make
sure
there
is
_____
at
the
bottom
of
your
browser
and
_____
in
the
website
address.
A.
a
key
picture;
the
“http”
B.
a
key
symbol;
the
“htcp”
C.
a
key
symbol;
the
“http”
D.
a
key
picture;
the
“htlp”
(
)
3.
The
best
title
for
the
passage
may
be
______.
A.
Tips
on
sending
e-mail
B.
Tips
on
sending
money
to
an
unknown
website
C.
Tips
on
online
shopping
D.
Tips
on
making
a
telephone
call
online
(
)
4.
From
Tip
2
we
can
learn
that
______.
①we
should
refuse
to
answer
any
e-mail
about
personal
financial
information.
②we
should
click
on
an
unsolicited
e-mail.
③we
should
remember
to
check
the
phone
number
before
we
call
the
company.
④most
of
legitimate
companies
will
ask
for
your
information
through
e-mail.
A.
②③
B.
①③
C.
①④
D.
②④
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
TRUE
A.
You
can
click
on
any
link
of
junk-emails.
B.
Don’t
believe
what
the
e-mail
says
easily.
C.
Not
all
the
websites
are
safe.
D.
Send
your
money
if
the
things
you
have
bought
work
well.
D
Benjamin
Franklin
was
born
in
Boston
in
1706.
He
is
remembered
as
an
inventor,
writer,
statesman,
and
signer
of
the
Declaration
of
Independence.
His
father
was
a
soap-maker
and
candle-maker
with
a
large
family.
At
the
age
of
ten,
Ben
was
taken
out
of
school
and
put
to
work
in
the
shop.
The
Franklin
family
lived
near
the
water,
so
Ben
learned
to
swim
well
and
row
small
boats.
But
all
great
people
were
kids
once
and
got
into
trouble.
In
writing
about
his
life,
Franklin
wrote
that
he
was
a
leader
among
the
boys
in
his
neighbourhood
and
sometimes
led
them
into
troubles.
There
was
a
salt
marsh
(湿地)
nearby.
Ben
decided
to
build
a
wharf
(码头)
there,
so
that
they
could
stand
on
it
to
fish.
He
showed
his
friends
many
stones,
which
were
used
for
a
new
house.
That
evening,
when
the
workmen
were
gone,
he
asked
his
friends
to
take
all
the
stones
away
to
build
their
wharf.
Soon,
Ben
and
his
friends
were
discovered
and
several
of
them
were
corrected
by
their
fathers.
And
though
Ben
explained
the
usefulness
of
the
work,
his
father
told
him
that
nothing
was
useful
if
he
was
not
honest.
根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误，正确为“T”
错误为
“F”。
(
)
1.
Ben
once
worked
in
a
shop.
(
)
2.
Ben’s
wife
was
very
beautiful.
(
)
3.
Ben
can
swim
because
there
is
a
river
nearby.
(
)
4.
The
workmen
helped
the
boys
to
take
all
the
stones
away.
(
)
5.
Ben’s
father
told
Ben
to
be
honest.
E
When
an
animal
becomes
extinct
(灭绝),
we
will
never
see
it
again,
except
for
some
bones
(骨头)
in
the
ground.
How
sad!
Why
do
animals
become
extinct
People
are
cutting
down
large
forests
in
Europe,
Asia
and
other
parts
of
the
world.
This
destroys
the
homes
of
many
wild
animals.
For
example,
some
monkeys
and
apes
(猿)
eat
the
fruit
and
leaves
in
the
tall
trees.
People
cut
down
all
the
tall
trees,
leaving
only
the
short
ones.
If
the
monkeys
and
apes
don’t
have
food,
they
will
die.
With
more
and
more
people
on
Earth,
there
is
less
room
for
other
animals
like
bear
and
wolves.
Some
animals
are
dying
off
because
people
hunt
(猎杀)
them
for
food.
Some
people
shoot
tigers,
lions
and
other
animals
for
fur
to
make
money.
They
kill
elephants,
for
their
teeth,
and
also
force
some
of
them
to
drag
(拉)
heavy
machines
to
help
them
out
down
trees.
Tourists
can
hurt
animals,
too.
Turtles
lay
their
eggs
on
beaches
in
countries
such
as
Greece,
but
they
can’t
do
this
when
tourists
are
on
the
beach.
Pollution
is
another
killer.
Some
factories
pour
dirty
water
into
rivers,
and
then
many
fish
get
sick
and
die.
And
one
day,
the
Arctic
(北极)
might
melt
because
of
global
warming
(温室效应).
Then
where
will
polar
bears
live
11
do
animals
become
extinct
12
People
are
cutting
down
the
13
.
This
destroys
the
14
of
many
wild
animals.People
hunt
or
kill
animals
for
15
,
fur
and
16
.
People
force
some
animals
to
17
.
18
is
another
killer.
Result
What
should
we
do
We
should
19
the
20
.
TEST
20答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中讲述了萨姆加入了“传递帮助”俱乐部的经过。他的老汽车在路上出了故障，得到了素不相识的人的帮助，因此他决定加入俱乐部来帮助别人。
【答案解析】
1.
B
细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句“One
evening
this
May,
on
my
way
home
my
old
car
broken
down”可知是汽车出了故障，所以选择答案B。
2.
A
细节理解题。根据第二段的最后几句“I
wanted
to
get
a
ride,
but
there
was
no
car.
It
was
also
hard
to
take
a
taxi.
I
decided
to
take
a
bus
home.”可知他只是没有考虑乘坐火车，故选择A。
3.
C
细节理解题。由第三段的第一句“After
a
while,
a
bus
came,
but
it
did
not
go
to
my
town.
The
bus
driver
was
a
young
woman.”可知年轻妇女是公共汽车司机，所以选择答案C。
4.
D
细节理解题。根据最后一段的
“I
only
want
to
help
others
and
do
something
nice
for
somebody.
Pass
it
along.”可知她想让萨姆继续帮助别人，故选D。
5.
C
主旨大意题。通读文章，尤其是第一段“I
joined
a
club
called
“Passing
Help”
last
month.”，以及最后一段的中的“I
only
want
to
help
others
and
do
something
nice
for
somebody.
Pass
it
along.”可知本文主题为传递帮助，所以选择C。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中说明了北美黑熊是一种害羞和胆怯的动物，因此，这给科学家们研究黑熊带来困难。文章介绍了两个不同地方的研究者，为了研究黑熊，使用的方法不同，所得到的信息也有所不同。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。根据文章第一段North
American
black
bears
are
shy
animals.
They
are
fearful
by
nature可知选A。
2.
A
词义猜测题。根据空后a
tooth及take
it
to
the
lab
to
find
out
its
age可推测：将黑熊的牙齿拔下，去实验室测年龄。故选A。
3.
B
细节理解题。根据文章第二段中Researchers
then
work
out
the
size
and
the
weight
of
a
bear;
remove
a
tooth
and
take
it
to
the
lab
to
find
out
its
age以及want
to
fin
out
how
many
babies
they
produce可知A、C、D都是他们研究的内容。故选B。
4.
D
细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句Researchers
can
also
walk
or
sit
with
for
hours
and
make
videos
to
learn
about
their
everyday
lives可知选D。
5.
B
细节理解题。A项研究地点；B项研究目的；C项研究方法；D项收集的信息。根据文章的最后一段第一句In
both
places,
the
main
purpose
is
the
same—to
make
sure
there
is
a
healthy
population
of
black
bears可知选B。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中说明了越来越多的人喜欢网上购物并就如何“保护网购安全”提出了几条建议。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了美国著名的政治家科学家本杰明·富兰克林小时候的事情。他小时候就是“孩子王”，
经常与孩子们出去玩耍，也经常惹事端。当他向父亲解释理由的时候，父亲告诉他如果他不诚实，没有什么事情是有用的。
【答案解析】
1.T
细节理解题。根据短文中Ben
was
taken
out
of
school
and
put
to
work
in
the
shop.可知本题叙述正确。
2.
F
细节理解题。短文中并没有提到关于他妻子的情况。
3.
T
细节理解题。由第三段第一句可知本题叙述正确。
4.
F
推理判断题。根据短文中That
evening,
when
the
workmen
were
gone,
he
asked
his
friends
to
take
all
the
stones
away
to
build
their
wharf.可知当工人们走了之后，他让朋友们把石头搬运走，工人并没有帮忙。
5.T
细节理解题。根据短文中his
father
told
him
that
nothing
was
useful
if
he
was
not
honest.可知他的父亲告诉他诚实的重要性。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，介绍了乱砍乱伐、大量捕杀和环境污染是动物灭绝的主要原因，也介绍了动物灭绝后带来的后果，最后号召人们要保护环境，保护动物。
【答案】
1.
why
2.
Reasons
3.
forests
4.
homes
5.
food
6.
teeth
7.
work
8.
Pollution
9.
protect
10.
animalsTEST
3
A
An
unhappy
horse
went
to
see
the
God.
“My
God!
Thanks
for
making
me
but
I
want
to
be
beautiful.”
The
God
was
very
surprised.
“You
are
already
beautiful.”
“No,
I
am
not
beautiful
enough.”
The
horse
lowered
her
head.
“I
don’t
know
how
to
make
you
more
beautiful.”
The
God
wondered.
“Tell
me
what
you
want
to
be
like.”
The
horse
raised
her
voice,
“If
you
can
make
my
neck
a
little
longer,
my
upper
body
will
be
more
beautiful.
And
if
you
can
make
my
legs
much
thinner,
then
I
will
look
more
beautiful
in
my
lower
body.”
Then
the
God
made
a
camel
appear
in
place
of
the
horse.
“Oh,
God.
I
want
to
become
more
beautiful.
Am
I
more
beautiful
now ”
asked
the
horse
anxiously.
The
God
got
angry.
“This
is
what
you
asked
for.
You
have
become
a
camel.”
The
horse
cried,
“Oh,
no,
I
don’t
want
to
be
a
camel.”
The
God
said.
“Never
try
to
get
more
than
I
have
given
you.
If
you
want
more
and
more,
you’ll
have
no
idea
what
the
result
will
be.”
(
)
1.
The
unhappy
horse
went
to
see
the
God
to
______.
A.
thank
the
God
B.
ask
for
a
nicer
look
C.
want
to
be
thin
D.
want
to
be
short
(
)
2.
The
horse
wanted
to
have
______.
A.
a
short
body
and
long
legs
B.
a
strong
body
and
a
short
neck
C.
a
long
neck
and
thin
legs
D.
a
long
neck
and
strong
feet
(
)
3.
The
underlined
phrase
“in
place
of
“here
means
“______”.
A.
instead
of
B.
such
as
C.
the
same
as
D.
as
for
(
)
4.
The
horse
thought
that
______.
A.
she
should
be
taller
B.
it
was
a
good
idea
to
be
a
camel
C.
she
became
more
beautiful
D.
a
camel
was
less
beautiful
than
a
horse
(
)
5.
In
the
passage,
the
writer
wants
to
tell
us
______.
A.
not
to
be
beautiful
B.
not
to
want
more
and
more
C.
to
be
more
beautiful
D.
not
to
ask
someone
for
help
B
Now
many
people
like
the
game
Angry
Birds.
Here
is
a
piece
of
good
news
for
them—soon
there
will
be
a
lot
of
Angry
Birds-themed
activity
parks
around
the
world.
The
first
two
parks
opened
in
Finland
last
year,
and
a
few
other
parks
are
going
to
open
in
the
UK.
However,
people
still
don’t
know
when
and
where
Angry
Birds-themed
activity
parks
will
open
in
the
UK.
“As
a
kind
of
online
game,
it
is
popular
with
people
of
all
ages.
It’s
really
an
interesting
game.
And
the
parks
will
be
interesting
places
for
everyone
around
the
world.”
said
Peter
Vesterbacka,
an
officer
of
Angry
Birds
Company.
He
also
said,
“We
want
to
make
Angry
Birds
a
part
of
pop
culture.
We’re
just
getting
started.”
Angry
Birds-themed
activity
parks
have
many
interesting
places
for
children
to
play.
They
like
them
very
much.
People
can
see
the
characters
and
colors
from
the
game
in
the
park.
People
can
also
play
the
Angry
Birds
game
on
large
screens
in
the
park.
The
company
wants
to
invite
people
to
not
only
play
it
on
the
sofa,
but
to
go
out,
move
around
and
have
fun.
So
everyone
will
be
happy
in
Angry
Birds-themed
activity
parks.
(
)
1.
Where
did
the
first
two
Angry
Birds-themed
activity
parks
open
A.
In
the
UK.
B.
In
Finland.
C.
In
Australia.
D.
In
the
USA.
(
)
2.
Angry
Birds
is
_______.
A.
an
online
game
B.
an
online
movie
C.
a
talk
show
on
TV
D.
a
game
show
on
TV
(
)
3.
Lots
of
people
think
Angry
Birds
is
very
______.
A.
boring
B.
easy
C.
interesting
D.
difficult
(
)
4.
The
underlined
word
“them”
in
the
last
paragraph
refers
to（指的是）_______.
A.
the
characters
B.
the
screens
C.
the
interesting
games
D.
the
interesting
places
(
)
5.
From
the
passage,
we
can
know_______.
A.
Angry
Birds
is
only
popular
with
young
people
B.
Peter
Vesterbacka
works
for
Angry
Birds
Company
C.
there
is
no
screen
in
Angry
Birds-themed
activity
parks
D.
Angry
Birds-themed
activity
parks
will
open
in
the
UK
in
2015
C
If
you’re
feeling
tired
and
stressed
because
you
have
too
much
going
on,
like
lots
of
after-school
activities,
you
might
feel
better
if
you
drop
something,
even
if
it’s
just
for
a
term
or
so.
Sometimes
lots
of
activities
—
even
if
they’re
all
fun
—
can
make
you
feel
stressed
by
keeping
you
busy
all
the
time.
On
the
other
hand,
if
problems
at
home
are
troubling
you,
in
fact
some
after-school
activities
may
help
you
relax
and
feel
better.
There
are
also
relaxation
exercises
that
you
can
use
to
get
rid
of
stress.
The
easiest
one
to
do
is
to
breathe
in
slowly
and
deeply
through
your
nose,
and
then
exhale
slowly
through
your
mouth.
Do
this
two
to
four
times.
You
can
do
exercises
like
these
anytime,
without
anyone
noticing.
You
can
even
do
breathing
exercises
in
class
if
you’re
nervous
before
a
test.
The
best
way
to
keep
stress
away
is
to
have
a
balanced
life.
That
means
making
good
decisions
about
how
to
spend
your
time.
If
you’re
only
dealing
with
schoolwork
and
have
no
time
to
play,
you
can
get
stressed.
Make
sure
you
keep
your
SELF
in
mind:
Sleep,
Exercise,
Leisure
(something
fun),
and
Food.
If
you
take
care
of
yourself
and
get
enough
sleep
and
food,
and
if
you
exercise
and
leave
time
for
fun,
you’ll
probably
be
less
stressed
out!
(
)
1.
What
may
help
you
relax
and
feel
better
if
you
are
in
trouble
at
home
A.
Homework.
B.
Housework.
C.
After-school
activities.
D.
Watching
TV.
(
)
2.
Which
is
the
best
way
to
keep
stress
away
A.
Do
exercises
like
these
anytime.
B.
Make
good
decisions
about
how
to
spend
time.
C.
Take
care
of
yourself
and
get
too
much
food.
D.
Do
breathing
exercises
in
class.
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
true
A.
Do
breathing
exercises
in
class
if
you’re
nervous
before
a
test.
B.
Too
much
after-school
activities
can
make
you
feel
better.
C.
Get
enough
sleep
and
food
can
make
you
stressed.
D.
Lots
of
after-school
activities
can
keep
stress
away.
(
)
4.
What
does
the
underlined
word
“exhale”
mean
in
the
passage
A.
breathe
in
B.
break
away
C.
breathe
out
D.
break
up
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
best
title
of
this
passage
A.
The
Story
on
Stress
B.
Stressed
Out
C.
How
to
Relaxing
D.
Take
Care
of
Yourself
D
Last
year
my
English
class
was
difficult.
First
of
all,
it
wasn’t
easy
for
me
to
understand
the
teacher
when
she
talked.
To
begin
with,
she
spoke
too
quickly,
and
I
couldn’t
understand
every
word.
Later
on,
I
realized
that
it
doesn’t
matter
if
you
don’t
understand
every
word.
I
was
afraid
to
speak
in
class,
because
I
thought
my
classmates
might
laugh
at
me.
I
couldn’t
always
make
complete
sentences,
either.
Then
I
started
to
watch
English-language
TV.
It
helped
a
lot.
I
think
that
doing
lots
of
listening
practice
is
one
of
the
secrets
of
becoming
a
good
language
learner.
Another
thing
that
I
found
very
difficult
was
English
grammar.
So
I
decided
to
take
lots
of
grammar
notes
in
every
class.
Then
I
started
to
write
my
own
original
sentences
using
the
grammar
I
was
learning.
It’s
amazing
how
much
this
helped.
Now
I
am
enjoying
learning
English
and
I
got
an
A
this
term.
My
teacher
is
very
impressed.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
At
first,
it
was
difficult
for
me
to
understand
what
the
teacher
said.
(
)
2.
I
found
learning
English
difficult
because
the
teacher’s
pronunciation
was
poor.
(
)
3.
Learning
English
grammar
was
easy
for
me.
(
)
4.
People
always
laughed
at
me
when
I
spoke
English
in
class.
(
)
5.
I
like
learning
English
very
much
now.
E
The
book
that
can’t
wait
One
problem
a
lot
of
people
have
with
books
is
that
they
buy
them
and
then
never
read
them.
1
It
printed
a
book
in
disappearing
ink:
the
text
of
the
book
disappears
two
months
after
the
special
package
(盒)
of
the
book
is
opened.
It
encourages
buyers
to
read
it
before
it
goes
away.
People
call
this
“the
book
that
can’t
wait”.
2
The
publisher
(出版社)
sold
out
all
the
first
edition
at
a
bookstore
in
one
day,
and
received
“thousands
of
requests
(请求)”
for
more
copies
of
the
book.
It
also
got
a
lot
of
media
coverage（媒体报道）.
As
a
result,
the
publisher
is
planning
to
publish
other
works
in
disappearing
ink
now.
3
But
here,
we
have
some
suggestions:
First,
the
book
should
start
disappearing
after
the
reader
opens
the
book
for
the
first
time.
If
the
books
become
very
popular
in
the
future,
readers
will
need
to
read
them
one
at
a
time.
4
Second,
the
disappeared
book
should
find
a
good
use.
5
It
would
be
a
more
environmentally
friendly
way
to
do
this.
根据短文内容，从方框中的选项中选出适当的选项补全短文。
A.
The book was a great success.B.
It’s wrong to throw the books away after reading them.C.
In some ways, the idea is pretty clever.D.
To work out this problem, a publisher got a brilliant idea.E.
Maybe we can use them as notebooks.F.
They
don’t
want
their
books
to
disappear
before
they
read
the
first
page.
TEST
3答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中叙述了一匹马去拜访上帝，要求上帝把它变得更美，上帝按照它的要求把它变出来了，结果像一头骆驼。通过这个故事，上帝告诉我们“不要试图得到比上帝给你的更多，如果你想得到的更多、更多，那结局不知道会怎么样。”
【答案解析】
1.B
细节理解题。根据“My
God!
…
I
want
to
be
beautiful.上帝，…，我想变得美丽”可知，马是想要自己更好看，故选B。
2.C
细节理解题。根据第三段中“you
can
make
my
neck
a
little
longer”和“you
can
make
my
legs
much
thinner”可知，马是想上帝把自己的脖子变得更长一些，腿变得更细一些。故选C。
3.A
词义猜测题。句意为“在马的地方出现了一匹骆驼”，由此可知，in
place
of意为“替代”，故选A。
4.D
推理判断题。根据“Oh,
no,
I
don’t
want
to
be
a
camel.”可推知，说明骆驼没有马漂亮，less…than…意为“不如……”，故选D。
5.B
主旨大意题。根据短文最后一句上帝的话可知“不要贪得无厌”。故选B。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了愤怒的小鸟主题公园——创建时间、地点以及受欢迎的程度和主题公园内的活动。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了怎样在学习、考试和日常生活中消除紧张的情绪或压力。
【答案解析】
1.C
细节理解题。根据短文第二句”如果你能放下一些事情，多做一些课外活动，你能感觉更好。”和第一段最后一句可知本题答案为C。
2.B
细节理解题。根据短文第四段前两句”消除压力的最好办法是要有一个平衡的生活。这意味着在如何花费你的时间要做出正确决定。”故答案为B。
3.A
细节理解题。”如果考试之前你感觉紧张你可以在课堂上做做深呼吸。”这句话是正确的。故选A。
4.C
词义猜测题。这是做深呼吸练习用到的两个动作，前面是用鼻子慢慢地吸进空气，那后面就要用嘴慢慢呼出。四个选项中breathe
out意为”呼出”，故选C。
5.
A
主旨大意题。整篇短文谈论的都是”如何消除压力”，故可以用A项作为本短文的标题。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了小作者去年学习英语时遇到的一些问题，首先是听不懂老师讲的内容，认为老师讲得太快；而且不敢回答问题，怕被嘲笑；英语语法很难。后来她通过看英语电影、多练习，上课记笔记提高了英语的水平。
【答案解析】
1.T
细节理解题。根据第二句First
of
all,
it
wasn’t
easy
for
me
to
understand
the
teacher
when
she
talked.可知起初作者听懂老师的话不容易。故本句是正确的。
2.
F
细节理解题。根据第三句To
begin
with,
she
spoke
too
quickly,
and
I
couldn’t
understand
every
word.可知因为老师语速快，他才听不懂，而不是老师发音糟糕，故本句是错误的。
3.
F
细节理解题。根据文章中Another
thing
that
I
found
very
difficult
was
English
grammar.
可知语法对作者来说困难，故本句是错误的。
4.
F
细节理解题。根据文章中的I
was
also
afraid
to
speak
in
class,
because
I
thought
my
classmates
might
laugh
at
me.可知是作者自己认为别人会嘲笑他，实际上并非如此，故本句是错误的。
5.
T
细节理解题。根据文章的倒数第二句Now
I
am
enjoying
learning
English
and
I
got
an
A
this
term.
现在作者很喜欢学习英语，故本句是正确的。
E
【语篇导读】
许多人买书来却不读。为了解决这个问题，出版社出版了一种“不能等”的书。在盛书的特制的盒子打开两个月后，书上的字迹就会消失。这种图书广受欢迎，第一版在一天之内就售罄。还有很多人请求再次出版。
【答案解析】
1.
D
承接上文的问题和下文的办法，可知选D项“出版社为解决这个问题，想到了一个好的主意。
2.A
下文的一天之内售罄说明这种图书取得了巨大的成功。和A项意义贯通。
3.C
通过下文but表达的转折句意说明上文持赞赏的态度，C项意义符合下文语境。
4.F
根据倒数第二段开始：首先，这本书（的内容）应该开始消失在读者打开书第一次之后。可知，本段最后一句应该是F。TEST
16
A
One
day
a
woman
came
out
of
her
house
and
saw
three
old
men
standing
in
her
front
yard.
She
invited
them
in
to
have
something
to
drink,
but
they
told
her
that
they
didn’t
go
into
a
house
together.
The
woman
felt
very
surprised
and
ask
why.
One
of
the
old
men
pointed
to
his
friends
and
explained,
“His
name
is
Success,”
he
said
and
pointed
to
the
other
friend,
“He
is
Love,
and
I
am
Wealth.”
He
asked
her
to
go
in
and
discuss
with
her
family
which
one
of
the
three
they
want
to
invite.
The
woman
went
in
and
told
her
husband
what
happened.
Her
husband
was
very
happy,
“Great!”
he
said,
“Let
us
invite
Wealth
to
come
in
and
we’ll
be
very
rich!”
His
wife
disagreed,
“My
dear,
why
don’t
we
invite
Success ”
Their
daughter
jumped
in
with
her
idea.
“It’s
better
to
invite
Love.
Our
home
will
then
be
filled
with
love.”
“God
idea!”
said
the
husband
to
his
wife.
“Go
out
and
invite
to
be
our
great.”
The
woman
went
out
and
invited
Love
in.
Love
started
walking
towards
the
house.
The
other
two
old
men
also
followed
him.
The
woman
asked
them
in
surprise,
“I
only
asked
Love.
Why
are
you
all
coming
in ”
The
old
man
answered
together.
“If
you
invited
Wealth
and
Success,
the
other
two
of
us
would
stay
outside,
but
since
you
invited
Love,
wherever
there
is
Love,
there
is
also
Wealth
and
Success!”
(
)
1.
What
were
the
three
old
men
doing
when
the
woman
came
out
A.
They’re
walking
towards
her
house.
B.
They’re
having
something
to
drink
C.
They’re
asking
something
to
eat
D.
They’re
standing
in
her
front
yard.
(
)
2.
______
introduced
his
other
two
friends
to
the
woman.
A.
Success
B.
Love
C.
Wealth
D.
Wealth’s
friend
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
probably
TRUE
A.
The
daughter
thought
love
was
the
most
important.
B.
There
was
no
love
in
the
family
C.
The
wife
loved
money
best
D.
The
husband
wanted
to
be
successful
(
)
4.
When
the
other
two
men
followed
Love
inside,
the
woman
felt
______.
A.
happy
B.
surprised
C.
nervous
D.
angry
(
)
5.
What
does
the
passage
mainly
tell
us
A.
The
more
successful
you
are,
the
nicer
you
will
become.
B.
You
can’t
get
everything
you
need
at
one
world.
C.
Love
is
the
most
important
thing
in
the
world.
D.
You
shouldn’t
ask
for
more
besides
love.
B
“Three
apples
have
changed
the
world.
One
is
for
Eve,
one
is
for
Newton.
The
third
is
in
the
hands
of
Steve
Jobs.”
said
someone.
Steve
Jobs
was
the
former
CEO
of
the
Apple
computer
company
which
was
set
up
in
his
parents’
garage
(车库)
on
April
Fool’s
Day,
1976.
Through
many
years’
hard
work,
Jobs
and
his
Apple
products
were
a
great
success.
People
believe
he
has
made
the
world
a
better
place.
Many
young
people
also
think
of
Apple
products
as
a
fashion
icon.
Because
of
his
great
achievements
in
this
area,
he
was
honoured
with
a
number
of
awards,
including
the
National
Medal
of
Technology
in
1985,
the
Times
cover
character
(封面人物)
and
the
Most
Successful
Manager
in
1997.
Jobs’
road
to
success
wasn’t
an
easy
one.
He
experienced
several
ups
and
downs,
but
he
was
still
standing.
Just
as
Hemingway
in
The
Old
Man
and
the
Sea
said,
“A
man
can
be
destroyed,
but
not
be
defeated
(打败).”
So
he
was
considered
as
an
American
hero.
What
did
Jobs’
workers
and
family
members
think
of
him
On
one
hand,
some
workers
described
him
as
a
strange,
bad-tempered
(坏脾气的)
boss.
They
said
he
was
impatient
with
those
who
disagreed
with
him
or
didn’t
understand
his
ideas.
On
the
other
hand,
his
family
members
thought
of
him
as
a
home-loving
dad
with
each
of
his
four
children.
He
worried
about
all
the
things
of
them,
such
as
their
boyfriends,
travel,
safety
and
even
skirt
length.
Though
he
was
quite
busy,
he
still
attended
his
daughter’s
graduation
party.
(
)
1.
Where
did
Steve
Jobs
set
up
the
Apple
computer
company
A.
In
his
own
house.
B.
In
his
friend’s
house.
C.
In
his
friend’s
garage.
D.
In
his
parents’
garage.
(
)
2.
What
do
you
think
of
Steve
Jobs
according
to
the
passage
A.
Home-loving
B.
Honest.
C.
Jealous.
D.
Humorous.
(
)
3.
What
award
did
Steve
Jobs
achieve
in
1985
A.
The
Most
Successful
Manager.
B.
The
Top
Richest
Man.
C.
The
National
Medal
of
Technology.
D.
The
Times
cover
character.
(
)
4.
Why
was
he
considered
as
an
American
hero
according
to
the
passage
A.
Because
he
developed
lots
of
Apple
Products.
B.
Because
he
set
up
the
Apple
computer
company.
C.
Because
he
devoted
himself
to
the
area
of
computer.
D.
Because
he
wasn’t
defeated
after
several
ups
and
downs.
(
)
5.
From
the
passage,
we
know
that
_______.
A.
Steve
Jobs
was
very
famous
only
in
the
USA
B.
Steve
Jobs
was
too
busy
to
care
about
his
children
C.
Steve
Jobs
changed
the
world
a
lot
with
his
Apple
products
D.
Steve
Jobs
never
got
into
any
trouble
on
his
way
to
success
C
Practicing
yoga
(瑜伽)
is
a
helpful,
popular
way
to
keep
fit.
It
has
many
followers
around
the
world.
There
are
many
kinds
of
yoga.
You
may
have
heard
of
“hot
yoga”
before.
Now,
in
India,
a
new
kind
of
yoga,
water
yoga,
is
becoming
more
and
more
popular
among
the
local
people.
In
the
city
of
Agra,
people
practice
yoga
in
water.
It
is
more
difficult
to
practice
yoga
in
water
than
on
land.
But
practicing
yoga
in
water
can
be
good
for
your
flexibility
(灵活性).
Harish
Chaturvedi,
a
lawyer,
teaches
people
water
yoga
for
free—even
the
poor
people
can
learn
from
him.
“Water
yoga
can
become
more
popular
than
other
kind
of
yoga,
because
the
body
does
not
get
tired
so
quickly,”
he
said.
“Everybody
can
learn
to
swim,
but
if
they
learn
yoga
at
the
same
time,
they
will
never
feel
tired.”
“The
level
of
Oxygen
(氧气)
is
very
high
in
water,
and
you
will
not
have
any
breathing
problem,”
he
added.
Harish
believes
that
water
yoga
really
helps
people
to
keep
away
from
illness.
He
mainly
trains
children.
He
has
classes
at
the
swimming
pool
of
a
local
sports
room
regularly.
Mary
children
are
interested
in
it
and
come
to
learn
from
him.
“Harish
is
very
good
at
performing
yoga
in
water.”
said
Sudhir
Narayan,
a
water
yoga
student.
“He
is
teaching
children
free
of
cost
and
that
is
a
very
good
thing.”
(
)
1.
What
is
Harish
Chaurvedi
A.
A
teacher
B.
A
lawyer
C.
A
doctor
D.
A
swimmer
(
)
2.
Why
is
water
yoga
more
popular
than
others
A.
Because
you
can
learn
to
swim
at
the
same
time.
B.
Because
you
don’t
get
tired
so
quickly.
C.
Because
it
can
keep
people
fat.
D.
Because
A
and
B.
(
)
3.
The
underlined
phrase
“for
free”
in
the
passage
means
“______”.
A.
快乐地
B.
自由地
C.
免费地
D.
规律地
(
)
4.
There
are
more
______
than
_____
in
Harish’s
yoga
class.
A.
children,
adults
B.
adults,
children
C.
women,
men
D.
olds,
adults
(
)
5.
What
can
be
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.
Ways
to
keep
fit.
B.
Water
yoga
in
India
C.
Hot
yoga
in
the
world
D.
Harish
Chaturvedi
and
his
classes.
D
Deep
down
in
the
sea,
Oliver,
a
little
octopus
(章鱼)
sat
on
the
floor
covered
with
sand,
bored
and
upset.
He
watched
pretty
fish
swimming
in
and
out
of
rocks,
which
were
laughing
and
dancing
in
the
sea.
“Why
am
I
so
different ”
he
said
to
himself
sadly.
“You
are
an
octopus,
Oliver.
That’s
special.”
The
sweet
voice
of
Cherub,
beautiful
purple
angelfish
(神仙鱼),
always
made
Oliver
feel
better.
Oliver
looked
up
at
the
purple
angelfish
and
smiled.
Cherub
suggested,
“Let’s
play
hide-and-seek
(捉迷藏).”
They
were
having
so
much
fun
that
they
didn’t
realize
they
had
swum
far
from
home.
Suddenly,
Cherub
saw
a
large
shark
(鲨鱼)
swimming
above
them.
“It
was
Big
White…
the
biggest,
scariest
shark
in
the
sea,”
she
shouted
to
Oliver.
Cherub
looked
at
Big
White
hopelessly.
And
idea
came
to
Oliver.
He
quickly
sprayed
(喷射)
a
very
dark
cloud
of
black
water
to
the
shark’s
eyes.
Then
Oliver
and
Cherub
escaped
and
got
home
safely.
“Are
you
OK ”
ask
Oliver.
Cherub
laughed
happily,
“That
was
the
most
interesting
trip
ever!
You
save
me
just
now,
Oliver.
I
am
lucky
to
have
you
as
my
friend!”
Oliver’s
face
turned
red.
“I
guess
being
different
can
be
pretty
cool
in
some
situations,”
Oliver
said.
“That
is
what
I
tried
to
tell
you,”
Cherub
smiled.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
In
the
beginning,
Oliver
laughed
when
he
say
pretty
fish
swimming
around
him.
(
)
2.
Oliver
and
Cherub
were
enjoying
themselves
when
Cherub
noticed
Big
White
swimming
above
them.
(
)
3.
Cherub
was
brave
and
clam
when
she
faced
the
unexpected
danger.
(
)
4.
Oliver’s
quick
mind
and
action
saved
Oliver
himself
and
Cherub.
(
)
5.
From
this
passage,
we
know
we
have
our
own
advantages
in
all
situations,
though
we
are
different.
E
What
will
our
world
be
like
in
2020
Maybe
no
one
knows.
Because
we
never
know
what
will
happen
in
the
future.
But
it’s
very
interesting
to
make
some
predictions.
Here
are
some
exciting
predictions.
Languages
English
should
still
be
the
most
popular
language,
but
Chinese
should
be
the
second.
Now,
many
foreign
people
are
studying
Chinese
A
their
second
language.
Water
①Water
will
become
as
expensive
as
oil
because
many
rivers
will
disappear.
We
will
have
to
save
water
and
pay
more
for
clean
water.
Education
and
Science
Students
won’t
go
to
school.
They
will
stay
at
home
and
study
online.
Students
from
all
over
the
world
may
study
together
B
the
Internet.
We
may
eat
more
genetically
(转基因)
modified
food.
And
more
robots
will
be
around
us.
②Lots
of
danger
housework
will
be
done
by
them.
Living
People
will
live
and
work
under
the
sea.
Perhaps
there
will
be
big
towns,
factories
and
farms
under
the
sea,
too.
Everyone
will
carry
a
pocket
computer.
③computer,
the,
answers,
will,
all,
the,
to,
their,
people,
problems,
give.
Everyone
will
have
telephones
in
the
pockets,
too,
and
they
will
be
able
to
talk
to
their
friends
all
over
the
world.
根据短文后所给的任务，完成1-5小题.
任务一:
请在文中A、B
两处的横线上填入适当的单词。
(每空一词)
1.
A.
_________
B.
_________
任务二:
请将文中①处句子译成汉语。
2.
________________________________________________________。
任务三:
请将文中②处划线句中的一个单词的错误用法找出，并改正在横线上。
3.
________________________________________________________
任务四:
请将文中③处的斜体单词连成句子。
4.
________________________________________________________.
任务五:
5.
The
passage
is
mainly
talking
about
_________.
A.
education
and
science
B.
the
school
life
C.
the
life
in
the
future
D.
the
most
popular
language
TEST
16答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中通过一家人对于“成功，爱以及财富”三者的不同态度，让考生在阅读后理解爱是人生中最重要的东西，爱能带来许多东西，比如成功和财富，如果没有了爱，很多东西就没有了意义。
【答案解析】
1.D
细节理解题。由短文第一句“…saw
three
old
men
standing
in
her
front
yard“…他们站在她的屋子前”。故选择D
2.
C
细节理解题。由第2段的He
is
love,
I
am
wealth.可知，是财富介绍的。因此答案选择C。
3.
A
推理判断题。由第5段It’s
better
to
invite
Love.
Our
home
will
then
be
filled
with
love.可知A正确。
4.
B
细节理解题。由倒数第二段中句子The
woman
asked
them
in
surprise可知，选B。
5.
C
主旨大意题。由于文章中说到有爱才有成功和财富，如果只注重另外两个中的，你就会丢掉其他珍贵的东西。因此选择C。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中介绍了三个苹果改变了世界。一个是夏娃,一个是牛顿，第三个是在乔布斯的手中。乔布斯的苹果电脑公司在1976年愚人节，他父母的车库里成立。通过多年的努力，乔布斯和他的苹果产品是一个巨大的成功。因为他在这方面成就巨大，他被授予许多奖项，包括1985年国家技术奖章,《纽约时报》封面人物，并在1997年成为最成功的经理。他被视为一个美国英雄。
【答案解析】
1.
D
细节理解题。由文章第二短的第一句话…the
Apple
computer
company
which
was
set
up
in
his
parents’
garage...
(史蒂夫·乔布斯的苹果电脑公司于1976年愚人节,他父母的车库里成立。)
可知选D。
2.
A
细节理解题。由文章倒数第三、四行On
the
other
hand,
his
family
members
thought
of
him
as
a
home-loving
dad
with
each
of
his
four
children.可知答案为A。
3.C
细节理解题。由文章第三段Because
of
his
great
achievements…,
including
the
National
Medal
of
Technology
in
1985,
...可知答案为C。
4.
D
细节理解题。由文章中第四段中的句子He
experienced
several
ups
and
downs,
but
he
was
still
standing.可知答案选D。
5.
C
主旨大意题。由文章第二段中People
believe
he
has
made
the
world
a
better
place.以及对文章的整体理解可知答案为C。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。介绍了一种新的瑜伽——水瑜伽。水瑜伽练起来比较难，但是它对人的灵活性更有益处；文中详细介绍了Harish
Chaturved所教的水瑜伽的情况。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一则寓言故事。小章鱼Oliver觉得自己与别人不同，感觉自己很无聊和烦恼。一只漂亮的神仙鱼Cherub告诉他“你是一只章鱼Oliver，这就是你的特别之处”。当他们在深海玩捉迷藏的游戏时，碰到了危险的大白鲨，小章鱼Oliver靠自己的智慧使他们两个成功脱险。
【答案解析】
1.F
细节理解题。由第一段中He
watched
pretty
fish
swimming
in
and
out
of
rocks,
which
were
laughing
and
dancing
in
the
sea.可知此句表述错误。
2.T
细节理解题。由第二段中They
were
having
so
much
fun
that
they
didn’t
realize
they
had
swum
far
from
home.
Suddenly,
Cherub
saw
a
large
shark
swimming
above
them.可知此句表述正确。
3.
F
细节理解题。由第二段中Cherub
looked
at
Big
White
hopelessly.
And
idea
came
to
Oliver.
He
quickly
sprayed
a
very
dark
cloud
of
black
water
to
the
shark’s
eyes.可知神仙鱼Cherub看到大白鲨后很绝望，章鱼Oliver想出了主意，并让他们两个成功脱险，故推知Oliver面对危险表现勇敢和平静而不是Cherub，故此句表述错误。
4.T
细节理解题。由第二段中And
idea
came
to
Oliver.
He
quickly
sprayed
a
very
dark
cloud
of
black
water
to
the
shark’s
eyes.
Then
Oliver
and
Cherub
escaped
and
got
home
safely.可知此句表述正确。
5.F
细节理解题。由第三段中I
guess
being
different
can
be
pretty
cool
in
some
situations我们知道在一些情况下每人都有自己的优点，而不是在所有情况下。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇是关于未来生活的设想的短文——文中设想了2020年时候的生活等情况。
【答案】
1.
as,
on
2.
许多河流将消失，水和石油会一样贵。
3.
danger改为dangerous.
4.
The
computer
will
give
people
the
answers
to
all
their
problems.
/
The
computer
will
give
people
all
the
answers
to
their
problems.
5.
C
主旨大意题。选项A
教育和科学；选项B学校生活；选项C未来生活；选项D最受欢迎的语言。本文是关于未来生活——2020年的想象的描述，所以选择答案C。TEST
2
A
One
day
a
lonely
girl
found
two
weak
birds
while
she
was
walking
in
the
woods.
She
took
them
home
and
put
them
in
a
small
cage.
She
fed
them
with
love
and
the
birds
grew
strong.
Every
morning
they
greeted
her
with
a
beautiful
song.
The
girl
loved
them
very
much
and
wanted
their
singing
to
last
forever.
One
day
the
girl
left
the
cage’s
door
open.
The
larger
and
stronger
of
the
two
birds
flew
out
of
the
cage.
The
girl
watched
worriedly
as
it
circled
high
above
her.
She
was
afraid
that
it
would
fly
away
and
she
would
never
see
it
again.
So
when
it
flew
close,
she
grasped
(抓)
at
it
wildly.
She
was
very
happy
that
she
held
it
tightly
within
her
hand!
Suddenly,
she
felt
something
had
happened
to
the
bird.
She
opened
her
hand
and
was
surprised
to
find
the
bird
was
dead.
Her
love
for
the
bird
killed
it.
She
noticed
the
other
bird
jumping
in
the
cage.
She
could
feel
that
it
wanted
to
be
free.
It
hoped
to
fly
into
the
clear,
blue
sky.
She
lifted
it
from
the
cage
and
flew
it
into
the
air.
The
bird
circled
once,
twice,
three
times…
When
the
bird
was
flying
happily
in
the
sky,
she
was
so
glad.
Just
then
the
bird
flew
closer
and
sat
softly
on
her
shoulder.
It
sang
the
sweetest
song
she
had
ever
heard.
The
fastest
way
to
lose
love
is
to
hold
it
tight;
the
best
way
to
keep
love
is
to
let
it
fly!
(
)
1.
The
girl
loved
the
two
birds
very
much
because
_____.
A.
they
greeted
her
every
morning
B.
they
were
hungry
but
very
strong
C.
they
liked
staying
in
the
cage
quietly
D.
they
didn’t
eat
much
food
(
)
2.
One
day
the
girl
forgot
to
close
the
door
to
the
cage
and
______
of
the
two
birds
flew
out
of
the
cage.
A.
the
sick
B.
the
female
C.
the
larger
and
stronger
D.
the
white
and
blue
(
)
3.
The
girl
held
the
bird
tightly
in
her
hand
because
she
was
afraid
that
______.
A.
it
would
be
killed
B.
it
was
feeling
cold
C.
the
other
bird
felt
lonely
D.
it
would
fly
away
(
)
4.
The
girl
felt
that
the
other
bird
______
when
it
was
jumping
in
the
cage.
A.
wanted
to
see
what
happened
B.
wanted
to
be
free
C.
wanted
to
sing
a
beautiful
song
again
D.
wanted
to
eat
something
(
)
5.
What
does
the
story
want
to
tell
us
A.
We
should
protect
the
endangered
birds.
B.
The
cage
is
used
to
keep
birds.
C.
The
birds
are
easily
killed.
D.
To
keep
love
is
to
let
it
fly.
B
Here’s
something
people
don’t
often
think
about:
Helping
helps
even
when
there’s
not
a
problem.
Getting
in
the
habit
of
giving
and
receiving
help
builds
good
relationships.
It
makes
us
feel
more
care.
It
stops
stress
from
building
because
we
know
someone
else
is
thinking
about
us.
And
if
there
is
a
problem,
we’re
sharing
it
before
it
gets
too
big.
It
just
feels
great
to
help.
Try
these
small
practices
at
home
and
see
how
they
make
you
feel:
＊Help
your
little
brother
or
sister
with
a
homework
problem.
＊Help
your
dad
prepare
dinner.
＊Help
your
mom
carry
living
goods.
＊Offer
to
do
a
chore
that’s
not
usually
yours
“just
because.”
There’s
more
to
it
than
just
feeling
good:
Kindness
is
contagious.
It
can
create
more
kindness.
So
you
might
start
to
notice
your
family
(or
friends)
reaching
out
to
help
more.
Just
don’t
fall
into
the
trap
(陷阱)
of
expectation
(期待).
If
we
help
out
only
because
we
expect
the
other
person
to
do
something
in
return,
we
will
probably
end
up
feeling
disappointed
and
angry
instead
of
happy
and
fulfilled.
So
decide
to
help
simply
because
of
the
positive
feelings
it
creates.
Then,
when
someone
else
does
something
nice
for
you
(and
it
will
happen!),
it’s
a
wonderful
surprise.
Giving
and
receiving
is
one
of
the
most
basic
friendship
skills.
With
a
good
network
of
supportive
people,
we
are
less
stressed.
We
feel
loved
and
understood,
so
we’re
better
able
to
solve
problems,
bounce
back
from
disappointments,
and
try
again.
(
)
1.
How
do
you
feel
if
you
are
getting
in
the
habit
of
giving
and
receiving
help
A.
Think
of
more
care.
B.
Feel
stress
from
building.
C.
Feel
more
care.
D.
Fall
into
the
trap.
(
)
2.
How
to
build
nice
relationships
according
to
the
passage
A.
Help
your
dad
prepare
dinner.
B.
Get
in
the
habit
of
giving
and
receiving
help.
C.
Stops
stress
from
building.
D.
End
up
feeling
angry
instead
of
happy.
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
not
true
A.
We
help
out
only
because
we
expect
the
other
person
in
return.
B.
It’s
one
of
the
most
basic
friendship
skills
to
give
and
receive.
C.
It
just
makes
us
feel
great
to
help
others.
D.
It’s
helpful
to
help
even
when
there’s
not
a
problem.
(
)
4.
What
does
the
underlined
word
“contagious”
mean
in
the
passage
A.
会感染的
B.
会疏导的
C.会蔓延的
D.
会熏陶的
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
best
title
of
this
passage
A.
Making
Help
a
Habit
B.
Help
Mom
Carry
Goods.
C.
Help
Others
With
Homework.
D.
Love
and
Understand
C
A
little
stream
ran
down
from
a
high
mountain
far,
far
away
through
many
villages
and
forests,
until
it
reached
desert.
The
stream
then
thought,
“I’ve
been
through
countless
difficulties.
I
should
have
no
problem
crossing
this
desert!”
But
as
she
started
her
journey,
she
found
herself
slowly
disappearing
into
the
sand.
After
many
tries,
she
still
failed
and
was
very
unhappy.
“Maybe
I
can’t
reach
the
ocean
in
the
end,”
she
said
sadly
to
herself.
At
this
time,
a
deep
voice
came,
“If
a
breeze
(微风)
can
cross
the
desert,
so
can
a
river.”
It
was
the
voice
of
the
desert.
But
the
little
stream
replied,
“That’s
because
a
breeze
can
fly,
but
I
cannot.”
That’s
because
you
can’t
give
up
what
you
are.
If
you
like
to
do
it,
and
let
yourself
evaporate
(蒸发)
into
the
breeze,
it
can
take
you
across,
and
you
can
reach
the
ocean,”
said
the
desert.
“Give
up
what
I
am
now
and
disappear
into
the
breeze
No!
No!”
The
little
stream
could
not
accept
this
idea.
After
all,
she
had
never
experienced
anything
like
it
before.
“The
breeze
can
carry
the
vapor
(水蒸气)
across
the
desert
and
let
it
leave
as
rain.
The
rain
will
form,
a
river
again
to
continue
its
course.”
explained
the
desert
very
patiently.
“And
whether
you’re
a
river
or
vapor,
your
nature
never
changes,”
continued
the
desert.
Hearing
this,
the
little
stream
rushed
into
the
open
arms
of
the
breeze,
which
carried
her
to
the
next
stage
of
her
life.
The
course
of
our
lives
is
like
the
experience
of
the
little
stream.
If
you
want
to
overcome
(克服)
the
difficulties
in
your
life
to
head
for
the
success,
you
should
also
change
the
way
you
used
to
be.
(
)
1.
Before
the
stream
reached
the
desert,
she
didn’t
_______.
A.
believe
in
herself
B.
meet
any
difficulties
C.
want
to
cross
the
desert
D.
worry
about
the
journey
to
the
ocean
(
)
2.
The
underlined
word
“it”
in
Paragraph
3
refers
to
(指的是)
_______.
A.
stream
B.
breeze
C.
vapor
D.
desert
(
)
3.
The
last
paragraph
mainly
tells
us
_______.
A.
our
lives
are
as
easy
as
the
little
stream’s
B.
it
is
difficult
for
us
to
succeed
C.
we
must
keep
the
way
we
used
to
be
D.
we
should
change
the
way
we
used
to
be
to
succeed
sometimes
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.
If
a
breeze
can
cross
the
desert,
so
you
can.
B.
After
many
tries,
she
didn’t
succeed
and
was
very
unhappy.
C.
Whether
you’re
a
river
or
vapor,
you
change
your
nature.
D.
That’s
because
I
can’t
fly,
but
a
breeze
can.
(
)
5.
From
the
passage
we
know
that
the
stream
_______
in
the
end.
A.
cross
the
desert
B.
stopped
her
journey
C.
failed
to
reach
the
ocean
D.
disappeared
in
the
air
D
Carrots
(胡萝卜)
are
grown
on
farms
and
in
small
family
gardens
all
over
the
world
.
They
are
easy
to
plant
and
easy
to
harvest
(收获).
They
have
a
good
taste.
When
people
think
about
carrots,
a
picture
of
a
long,
thin,
orange-colored
vegetable
usually
comes
into
their
minds.
But
carrots
come
in
many
different
sizes
and
shapes.
And
not
all
carrots
are
orange.
Carrots
should
be
grown
in
sandy
soil
that
does
not
hold
water
for
a
long
time.
The
earth
also
should
not
be
too
hard.
To
prepare
your
carrot
garden
,dig
up
the
earth
and
turn
it
over
(翻土).
Weather,
soil,
condition
and
time
affect
(影响)
the
taste
of
carrots.
Warm
days
and
cool
nights
are
the
best
time
to
grow
great
delicious
carrots.
The
best
way
to
decide
if
a
carrot
is
ready
to
be
harvested
is
by
its
color.
Usually,
the
brighter
the
color
is,
the
better
the
taste
is.
Most
people
do
not
know
that
carrots
can
be
grown
during
the
winter
months.
If
the
winter
is
not
cold
enough
to
freeze
the
ground,
you
can
grow
and
harvest
carrots
the
same
way
as
you
do
during
the
summer
months.
Carrots
are
prepared
and
eaten
in
many
different
ways.
They
are
cut
into
thin
pieces
and
cooked
with
other
vegetables
or
meat.
Or,
they
are
washed,
and
eaten
just
as
they
come
out
of
the
ground.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Carrots
are
easy
to
plant
but
hard
to
harvest
(
)
2.
Carrots
should
be
grown
in
a
field
without
water
for
a
long
time.
(
)
3.
The
best
way
to
decide
if
a
carrot
is
ready
to
be
harvested
is
by
its
size.
(
)
4.
Everyone
knows
that
carrots
can
be
grown
during
the
winter
months.
(
)
5.
We
can
prepare
and
eat
carrots
in
many
different
ways.
E
阅读短文，根据要求完成下面各小题。
A
young
man
went
to
visit
a
wise
man
who
lived
deep
in
the
mountain.
He
wanted
to
ask
for
wisdom
(智慧)
of
life.
“Excuse
me!
Could
you
tell
me
what
is
the
most
important
day
in
our
lives
Is
it
the
day
we
were
born
or
the
day
we
die
Is
it
the
day
we
fall
in
love
or
the
day
we
are
successful ”
the
young
man
asked.
“None.
The
most
important
day
in
our
lives
is
today.”
the
wise
man
replied
calmly.
“Why ”
the
young
man
was
very
surprised.
“Is
it
because
there
is
some
unusual
event
taking
place
today ”
“No.
Nothing
has
happened
today.”
“So
is
it
because
of
my
visit ”
“Even
if
nobody
visited
me
today,
today
is
still
very
important,
because
today
is
the
only
wealth
(财富)
we
have.
No
matter
how
important
yesterday
is,
it
has
gone
by;
3
no
matter
how
wonder
tomorrow
may
be,
it
hasn’t
come;
no
matter
how
ordinary
and
boring
today
is,
it
is
in
our
hands.”
The
young
man
still
wanted
to
ask
something,
but
the
wise
man
stopped
him
and
said,
“When
we
are
talking
about
the
importance
of
today,
we
have
wasted
a
lot
of
it.
That
is
to
say,
part
of
‘today’
has
passed.”
Having
understood
this,
the
young
man
nodded
and
then
went
down
the
mountain.
4
Actually
today
is
the
only
wealth
and
chance
we
have.
Therefore,
what
we
should
do
now
is
to
forget
yesterday
and
tomorrow
and
catch
hold
of
today!
（一）根据短文内容简要回答问题。
1.
Why
did
the
young
man
want
to
visit
the
wise
man
___________________________________________
2.
Did
the
young
man
get
the
answer
to
his
question
___________________________________________
（二）将短文中划线的句子译成汉语。
3.
4.
（三）给短文拟一个适当的标题。
5.
自评结果
建议用时：40
分钟
实际用时____分钟
正确率：_____/20
Test
2答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。通过讲述一个女孩把两只鸟放在笼子里喂养，后来不小心把其中的一只鸟抓死的故事，告诉人们抓紧爱会很快失去爱，放飞爱才会保持爱的道理。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。由第一段中句子“Every
morning
they
greeted
her
with
a
beautiful
song.”可知答案为A。
2.
C
细节理解题。由第二段中第二句
“The
larger
and
stronger
of
the
two
birds
flew
out
of
the
cage.”可知答案。
3.
D
细节理解题。由第二段中句子“She
was
afraid
that
it
would
fly
away
and
she
would
never
see
it
again.”可知答案为D
.
4.
B
细节理解题。由第三段中第二句从此句“She
could
feel
that
it
wanted
to
be
free.
It
hoped
to
fly
into
the
clear,
blue
sky.”可以得出答案为B。
5.
D
主旨大意题。从短文最后一句“the
best
way
to
keep
love
is
to
let
it
fly!”得出答案。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中介绍了怎样养成帮助别人的习惯。提供帮助是一种基本友好技能，它能使被帮者和助人者心情愉悦。同时指出，不要陷入提供帮助期待回报的陷阱。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。通过一条小溪通过沙漠的故事讲述了一个人生哲理。人的一生会遇到很多困难，如果改变一下过去的思路就会有新的出路。
【答案解析】
1.D
细节理解题。通过阅读第一段中的”I’ve
been
through
countless
difficulties.
I
should
have
no
problem
crossing
this
desert!”可知，小溪不担心她的旅程，所以选择答案D。
2.B
词义猜测题。由上文的”let
yourself
evaporate
into
the
breeze”，可知：it代替的是breeze，故选择答案B。
3.D
主旨大意题。根据文章讲述的小溪通过沙漠的故事可知，有时如果我们改变一下过去的思路就会有新的成功之路。故选D。
4.C
推理判断题。四个选项中A、B、D分别是文中句子“If
a
breeze
can
cross
the
desert,
so
can
a
river.”；“After
many
tries,
she
still
failed
and
was
very
unhappy.”；“That’s
because
a
breeze
can
fly,
but
I
cannot.”的同义句。C项中水和水蒸气的本质是一样的，所以后面的“你改变了本质”是错误的。故选C。
5.A
细节理解题。根据文章的倒数第二段可知，小溪最后通过自己的改变通过了沙漠，故选A。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇关于胡萝卜种植、生长情况以及人类食用方面的说明文。
【答案解析】
1.F
细节理解题。由第一段第二行“They
are
easy
to
plant
and
easy
to
harvest
.”得知：胡萝卜很容易种植也很容易收获。与题目意思不符，所以选填
F。
2.T
细节理解题。由第三段第一行“Carrots
should
be
grown
in
sandy
soil
that
does
not
hold
water
for
a
long
time
”得知：胡萝卜应该在没有水的沙地里种很长时间。与题目意思相符，所以选填
T
。
3.F
细节理解题。由第五段第一行“The
best
way
to
decide
if
a
carrot
is
ready
to
be
harvested
is
by
its
color
”得知：最好的判断胡萝卜是否到了收获季节是看它的颜色。与题目意思看它的尺寸大小不符，所以选填
F。
4.F
细节理解题。由第六段第一行“Most
people
do
not
know
that
carrots
can
be
grown
during
the
winter
months.”
得知：大多数人不知道胡萝卜在冬季几个月里也能生长种植，与题目意思大多数人知道不符，所以选填
F。
5.T
细节理解题。由第六段第一行“Carrots
are
prepared
and
eaten
in
many
different
ways.
”得知：胡萝卜被以很多种方式准备和食用。与题目意思相符，所以选填
T
。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中叙述了一位年轻人去深山里拜访一位智者。他询问智者“我们生活中最重要的一天是哪天？”智者说，既不是出生的一天，也不是死去的那天，既不是昨天，也不是明天。而是今天，因此，我们要忘记昨天，把握今天，走向明天!
1.
Because
he
wanted
to
ask
for
the
wisdom
of
life./
Because
he
wanted
to
know
what
is
the
most
important
day
in
our
lives.
2.
Yes,
he
did.
3.
论明天多么精彩/美好/辉煌，它还没有到来。
4.
事实上，今天是我们所拥有的唯一财富和机会。
5.
The
most
important
day
in
our
lives.
/
The
most
important
day
in
our
lives
is
today.
/Today
is
the
most
important
day.
/
The
most
important
day
is
today.TEST
5
A
Mike
was
kind
of
guy
you
love
to
hate.
He
was
always
happy
and
always
had
something
interesting
to
say.
If
someone
asked
him
how
he
was
doing,
he
would
reply,
“Couldn’t
be
better!”
He
was
really
a
care-free
young
man
and
never
felt
tired.
Mike
used
to
say,
“Each
morning
I
wake
up
and
say
to
myself,
‘Mike,
you
have
two
choices
(选择)
today.
You
can
choose
to
be
happy
or
you
can
choose
to
be
upset.’
I
choose
to
be
happy.
Each
time
something
happens,
I
am
always
ready
to
learn
a
good
lesson.
I
choose
to
learn
from
life.”
I
tried
to
understand
what
he
said.
Indeed
life
is
all
about
choices.
Every
situation
is
a
choice.
The
bottom
line
is:
You’re
living
your
life
and
you
make
it
either
happy
or
sad.
Several
years
later
I
had
a
car
accident
and
my
legs
were
seriously
injured.
When
I
was
lying
on
the
ground,
I
remembered
that
I
had
two
choices:
I
could
choose
to
live
or
choose
to
die.
I
chose
to
live.
People
like
to
say,
“Choose
the
one
you
live
and
love
the
one
you
choose.”
Why
not
choose
the
one
we
love
and
live
happily
(
)
1.
What
kind
of
man
was
Mike
A.
A
happy
young
man
B.
A
hard-working
man
C.
An
ugly
bad
boy
D.
A
kind
young
man.
(
)
2.
What
does
“Couldn’t
be
better!”
mean
A.
It’s
bad.
B.
It’s
very
good.
C.
It
isn’t
bad.
D.
It
isn’t
very
good.
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.
Mike
tried
to
be
happy
every
day.
B.
Mike
chose
to
learn
from
life
C.
The
writer
learned
from
Mike.
D.
The
writer
was
unhappy
every
day.
(
)
4.
When
the
writer
got
hurt
in
a
car
accident,
______.
A.
he
loved
the
one
people
chose
B.
people
loved
the
one
he
chose
C.
he
chose
to
live
D.
he
chose
to
die
(
)
5.
Which
can
be
the
best
title
for
the
passage
A.
Life
Is
Difficult
B.
Life
Is
Different
C.
Life
Is
Colorful
D.
Life
Is
Full
of
Choices
B
It
is
easy
for
us
to
tell
our
friends
from
our
enemies.
But
can
other
animals
do
the
same
Elephants
can!
They
can
use
their
eyes
and
noses
to
tell
the
difference
between
dangerous
people
and
friendly
people.
In
Kenya,
scientists
found
that
elephants
knew
the
different
clothes
of
Maasai
and
Kamba
people.
Maasai
men
often
kill
animals
for
food,
so
they
are
dangerous
to
elephants.
Kamba
men
are
farmers
and
not
a
danger
to
elephants
Last
year,
some
animal
scientists
did
an
experiment.
They
found
that
elephants
reacted
(反应)
differently
to
smell
and
color
First,
elephants
were
shown
clothes
of
either
a
Maasai
or
a
Kamba
man.
When
the
elephants
smelt
the
clothes
worn
by
a
Maasai
man,
they
moved
away
fast.
When
they
smelt
the
clothes
worn
by
Kamba
men,
they
relaxed.
Then,
the
same
elephants
were
shown
red
clothes.
They
got
angry,
because
red
is
often
worn
by
Maasai
men.
Instead
of
running
away,
the
elephants
rushed
angrily
to
the
red
clothes.
Why
If
an
elephant
smells
a
danger,
he
thinks
that
the
danger
is
close
and
the
best
thing
to
do
is
to
run
away
and
hide.
If
he
sees
a
danger,
he
thinks
the
risk
(危险性)
is
low.
So
the
elephant
seems
a
little
braver
and
ready
to
fight
(
)
1.
The
writer
wrote
the
passage
in
order
to
tell
us
that
elephants
are
_____.
A.
friendly
B.
clever
C.
dangerous
D.
naughty
(
)
2.
Elephants
think
Kamba
men
are
safe
because
they
_____
A.
like
the
smell
of
Kamba
men
be
B.
know
Kamba
men
don’t
kill
animals
C.
often
get
some
food
from
Kamba
men
D.
like
the
color
of
Kamba
men’s
clothes
(
)
3.
When
he
finds
himself
in
danger,
an
elephant
_____.
A.
has
no
idea
what
to
do
B
will
rush
to
the
enemy
at
once
C.
doesn’t
always
run
away
D.
often
keeps
quiet
and
relaxed
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
most
dangerous
sign
for
elephants
A
The
color
of
Kamba
men’s
clothes.
B.
The
smell
of
Kamba
men’s
clothes.
C.
The
red
clothes
not
worn
before.
D.
The
smell
of
Maasai
men’s
clothes.
(
)
5.
In
which
magazine
will
the
passage
be
found
most
probably
A.
Business
Weekly
B.
Next
Week
C.
Fashion
D.
Nature
C
A
passenger
told
an
air
hostess
(空姐)
that
he
needed
a
cup
of
water
when
the
plane
just
took
off.
She
told
him
that
she
would
bring
him
the
water
soon.
Twenty
minutes
later,
when
the
passenger’s
ring
for
service
sounded,
the
air
hostess
realized
it
at
once.
She
was
kept
so
busy
that
she
forgot
to
bring
him
the
water.
Therefore,
the
passenger
was
held
up
to
take
his
medicine.
She
hurried
over
to
him
with
a
cup
of
water,
but
he
refused
it.
In
the
following
hours
on
the
flight,
each
time
the
air
hostess
passed
the
passenger,
she
would
ask
him
with
a
smile
whether
he
needed
help
or
not.
But
the
passenger
never
paid
attention
to
her
words.
When
he
was
going
to
get
off
the
plane,
the
passenger
asked
the
air
hostess
to
hand
him
the
passengers’
booklet
(意见簿).
She
was
very
sad.
She
knew
that
he
would
write
down
sharp
(苛刻的)
words.
But
with
a
smile
she
handed
it
to
him.
Off
the
plane,
she
opened
the
booklet,
and
let
out
a
smile,
for
the
passenger
put
it:
On
the
flight,
you
asked
me
if
I
needed
help
for
twelve
times
in
all.
How
can
I
refuse
your
twelve
sincere
smiles
That’s
right!
It
was
the
twelve
smiles
of
the
air
hostess
that
moved
the
passenger.
(
)
1.
Why
did
the
passenger
need
a
cup
of
water
A.
He
was
thirsty.
B.
He
would
take
medicine.
C.
The
air
hostess
was
beautiful.
D.
He
wanted
to
make
trouble.
(
)
2.
What
does
the
underlined
phrase
“held
up”
mean
“______”.
A.
支撑
B.
举行
C.
推迟
D.
发生
(
)
3.
Why
did
the
passenger
refuse
the
water
later
A.
He
was
angry.
B.
He
didn’t
mind.
C.
He
was
well
now.
D.
He
wasn’t
thirsty
at
all.
(
)
4.
What
would
happen
to
the
air
hostess
if
the
passenger
wrote
down
sharp
words
A.
She
would
be
thankful.
B.
She
would
be
sad.
C.
She
would
be
happy.
D.
She
would
lose
her
job.
(
)
5.
What
can
we
say
about
the
twelve
smiles
of
the
air
hostess
A.
She
was
silly.
B.
She
was
proud.
C.
She
was
sharp.
D.
She
was
a
good
air
hostess.
D
In
Japan,
the
latest
time-saving
invention
is
a
dog-washing
machine.
Dog
owners
can
buy
one
for
their
dogs.
They
can
save
time
by
putting
their
dogs
in
the
machine
and
then
33
minutes
later,
a
clean,
fresh-smelling
dog
comes
out.
The
washing
includes
a
shampoo
(洗发),
rinse
(冲洗)
and
blow-dry.
Sales
of
the
dog-washer
are
increasing.
The
machines
save
a
lot
of
money
for
pet
owners.
However,
it’s
bad
news
for
pet
hospitals
because
they
are
losing
many
customers.
The
washing
machine
is
very
safe.
Tests
showed
that
dogs
enjoyed
the
wash
and
were
very
happy
when
the
blow-dryer
started
working.
The
makers
of
the
machine
say
it’s
very
safe
and
does
not
harm
dogs
in
any
way.
One
dog-owner,
Michiko
Kobayashi,
loves
her
new
machine.
She
said
her
dog
was
happy,
too.
Michiko
explained
to
the
reporters,
“Before
I
bought
my
washer,
I
only
took
my
dog
to
the
pet
hospital
a
few
times
a
year.
Now,
I
wash
her
every
week
and
she
looks
great,
I
also
save
a
lot
of
money.”
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
The
dog-washer
is
used
to
clean
dogs.
(
)
2.
The
invention
is
good
news
for
pet
hospitals.
(
)
3.
Tests
showed
dogs
enjoyed
blow-dry
very
much.
(
)
4.
Neither
Michiko
nor
her
pet
dog
likes
the
new
machine.
(
)
5.
The
dog-washer
can
help
dog
owners
save
time
and
money.
E
Losing
Weight
Plenty
of
kids
said
they
have
tried
to
lose
weight.
Of
those
who
had,
here’s
how
they
said
they
tried
to
do
it:
·went
on
a
diet
—
17%
·ate
healthy
and
exercised
—
64%
·ate
out
less
—
14%
·took
medicine
—
5%
Eating
healthy
and
exercising
are
usually
the
best
ways
to
lose
weight,
and
73%
of
the
kids
knew
that.
If
kids
are
worried
about
weight,
experts
suggest
they
think
about
where
they
should
go
for
answers.
It’s
the
best
way
for
overweight
kids
to
choose
talking
to
a
nurse
or
doctor.
Here
are
the
other
ways
kids
said
they
could
learn
more
about
getting
to
a
healthy
weight:
·from
lessons
at
school
—
8%
·from
demonstrations
on
healthy
cooking
—
16%
·from
a
parent
or
family
member
—
15%
·by
joining
a
group,
club,
or
team
that
teaches
about
physical
activity
—
27%
It’s
great
that
kids
are
thinking
about
weight
problems
and
the
best
way
to
solve
them.
It’s
like
putting
together
a
difficult
puzzle.
Understanding
that
there’s
a
problem
is
one
piece.
Understanding
what
causes
kids
to
be
overweight
is
another.
And
knowing
that
eating
healthy
and
exercising
are
the
best
ways
to
fix
the
problem
is
a
very
important
piece.
阅读下面短文，根据短文内容回答问题。
1.
How
do
most
of
kids
try
to
lose
weight
______________________________________________________________
2.
What
is
the
best
ways
to
lose
weight
______________________________________________________________
3.
How
many
kids
know
the
best
ways
to
lose
weight
______________________________________________________________
4.
Where
do
the
experts
suggest
going
for
answers
if
kids
are
worried
about
weight
______________________________________________________________
5.
How
do
you
think
that
kids
are
thinking
about
weight
problems
and
solve
them
______________________________________________________________
Test
5答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文章通过一个年青乐观迈克的事例和自已所经历的一些事件，说明生活中充满了选择，我们要选择我们所喜欢的东西并幸福地生活。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。根据第一节中He
was
always
happy…
He
was
really
a
care-free
young
man.可知本题答案为A。
2.
B
词义猜测题。根据后句意思“他是一个无忧无虑的年轻人而且从不感觉疲劳”可以推知，Couldn’t
be
better.意为“不可能更好了”。
3.
D
推理判断题。根据第二节迈克通常说，每天有两种选择：选择快乐还是选择苦恼，他选择快乐。可知A是真实的；根据第二节最后一句“I
choose
to
learn
from
life.”可知B是真实的；根据第三节内容和第一句I
tried
to
understand
what
he
said.可知作者是向迈克学习的。所以C也是真实的。排除了A、B和C，可知本题答案为D。
4.
C
细节理解题。根据第四节最后一句I
chose
to
live.可知答案为C。
5.
D
主旨大意题。根据短文大意和主题句Why
not
choose
the
one
we
love
and
live
happily 可知答案为D。
B
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了一位空姐忘记给乘客倒水的故事，结果是她的不断微笑赢得了乘客的谅解，最后，在她害怕乘客提意见时，没想到的是乘客却给她写的很好，由此，给与我们提示的是：不懈的努力，终会给我们换来成功。
【答案解析】
1.B
细节理解题。通过阅读第二段the
passenger
was
held
up
to
take
his
medicine.“顾客推迟了吃药”，可见这里是要水吃药。故选B。
2.C
词义猜测题。结合上下文，前面说到“顾客要水”，后面说到“拒绝要水”，这里是“推迟吃药最合理”，所以选择答案C。
3.A
推理判断题。根据第三段最后一句“But
the
passenger
never
paid
attention
to
her
words.”可知，是顾客生气了。故选A。
4.D
推理判断题。短文中提到乘客要意见薄的时候，那位空姐很伤心，但她还是面带微笑递给了乘客，所以空姐伤心不是乘客将要写下苛刻的话造成的，故选项B错误。空姐为自己的失误感到抱歉，所以在飞行过程中始终保持微笑，最终乘客被空姐的12次微笑所打动，而当乘客要意见薄的时候，空姐很伤心，由此我们判断一旦乘客写下刻薄的话，空姐将面临的是失业。所以选择答案D。
5.D
推理判断题。文章讲的是空姐忘记给客人倒水，通过短文结尾的It
was
the
twelve
smiles
of
the
air
hostess
that
moved
the
passenger“是空姐的12次微笑打动了乘客”，不难看出这位空姐还是蛮不错的，而不是尖刻的、傻的或骄傲的。故选择D。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中介绍了一种给狗狗洗澡的机器，非常有趣。
【答案解析】
1.T
细节理解题。根据第一段中They
can
save
time
by
putting
their
dogs
in
the
machine
and
then
33
minutes
later,
a
clean,
fresh-smelling
dog
comes
out可知本句正确。
2.F
细节理解题。根据第二段中it's
bad
news
for
pet
hospitals
because
they
are
losing
many
customers.可知本句错误。
3.T
细节理解题。根据第三段中Tests
showed
that
dogs
enjoyed
the
wash
and
were
very
happy
when
the
blow-dryer
started
working.可知本句正确。
4.F
细节理解题。根据第四段中One
dog-owner,
Michiko
Kobayashi,
loves
her
new
machine.
She
said
her
dog
was
happy,
too.可知本句错误。
5.T
细节理解题。根据第一段中They
can
save
time
by
putting
their
dogs
in
the
machine
and
then
33
minutes
later；根据第二段中The
machines
save
a
lot
of
money
for
pet
owners.可知本句正确。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中说明了目前很多孩子在试图减肥并介绍了他们的具体做法。文章提出了最好的减肥方法是：健康饮食和经常锻炼。
【答案】
1.
They
tried
to
go
on
a
diet,
eat
healthy
and
exercise,
eat
out
less,
take
medicine.
2.
Eating
healthy
and
exercising.
3.
73%
of
the
kids.
4.
Hospitals.
5.
It’s
great./
That’s
good./
It’s
very
nice.TEST
27
建议用时：45分钟
总分：50分
得分:______
A
A
little
boy
was
playing
in
his
sandbox
on
Saturday
morning.
While
he
was
building
roads
and
houses
in
the
soft
sand,
he
discovered
a
large
stone
in
the
middle
of
the
sandbox.
The
little
boy
pushed
and
pulled,
but
every
time
he
thought
he
had
made
some
progress,
the
stone
tipped
(倾斜)
and
then
fell
back
into
the
sandbox.
The
little
boy
tried
his
best,
but
his
only
reward
(回报)
was
to
have
the
stone
roll
back.
Finally
the
little
boy
cried.
All
that
time
the
boy’s
father
watched
from
his
living
room
window.
At
the
moment
the
tears
fell,
his
grandfather
came
to
the
boy
and
sandbox.
Gently
but
surely
he
said,
“Son,
why
didn’t
you
use
all
the
strength
that
you
had ”
the
boy
said
sadly,
“But
I
did,
Daddy,
I
did!
I
used
all
the
strength
that
I
had!”
“No,
son,”
corrected
the
father
kindly.
“You
didn’t
use
all
the
strength
you
had.
You
didn’t
ask
me.”
With
that,
the
father
reached
down,
picked
up
the
stone
and
removed
it
from
the
sandbox.
Do
you
have
“stones”
in
your
life
that
need
to
be
removed
Are
you
discovering
that
you
are
too
weak
to
lift
them
There
is
ONE
who
is
always
ready
to
give
us
the
strength
we
need.
Isn’t
it
funny
how
we
try
so
hard
to
do
things
on
our
own
(
)
1.
The
first
paragraph
mainly
tells
us
______.
A.
it
was
Saturday
that
day
B.
the
boy
had
a
sandbox
C.
the
boy
created
roads
and
houses
D.
the
boy
found
a
large
stone
in
the
sandbox
(
)
2.
Why
did
the
boy
cry
A.
It
was
too
boring
for
him
to
play
with
the
stone.
B.
His
father
just
watched
him
from
the
window.
C.
He
was
too
weak
to
remove
the
stone
by
himself.
D.
His
fingers
were
hurt
when
he
tried
to
remove
the
stone.
(
)
3.
Who
removed
the
stone
A.
The
little
boy.
B.
The
boy’s
father.
C.
Both
the
boy
and
the
father.
D.
Someone
who
passed
by.
(
)
4.
The
underlined
word
“stones”
in
the
passage
means
_______
in
life.
A.
happiness
B.
work
C.
difficulties
D.
sadness
(
)
5.
From
the
passage,
we
know
______.
A.
we
can
do
anything
on
our
own
B.
we
should
continue
doing
everything
C.
we
should
learn
to
ask
for
help
sometimes
D.
someone
is
always
ready
to
give
us
the
strength
B
What
are
you
going
to
do
if
you
are
in
a
burning
house
How
will
you
escape
Do
you
know
how
to
save
yourself
Please
read
the
following
passage.
Escaping
from
a
fire
is
a
serious
matter.
Knowing
what
to
do
during
a
fire
can
save
your
life.
It
is
important
to
know
the
ways
you
can
use
and
show
them
to
everyone
in
the
family,
such
as
stairways
(楼梯)
and
fire
escapes,
but
not
lifts.
From
the
lower
floors
of
the
buildings,
escaping
through
windows
is
possible.
Learn
the
best
way
of
leaving
by
windows
with
the
least
chance
of
serious
injury
(受伤).
The
second
floor
window
is
usually
not
very
high
from
the
ground.
Of
course,
it
is
safer
to
jump
a
short
way
than
to
stay
in
a
burning
building.
Windows
are
also
useful
when
you
are
waiting
for
help.
Be
sure
to
keep
the
door
closed.
Or
smoke
and
fire
may
be
drawn
into
the
room.
Keep
your
head
low
at
the
window
to
be
sure
you
get
fresh
air
rather
than
smoke
that
may
leak
(渗)
into
the
room.
On
a
second
or
third
floor,
the
best
windows
for
escape
are
those
that
open
onto
a
roof.
From
the
roof
a
person
can
drop
to
the
ground
more
safely.
Dropping
onto
hard
ground
might
end
in
injury.
Bushes
(灌木丛)
and
grass
can
help
to
break
a
fall
(使势头减弱).
(
)
1.
It
is
important
to
______.
A.
put
out
the
big
fire
in
the
burning
house
B.
jump
off
a
high
burning
house
C.
know
the
ways
to
escape
from
the
fire
D.
keep
the
door
open
(
)
2.
From
Paragraph
3,
we
know
that
it
is
possible
to
escape
through
the
windows
______.
A.
if
there
are
no
bushes
on
the
ground
B.
if
you
live
on
a
lower
floor
C.
if
you
live
on
a
higher
floor
D.
if
you
have
no
rope
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
escaping
way
is
NOT
right
A.
You
can
escape
through
stairways.
B.
You
can
choose
fire
escape.
C.
Escape
from
the
windows
that
open
onto
a
roof.
D.
Use
a
lift
to
come
down
at
once.
(
)
4.
Of
course,
it
is
______
to
jump
a
short
way
than
to
stay
in
a
building
on
fire.
A.
safer
B.
easier
C.
more
dangerous
D.
more
difficult
(
)
5.
The
best
title
of
the
passage
is
______.
A.
Escaping
from
the
Windows
B.
Waiting
for
help
C.
Knowledge
on
Fire
D.
Saving
Yourself
in
the
Burning
House
C
What’s
going
to
happen
in
the
future
Will
robots
control
our
planet
Will
computers
become
smarter
than
us
Not
likely.
But
here
are
some
things
that
scientists
say
are
most
likely
to
happen
in
10
to
30
years
from
now,
according
to
the
BBC.
Digital
money
We
used
to
pay
with
cash
(现金)
for
everything
we
bought.
Now
when
we
use
a
credit
card
(信用卡)
to
shop
online,
money
is
spent
without
us
seeing
it.
That
means
we
are
already
using
digital
money.
Using
a
card
is
much
easier
than
searching
our
pockets
for
change.
It
is
also
safer
than
carrying
a
lot
of
cash.
When
ATM
cards
were
first
introduced,
they
were
not
accepted
everywhere.
But
now
it’s
hard
to
live
without
them.
It’s
reported
that
people
in
Sweden
completely
stopped
using
cash
last
year,
and
the
US
might
be
next.
Bionic
(仿生的)
eye
It’s
no
longer
something
only
in
a
science
fiction
movie.
People
who
are
blind
may
have
a
chance
to
get
their
sight
back—by
wearing
bionic
eyes.
A
blind
eye
can
no
longer
sense
light,
but
a
bionic
eye
can
use
a
camera
to
“see”
the
environment
and
send
data
(数据)
to
the
mind.
Now
the
bionic
eye
only
allows
patients
to
see
lights
and
unclear
shapes.
A
high
resolution
(高清的)
image
could
be
just
a
few
years
away.
Self－driving
cars
Unlike
a
human
driver,
a
self－driving
car
won’t
get
distracted
(分心)
by
phone
call,
the
radio
or
something
outside
the
window.
Sensors
(探测器)
and
cameras
on
the
car
would
allow
it
to
stick
reduce
the
number
of
road
accidents.
You
could
even
take
a
nap
while
the
car
driver
itself.
In
the
future,
driverless
cars
would
be
widely
accepted.
(
)
1.
______
has
stopped
using
cash
completely.
A.
Sweden　
B.
ATM　　
C.
BBC　　
D.
America
(
)
2.
What
does
the
writer
mainly
tell
us
about
digital
money
A.
We
use
digital
money
to
shop
online
without
paying
money.
B.
Digital
money
is
most
likely
to
be
used
instead
of
cash.
C.
Using
cash
is
easier
and
safer
than
a
credit
card.
D.
ATM
cards
are
always
popular.
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
TRUE
A.
Bionic
eyes
only
appear
in
the
science
fiction
film.
B.
Human
drivers
won’t
get
distracted
by
something
outside.
C.
The
blind
wearing
bionic
eyes
may
see
clearly
in
the
future.
D.
There
will
be
no
road
accidents
at
all
if
self－driving
cars
are
used.
(
)
4.
From
the
report,
we
can
learn
some
information
about
_____.
A.
culture
and
art
B.
industry
and
farming
C.
science
and
technology
D.
traffic
and
journey
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
can
be
predicted
(预测)
from
the
passage
A.
There
would
be
a
number
of
self－driving
B.
The
blind
could
use
cameras
to
see
things
around.
C.
We
would
live
a
hard
life
with
digital
money.
D.
Robots
would
control
the
world.
D
Two
children
stood
outside
the
door
with
old
coats.
“Any
old
papers,
lady ”
asked
one
of
them.
I
was
busy.
I
wanted
to
say
no,
but
I
saw
that
their
shoes
had
holes
in
them
and
they
were
wet.
“Come
in
and
I’ll
make
you
a
cup
of
hot
tea.”
They
came
in,
saying
nothing.
Their
shoes
left
prints
on
the
floor.
I
gave
them
tea
and
bread
to
protect
(防止)
them
from
the
cold
outside.
Then
I
went
back
to
the
kitchen
and
started
my
housework
again.
The
silence
in
the
living
room
surprised
me.
I
looked
in.
The
girl
held
the
empty
cup
in
her
hands,
looking
at
it.
The
boy
asked
me
in
a
low
voice,
“Lady,
are
you
rich ”
Am
I
rich
Oh,
no!
I
looked
at
the
old
things
in
my
room.
The
girl
put
her
cup
back
in
its
saucer
(茶碟)
carefully
and
said,
“Your
cups
match
(相配)
your
saucers.”
Then
they
left,
holding
their
papers
against
the
wind.
They
hadn’t
said
thank
you.
They
didn’t
need
to.
They
had
done
more
than
that.
They
had
reminded
me
that
I
had
so
much
to
thank
for.
The
blue
cups
and
saucers
were
simple,
but
they
matched.
The
potatoes
and
meat
before
me,
a
roof
over
my
head,
my
husband
with
a
job—
these
things
matched,
too.
I
moved
the
chairs
back
from
the
fire
and
cleaned
the
living
room.
The
prints
of
their
small
shoes
were
still
wet
on
my
floor.
I
let
them
be.
I
wanted
them
there
to
remind
me
how
rich
I
was.
(
)
1.
The
writer
let
the
two
children
in
to
______.
A.
serve
them
tea
and
food
B.
sell
them
some
old
papers
C.
show
them
how
rich
she
was
D.
offer
them
some
warm
clothes
(
)
2.
Why
did
the
boy
think
the
writer
was
rich
A.
He
liked
the
saucer.
B.
The
room
was
quite
large.
C.
The
cups
matched
the
saucers.
D.
She
was
kind
and
ready
to
give.
(
)
3.
We
can
learn
from
the
passage
that
______.
A.
the
writer
felt
everything
matched
B.
the
writer’s
husband
was
out
of
work
C.
the
children
talked
happily
in
the
room
D.
the
children
thanked
a
lot
before
leaving
(
)
4.
The
underlined
sentence
“I
let
them
be.”
means
“______”.
A.
I
loved
them.
B.
I
left
them
there.
C.
I
didn’t
like
them.
D.
I
didn’t
want
to
see
them
again.
(
)
5.
According
to
the
passage,
whether
you
are
rich
depends
on
______.
A.
what
job
you
are
doing
B.
what
you
have
C.
how
much
money
you
have
D.
how
you
feel
about
your
life
E
It
was
a
sunny
Saturday
afternoon
in
Oklahoma
City.
My
friend,
a
proud
father
Bobby
Lewis
was
taking
his
two
little
boys
to
play
miniature
golf.
He
walked
up
to
the
fellow
at
the
ticket
counter
and
said,
“How
much
is
it
to
get
in ”
The
young
man
replied,
“$3.00
for
you
and
$3.00
for
any
kid
who
is
older
than
six.
We
let
them
in
free
if
they
are
six
or
younger.
How
old
are
they ”
Bobby
replied,
“The
lawyer’s
three
and
the
doctor
is
seven,
so
I
guess
I
pay
you
$6.00.”
The
man
at
the
ticket
counter
said,
“Hey,
Mister,
did
you
just
win
the
lottery
or
something
You
could
have
saved
yourself
three
dollars.
You
could
have
told
me
that
the
older
one
was
six;
I
wouldn’t
have
known
the
difference.”
Bobby
replied,
“Yes,
that
may
be
true,
but
the
kids
would
have
known
the
difference.”
As
Ralph
Waldo
Emerson
said,
“Who
you
are
speaks
so
loudly
I
can’t
hear
what
you’re
saying.”
In
challenging
(挑战)
times
when
ethics
(伦理)
are
more
important
than
ever
before,
make
sure
you
set
a
good
example
for
everyone
you
work
and
live
with.
＊[Note]
Oklahoma
City
克拉荷马市（美国俄克拉荷马州首府）
What
You
Are
Is
As
1
As
What
You
Do
Bobby
Lewis
·Take
his
sons
to
2
.·Walk
to
the
ticket
counter.·The
kids
would
have
known
the
difference.
The
conductor
·We
let
them
in
free
if
they
are
six
or
3
six.·You
could
save
4
if
you
told
me
that
the
older
one
was
six.
Conclusion
In
challenging
times
when
ethics
are
more
important
than
ever
before,
you
should
set
a
good
example
5
around
you.
自评结果：
用时____分钟
正确率：_____/20
Test
27答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，叙述了一个小男孩在沙箱里玩，遇到一块石头，无论自己如何努力，都不能搬出这块石头。在爸爸的帮助下，终于将石头搬出了沙箱。最后爸爸提示他：我们做任何事情既要依靠自己也需要外界力量的帮助。
【答案解析】
1.D
细节理解题。
本段第二句he
discovered
a
large
stone是主句，从下文看，a
large
stone是文章的线索。故本题选D。
2.C
细节理解题。小男孩哭是因为他没有把大石头移出沙箱，第二段中The
boy
tried
his
best与A项相矛盾，先排除；the
little
boy
cried在his
father
watched之前，B项也被排除；D项文中没提到。故本题选C。
3.B
细节理解题。从第三段最后一句With
that,
the
father
reached
down,
picked
up
the
stone
and
removed
it
from
the
sandbox.可知本题答案为B。
4.C
词义猜测题。
在小男孩没能remove
the
large
stone后，爸爸说的，生活中的stone，应是困难。故选C。
5.C
主旨大意题。
A自己能做任何事；B我们应该继续做任何事情；C我们应学习寻求帮助；D有人总是能施与援手与常理不通。根据短文最后一段中“There
is
ONE
who
is
always
ready
to
give
us
the
strength
we
need.”可知，本题答案为C。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，作者向我们介绍了遇到火灾时，逃生和自救的方法和建议。
【答案解析】
1.C
细节理解题。结合文中第二段可知：在火灾中懂得逃生和自救的方法是最重要的，故选C。
2.B
细节理解题。结合文中第三段“From
the
lower
floors
of
the
buildings,
escaping
through
windows
is
possible.”可知：低楼层的人遇到火灾，通过窗户逃生是可以的。故选B。
3.D
细节理解题。由第二段可知：从楼梯和安全出口逃生是正确的方法，而不是乘电梯，故选D说法不正确。
4.A
细节理解题。由第四段最后一句可知：从一个矮的地方跳下比呆在一幢着火的建筑物里更安全。故答案选A。
5.D
主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了当遇到火灾时，我们该如何自救。选项D符合做短文标题。
C
【篇章导读】
本文是一篇科普文章。BBC介绍了未来10－30年科技发展中电子货币，仿生眼，无人驾驶汽车等在日常生活中发展、变化和作用。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述了我（作者）和两个收废纸的孩子的故事，我给予两个孩子一点施舍，看到孩子对于我家的赞美和欣赏，由此引发了我对生活的感悟：你对生活的满意与否，取决于你对生活的感觉如何？只要你对身边的事物感觉良好，那么，一切都是良好的。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。由短文第二段中“Come
in
and
I’ll
make
you
a
cup
of
hot
tea.进来我给你泡杯热茶”和第三段开始的“I
gave
them
tea
and
bread
to
protect
them
from
the
cold
outside我给他们茶和一些面包来抵御寒冷”，可知正确答案是A。
2.
C
细节理解题。由文中孩子的话语“Your
cups
match
your
saucers.你的茶杯和垫子真般配啊”，可见孩子对于这个家庭的羡慕，由此看出他们对于该家的印象就是“富有”，所以选择C。
3.
A
逻辑推理题。因为孩子们离开之前根本没有说谢谢，不可能选D；作者的丈夫有工作，排除B；房间很安静令我惊讶，排除C；而整个倒数第二段说的都是孩子的言行使作者感悟到了对生活的认识，那就是“你感觉一切和谐，那也会万事顺利的”，故选A。
4.
B
词义猜测题。词义猜测要结合语义和语境，前句说“他们的脚印仍在地板上”，后句“我想让它们在那里，体现我到底有多富有”，可以推知这里是“不管它们”，故选择答案B。
5.
D
主旨大意题。本文通过我给予两个孩子泡茶、吃面包的故事，其主旨就在于表达我对富有与否的观点：你对生活的观点决定了你的贫穷与否，所以选择答案D。
E
【语篇大意】
本文是一篇记叙文。通过一位父亲带着他的两个小儿子去玩迷你高尔夫的故事，说明一个道理：“你本身要比你所说的话重要。”在这个道德比以往任何时候都重要的年代里，你最好给和你一起生活和工作的人树立一个良好的榜样。
【答案解析】
1.
important
2.
play
miniature
golf
3.
less
than
4.
three
dollars
5.
for
everyoneTEST
24
A
A
daughter
complained
to
her
father
about
her
bad
life
and
how
things
were
too
hard
for
her,
she
did
not
know
how
to
make
it
and
she
wanted
to
give
it
up.
Her
father,
a
cook,
took
her
to
the
kitchen.
He
filled
three
pots
(锅)
with
water
and
put
each
on
a
high
fire.
In
one
pot
he
put
carrots,
in
the
second
eggs,
and
in
the
last
coffee.
Then
he
let
them
boil.
He
just
waited
without
saying
a
word.
The
daughter
wondered
what
he
was
doing.
Twenty
minutes
later,
he
took
the
carrots
out
and
put
them
in
a
bowl
the
eggs
on
a
plate,
and
the
coffee
in
a
glass.
Turning
to
her
daughter,
he
asked.
“My
dear,
what
do
you
see ”
“Carrots,
eggs
and
coffee”
She
replied.
He
brought
her
closer
and
asked
her
to
feel
the
carrots,
break
the
eggs
and
water
the
coffee
after
boiling.
“What
does
it
mean,
father ”
she
asked.
He
explained
that
each
of
them
had
faced
the
same
adversity
(劣境)
boiling
water,
but
each
had
a
different
result.
The
carrots
went
soft,
the
eggs
became
hard,
and
the
coffee
changed
the
water.
“Which
are
you ”
asked
his
daughter.
When
adversity
knocks
on
your
door,
which
one
will
you
choose
to
be
A
carrot,
an
egg
or
coffee
It
all
depends
on
you!
(
)
1.
What’s
the
matter
with
the
daughter
A.
She
was
hungry.
B.
She
was
ill.
C.
She
was
thirty.
D.
She
was
in
trouble.
(
)
2.
Her
father
is
a
______.
A.
teacher
B.
doctor
C.
cook
D.
scientist
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
things
changed
the
water
A.
Coffee
B.
Eggs.
C.
Carrots
D.
Pots.
(
)
4.
What
do
you
think
of
her
father
A.
Warm-hearted.
B.
Wise.
C.
Weak.
D.
Cold-hearted
(
)
5.
This
text
mainly
tells
us
that
______.
A.
her
father
faced
the
difficulties
B.
her
father
did
an
experiment
C.
her
father
taught
her
how
to
cook
D.
her
father
taught
her
how
to
deal
with
the
difficulties
B
Paragraph
1:
Scientists
have
learned
a
lot
about
the
kinds
of
food
people
need.
They
say
that
there
are
several
lands
of
food
that
people
should
eat
every
day.
They
are:
⑴green
and
yellow
vegetables
of
all
kinds;⑵citrus
(柑橘)
fruits
and
tomatoes;
⑶potatoes
and
other
fruits
and
vegetables;⑷meat
of
all
kinds,
fish
and
eggs;
⑸milk
and
foods
made
from
milk;⑹bread
or
cereal
(燕麦片),
rice
is
also
in
this
kind
of
food;
⑺butter,
or
something
like
butter.
Paragraph
2:
People
in
different
places
of
the
world
eat
different
kinds
of
things.
Foods
are
cooked
and
eaten
in
many
different
kinds
of
ways.
People
in
different
countries
eat
at
different
times
of
the
day.
In
some
places
people
eat
once
or
twice
a
day;
in
other
countries
people
eat
three
or
four
times
a
day.
Scientists
say
that
none
of
the
difference
is
really
important.
It
doesn’t
matter
whether
foods
are
eaten
raw
or
cooked.
It
doesn’t
matter
if
a
person
eats
dinner
at
4
o’clock
in
the
afternoon
or
at
eleven
o’clock
at
night.
The
important
thing
is
what
you
eat
every
day.
Paragraph
3:
There
are
two
problems,
then,
in
feeding
the
large
number
of
people
in
the
earth.
The
first
is
to
find
some
ways
to
feed
the
world’s
population
so
that
no
one
is
hungry.
The
second
is
to
make
sure
that
people
everywhere
have
the
right
kinds
of
food
to
make
them
grow
to
be
strong
and
healthy.
(
)
1.
From
the
first
paragraph
we
know
noodles
belong
to
a
kind
of
_____
food.
A.
vegetable
B.
fruit
C.
meat
D.
cereal
(
)
2.
According
to
the
scientists,
which
of
the
following
groups
is
the
healthiest
for
your
lunch
A.
chicken,
apples,
cereal,
cabbages.
B.
potatoes,
carrots,
rice,
bread.
C.
oranges,
bananas,
fish,
tomatoes.
D.
beef,
pork,
fish,
milk.
(
)
3.
People
in
different
countries
and
different
places
of
the
world
______.
A.
have
the
right
kinds
of
food
to
eat
B.
cook
their
food
in
the
same
way
C.
have
their
meals
at
the
same
time
D.
eat
food
in
different
ways
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.
People
in
some
places
don’t
have
enough
food
to
eat.
B.
There
are
too
many
people
in
the
world.
　　C.
One
of
the
problems
is
that
no
one
is
hungry.
D.
The
scientists
are
trying
to
make
people
grow
strong
and
healthy.
(
)
5.
If
there
is
Paragraph
4,
what
do
you
think
is
going
to
be
talked
about
A.
When
people
eat
their
lunch　
B.
What
to
do
with
the
two
problems
C.
How
to
cook
food
in
different
ways
D.
Why
people
in
different
places
eat
different
kinds
of
food
C
The
class
teacher
thought
that
hobbies
were
important
for
children.
So
she
encouraged
all
her
students
to
have
one,
and
sometimes
she
arranged
hobby
shows
for
their
parents
to
see
as
a
result.
One
morning
the
teacher
told
the
class
to
have
a
holiday
and
get
their
hobby
things
to
school
before
5
p.
m.
A
hobby
show
would
be
held
the
following
afternoon.
So
in
the
afternoon,
the
students
with
nothing
to
show
did
their
lessons
at
school
as
usual,
while
the
lucky
ones
had
a
holiday
to
go
home
for
their
hobby
works.
When
the
afternoon
lessons
began,
the
teacher
was
surprised
to
see
that
Tommy
was
not
there.
“I
don’t
believe
Tommy
has
a
hobby,”
she
thought.
However,
at
a
quarter
to
five,
Tommy
arrived
with
a
beautiful
collection
of
butterflies
(蝴蝶)
in
glass
case.
The
teacher
liked
the
samples
(标本)
very
much
and
put
them
on
a
desk
in
the
classroom.
But,
to
her
surprise.
Tommy
picked
them
up
again
and
began
to
leave.
“What
are
you
doing,
Tommy ”
she
asked.
“Those
things
must
stay
here
until
tomorrow
afternoon.
That’s
when
the
parents
are
coming
to
see
them.
”
“I
know
that,”
answered
Tommy,
“and
I
will
bring
them
back
tomorrow,
but
my
big
brother
doesn’t
want
them
to
be
out
of
our
house
at
night.
”
“But,
aren’t
the
butterflies
yours ”
asked
the
teacher.
“No,
”
answered
Tommy.
“They
are
my
brothers.”
“But
Tommy,
you
should
show
your
own
hobby
here,
not
somebody
else’s!”
“I
know
that,”
answered
Tommy.
What
surprised
her
most
was
the
answer.
“My
hobby
is
watching
my
brother
collecting
butterflies.”
(
)
1.
What
did
the
class
teacher
think
of
hobbies
for
children
A.
Unwelcome.
B.
Hopeless.
C.
Harmful.
D.
Important.
(
)
2.
What
time
did
Tommy
get
back
to
school
that
afternoon
(
)
3.
What
would
“NOT”
happen
the
following
afternoon
A.
The
parents
would
enjoy
the
show
in
the
classroom.
B.
Tommy
would
bring
the
butterflies
back.
C.
The
teacher
would
encourage
her
students
for
hobbies.
D.
The
butterflies
would
fly
away.
(
)
4.
Which
was
the
teacher’s
greatest
surprise
A.
Tommy
was
not
at
school
as
usual.
B.
Tommy
picked
the
butterflies
up
again
and
began
to
leave.
C.
Tommy
said
his
hobby
was
watching
his
brother
collecting
butterflies.
D.
Tommy
came
back
to
school
before
5
that
afternoon.
(
)
5.
What’s
the
best
title
for
this
passage
A.
Important
Hobbies
B.
Tommy’s
Hobby
C.
Different
Hobbies
D.
Collecting
Butterflies
D
Frankie
the
Dog
is
very
friendly.
He
loves
meeting
new
people
and
hanging
out
with
his
buddies.
He
has
a
lot
of
friends!
One
of
his
very
good
friends
is
a
blue
robot
named
Botley.
Botley
was
created
by
Professor
Sparks,
a
very
smart
scientist.
Botley
is
a
nice
robot,
but
a
little
clumsy
(笨拙的).
A
long
time
ago,
maybe
even
before
you
were
born,
Botley
saved
the
world!
But
now,
he
lives
a
pretty
quiet
life.
Another
great
friend
of
Frankie’s
is
Hopsalot
the
Rabbit,
or
“Hops”
for
short.
Hops
is
very
smart
on
every
subject,
especially
math
and
science.
He
likes
teaching
others
what
he
knows,
and
he’s
always
making
all
kinds
of
inventions.
Some
work
and
some
don’t,
but
no
matter
what,
Hops
just
keeps
trying!
An
old
friend
of
Frankie’s
is
Floyd.
Even
though
Floyd
and
Frankie
are
both
dogs,
they’re
very
different.
Frankie
is
full
of
energy,
loves
jokes,
and
is
always
trying
new
things-sometimes
silly
things!
Floyd,
however,
likes
to
be
more
practical.
He
likes
doing
sensible
things
more
than
doing
fun
and
crazy
things.
Frankie’s
limitless
energy
just
makes
him
more
tired!
But
both
he
and
Frankie
love
learning
and
care
about
doing
what’s
right
more
than
anything,
so
to
them,
their
differences
seem
small.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Frankie
the
Dog
has
many
friends.
(
)
2.
Hopsalot
the
Rabbit
likes
living
a
pretty
quiet
life.
(
)
3.
Floyd
and
Frankie
are
both
dogs.
(
)
4.
Frankie
and
his
friend
Floyd
have
no
differences
in
their
hobbies
and
always
like
to
do
the
same
things.
(
)
5.
Botley
is
a
green
robot.
E
阅读下面短文，根据短文内容填写表格，每空限填一词。
Why
should
students
play
sports
Some
people
think
that
students
play
sports
in
order
to
get
exercise.
Others
think
it
can
help
students
have
fun.
But
that
is
not
enough.
If
students
play
sports,
they
can
get
more
than
healthy
bodies.
Why
Here
are
three
more
reasons.
Students
who
play
sports
do
better
in
school.
Some
people
think
that
doing
exercise
will
take
up
students’
study
time.
But
a
recent
study
has
shown
that
students
who
play
sports
get
better
scores
in
school
than
those
who
don’t.
Exercise
gets
students
to
learn,
remember
things
and
concentrate
better.
Students
who
play
sports
develop
their
teamwork
spirits
and
learn
problem-solving
skills.
When
they
are
working
together
with
others
to
win
games
and
reach
goals,
they’re
learning
how
to
be
successful
in
practice.
And
these
skills
will
be
useful
to
them
for
study
or
their
future
work.
Playing
sports
can
also
improve
confidence.
Students
who
play
sports
feel
better
about
themselves.
When
they
know
they
can
improve
and
reach
their
goals
by
practising,
it
builds
their
confidence.
And
sports
can
also
help
them
communicate
with
others
actively
and
make
new
friends.
Now,
how
about
going
out
to
play
sports
with
your
friends
every
day
Why
should
students
1
sports
Common
reasons
Students
play
sports
to
2
exercise
or
have
fun.
Main
3
Playing
sports
helps
students
get
4
scores
in
school.
It
also
makes
them
learn,
5
things
and
concentrate
better.
Students
who
play
sports
can
learn
how
to
be
6
in
practice.Students
develop
teamwork
spirits
and
learn
problem-solving
7
.
Playing
sports
can
8
confidence.Sports
can
help
students
9
with
others
and
make
new
friends.
Advice
Students
should
10
out
to
play
sports
with
friends
every
day.
TEST
24答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了一个女孩向她父亲抱怨她糟糕的生活，她不知道该怎么做而且想要放弃。父亲把女儿带到厨房，做了一个实验，让女儿疑惑不已。父亲进一步解释道，每样东西都有同样的不幸……，但却有不同的结果。
“你呢？”父亲最后问道：“当不幸敲响你的大门，你是什么样的反应，胡萝卜，鸡蛋，还是咖啡？”。本文告诉我们：面对困境，我们应该选择征服，而不能放弃。
【答案解析】
1.
D
推理判断题。由第一段的内容：A
daughter
complained
to
her
father
about
her
bad
life
and
how
things
were
too
hard
for
her,
she
did
not
know
how
to
make
it
and
she
wanted
to
give
it
up.可知答案为D。
2.
C
细节理解题。由第二段的第一句：Her
father,
a
cook,
took
her
to
the
kitchen.可知答案为C。
3.
A
细节理解题。由倒数第三节的最后一句话：The
carrots
went
soft,
the
eggs
became
hard,
and
the
coffee
changed
the
water.可知答案为A。
4.
B
推理判断题。父亲通过一个简单的实验，让女儿体会到面对生活的态度完全由自己决定，说明这位父亲非常聪明。故选B。
5.
D
主旨大意题。当女儿处于生活的困境之时，父亲通过一个简单的实验，让女儿体会到面对生活的态度完全由自己决定，因此，这篇短文主要告诉我们：她父亲教育她如何解决困难。故选D。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，第一段告诉我们科学家研究的人类需要的食物种类；第二段说明在世界上不同地方的人们吃不同的东西；第三段告诉我们关于饮食的两个问题。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，文中讲述了老师安排学生把他们的爱好向同学们展示的活动。Tommy带来了蝴蝶标本，老师大加赞赏，而收集蝴蝶其实并不是他的爱好，观察他哥哥收集蝴蝶才是他真正的爱好。
【答案解析】
1.D
细节理解题。根据文中第一句话“The
class
teacher
thought
that
hobbies
were
important
for
children.
”可知选D。
2.B
细节理解题。根据文中第四段句子“However,
at
a
quarter
to
five…”可知选B。
3.D
细节题解题。通读全文可知，根据文中第五段所述可知第二天下午父母要来参观，根据文中第四段可知，Tommy想把蝴蝶标本带走，根据文中第一段可知，老师鼓励学生有爱好，而D项与文章不符。故选D。
4.C
细节理解题。根据文中最后一段可知，让老师最吃惊的是Tommy的爱好是观察他哥哥收集蝴蝶。故选C。
5.B
主旨大意题。通读全文理解，本文主要介绍了Tommy的爱好。故选B。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇科幻动漫故事片，讲述的是喜欢交际的狗弗兰基和他的许多朋友机器人博特利以及兔子霍普色等之间发生的妙趣横生的惊险故事。
E
【语篇导读】
本文谈论了学生要参加体育运动的原因。普遍原因是为了锻炼和取乐。主要原因有：锻炼能使学生取得好成绩，能学到团队精神；能培养自信心。作者建议学生每天都要锻炼。
【答案】
1.
play
2.
get
3.
reasons
4.
better
5.
remember
6.
successful
7.
skills
8.
improve
9.
communicate
10.
goTEST
18
A
One
day,
a
raven
(乌鸦)
happened
to
fly
past
a
lake.
Looking
at
the
lake,
he
saw
the
most
beautiful
animal
he
had
ever
seen.
It
was
a
swan
(天鹅)
and
its
feathers
(羽毛)
were
as
white
as
snow.
The
swan
was
playing
with
other
birds
happily,
talking
and
dancing.
And
it
seemed
that
the
other
birds
all
liked
to
stay
with
it.
When
he
looked
at
his
own
feathers,
they
were
as
black
as
coal.
The
raven
was
very
angry
with
the
swan.
“How
can
the
swan
have
such
wonderful
feathers ”
said
the
raven.
What
should
he
do
with
his
feathers
He
thought
it
over
and
over.
Then,
the
raven
decided
that
he
also
wanted
to
have
white
feathers
like
the
swan’s.
From
that
day
on,
the
raven
began
to
live
like
the
swan.
He
moved
his
home
from
the
woods
to
the
lake.
He
also
started
to
eat
water
plants
like
the
swan.
He
tried
his
best
to
talk
and
dance
with
the
other
birds.
The
most
important
was
that
each
day,
the
raven
would
wash
his
feathers,
hoping
that
they
would
turn
white.
Even
he
went
to
the
nearby
rivers
and
ponds
to
wash
his
feathers
because
he
thought
the
water
in
the
lakes
was
not
enough
for
him
to
wash
them.
But
no
matter
how
hard
he
washed
his
feathers,
they
remained
black.
As
he
ate
only
water
plants,
he
soon
grew
thinner
and
thinner.
Not
many
days
later,
the
raven
died.
(
)
1.
The
underlined
word
“it”
in
Paragraph
1
refers
to
______.
A.
the
raven
B.
the
swan
C.
the
feather
D.
the
water
(
)
2.
Why
was
the
raven
angry
with
the
swan
A.
His
own
feathers
were
as
white
as
snow.
B.
The
swan
did
not
have
black
feathers
like
him.
C.
The
swan
had
beautiful
white
feathers.
D.
The
swan
lived
in
the
lake
with
other
birds.
(
)
3.
Where
was
the
raven’s
natural
home
A.
The
lakes.
B.
The
ponds.
C.
The
woods.
D.
The
rivers.
(
)
4.
Why
did
the
raven
want
to
live
like
the
swan
A.
He
wanted
to
make
friends
with
the
swan.
B.
He
wanted
to
see
the
swan’s
white
feathers.
C.
He
wanted
to
eat
water
plants.
D.
He
wanted
to
become
a
swan.
(
)
5.
Why
did
the
raven
wash
his
feathers
every
day
A.
He
thought
his
feathers
would
turn
white.
B.
He
wanted
to
drive
the
other
birds
away.
C.
He
thought
his
feathers
were
dirty.
D.
He
wanted
to
keep
his
feather
white.
B
If
you
watch
the
sky
for
about
an
hour
after
the
sun
goes
down,
you
may
see
some
“moving
stars”.
But
they
are
not
really
stars.
They
are
man–made
satellites.
And
the
biggest
of
all
is
the
International
Space
Station
(ISS).
From
May
to
July
is
the
best
season
to
watch
the
ISS
flying
over
the
earth.
And
people
can
see
it
with
their
eyes
during
the
time.
The
scientists
want
to
live
on
the
ISS.
They
think
that
the
best
way
to
learn
more
about
space
is
to
live
there.
When
the
space
station
is
finished,
it
will
be
like
a
city
in
space.
People
will
stay
and
study
there
with
many
of
the
things
they
have
at
home.
Laboratories,
living
rooms
and
power
stations
are
being
built.
“The
ISS
is
the
most
expensive
program.
Billions
of
dollars
are
spent
on
it
every
year.
Scientists
hope
that
the
ISS
will
be
helped
us
understand
the
human
body
better,
explore
space
and
study
the
earth.
It
can
help
us
make
life
on
the
earth
better.”
Said
Kathryn
Clark,
an
ISS
scientist.
Sixteen
countries
are
part
of
the
space
program:
the
US,
Russia,
Canada,
Japan,
Brazil,
and
11
European
countries.
China
isn’t
an
ISS
country,
but
it
has
helps
with
some
of
the
experiments.
In
2003,
China
sent
some
rice
up
to
the
ISS
to
find
out
what
space
would
do
to
it.
(
)
1.
From
the
first
paragraph,
we
can
learn
______.
A.
we
can’t
see
the
ISS
with
our
eyes
B.
March
is
the
best
season
to
watch
the
ISS
flying
over
the
earth.
C.
all
the
moving
stars
are
really
stars
D.
the
biggest
man-made
satellite
is
ISS.
(
)
2.
Which
do
the
scientists
think
is
the
best
way
to
learn
more
about
space
A.
To
live
on
the
earth.
B.
To
watch
the
ISS
flying
over
the
earth.
C.
To
live
on
the
ISS.
D.
To
make
life
o
the
earth
better.
(
)
3.
China
sent
some
rice
up
to
the
ISS
is
probably
to
______.
A.
be
used
as
astronauts’
food
B.
sell
it
to
aliens
C.
do
some
science
experiments
D.
make
it
grow
better
in
space
(
)
4.
From
the
passage
we
know
that
______.
A.
16
countries
are
members
of
the
space
program
B.
people
can
see
the
Space
Station
with
their
eyes
whenever
they
want
C.
building
the
ISS
is
only
for
scientists
to
live
there
D.
scientists
can
do
anything
they
live
on
the
ISS
now
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
mentioned
in
this
passage
A.
The
ISS
will
be
more
helpful
some
day.
B.
China
will
join
the
ISS
in
the
future.
C.
The
ISS
cost
plenty
of
money
every
year.
D.
Laboratories,
living
rooms
and
power
stations
are
being
built
on
the
ISS.
C
I
don’t
have
to
explain
to
you
why
sleep
is
important.
Our
bodies
have
a
need
for
daily
and
deep
relaxation.
However,
many
people
suffer
(遭受)
from
disruptive
sleep
(失眠)
through
night
after
night.
If
that’s
you,
the
following
can
help
you
get
some
good
sleep.
Rest
with
the
sun
When
the
sun
goes
down,
it’s
a
sign
for
you
to
begin
to
relax.
Of
course,
you
don’t
have
to
go
to
sleep
at
once,
but
begin
to
relax
your
body.
Rest
with
some
light
reading
or
by
relaxing
on
your
sofa.
You’d
better
not
take
high-energy
activities,
such
as
playing
basketball
at
night.
Make
your
bedroom
the
room
for
rest
The
bedroom
isn’t
the
room
for
you
to
play
or
study.
Or
at
least
it
shouldn’t
be.
When
you
put
your
televisions
or
computers
in
your
room,
they
make
it
difficult
for
you
to
fall
asleep.
Put
away
any
unnecessary
things
and
make
it
a
place
mainly
for
relaxation.
Don’t
eat
too
much
at
bedtime
When
it’s
time
to
sleep,
your
body
prefers
to
sleep
and
doesn’t
like
to
do
anything
else.
When
you
eat
too
much
before
going
to
bed,
your
body
will
work
hard
to
digest
(消化)
all
that
food.
It
can’t
get
the
best
preparation
(准备)
for
sleep.
So
experts
(专家)
say
it’s
better
to
have
about
three
hours
between
dinner
time
and
bedtime.
Clean
your
mind
Worry
is
the
sleep
thief,
too.
It’s
hard
to
relax
when
your
mind
is
still
working.
Make
some
space
at
night
for
your
own
quiet
time.
Read
something
that
will
encourage
you
to
let
your
problems
go.
When
you
stop
worrying,
you
will
sleep
better.
(
)
1.
We
should
take
high-energy
activities
______
according
to
the
passage.
A.
before
the
sun
goes
down
B.
after
the
sun
goes
down
C.
when
the
sun
goes
down
D.
as
soon
as
the
sun
goes
down
(
)
2.
Put
away
any
unnecessary
things
and
make
it
a
place
mainly
for
relaxation.
Here
“it”
refers
to
(指的是)______.
A.
your
dinning
room
B.
your
reading
room
C.
your
bedroom
D.
your
sitting
room
(
)
3.
If
you
go
to
bed
at
10:00
o’clock
in
the
evening,
you
had
better
have
dinner
at
about
______.
A.
6:00
o’clock
B.
7:00
o’clock
C.
8:00
o’clock
D.
9:00
o’clock
(
)
4.
How
many
ways
of
getting
good
sleep
does
this
passage
tell
us
A.
Three.
B.
Four.
C.
Five.
D.
Six.
(
)
5.
The
best
title
of
this
passage
is
______.
A.
How
to
clear
your
mind
B.
The
importance
of
sleeping
C.
Some
ways
to
get
a
good
night’s
sleep
D.
Where
to
put
your
televisions
or
computers
D
What
will
the
car
be
like
in
the
future
Maybe
we
can
sit
in
a
car
that
can
drive
itself.
About
40
years
ago,
scientists
from
the
United
States
started
to
develop
self-driving
cars
(无人驾驶汽车).
The
most
famous
recent
one
was
made
by
Google
in
2009.
There
are
cameras
and
radars
(雷达)
on
the
top
of
the
car.
They
allow
the
computer
in
the
car
to
draw
a
3D
map
of
the
environment.
Chinese
scientists
have
also
successfully
developed
a
self-driving
car.
The
car
made
a
trip
from
Changsha
to
Wuhan.
Is
a
self-driving
car
safe
A
recent
study
shows
that
robots
make
safer
drivers
than
humans.
If
only
10%
of
cars
on
the
street
are
self-driving,
they
will
save
1,000
lives
(生命)
every
year.
If
90%
of
vehicles
(交通工具)
are
self-driving,
21,700
lives
will
be
saved
a
year.
However,
a
self-driving
car
is
expensive
and
each
costs
about
＄100,000.
So
it
is
impossible
to
be
very
popular
in
the
near
future.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
American
scientists
started
to
develop
self-driving
cars
in
2009.
(
)
2.
Cameras
and
computers
are
on
the
top
of
the
self-driving
car
by
Google.
(
)
3.
In
China,
scientists
have
successfully
developed
a
self-driving
car.
(
)
4.
The
more
self-driving
cars
there
are
on
the
street,
the
fewer
traffic
deaths
there
will
be.
(
)
5.
The
self-driving
cars
will
be
very
popular
in
the
near
future.
E
根据下列每段短文的内容，从A到F中选出最佳标题，并将其字母标号填到题前括号内，
每个选项只能用一次。.
(
)
1.
Many
kinds
of
birds
live
in
the
United
States,
but
the
number
of
the
birds
is
becoming
smaller
every
year.
One
of
the
leading
reasons
is
the
growing
number
of
pet
cats.
By
keeping
your
pet
cats
in
your
home,
you
can
help
give
birds
a
better
possible
chance
to
live.
(
)
2.
Of
the
90
million
pet
cats
in
this
country,
about
two-thirds
are
allowed
to
go
outside.
It
is
said
that
these
cats
kill
hundreds
of
millions
of
birds
each
year
as
well
as
billions
of
small
animals
such
as
rabbits
and
field
mice.
(
)
3.
They
can
also
bring
illness
to
the
animals
that
live
in
people’s
yard,
and
further
weakening
(变弱)
the
health
of
the
natural
populations.
(
)
4.
Allowing
pet
cats
to
go
outside
is
not
just
bad
for
birds
and
wildlife,
it
is
bad
for
the
cats
themselves,
too.
Outdoor
cats
can
get
sick
very
easily.
They
may
be
in
danger
from
traffic
and
attacks
(攻击)
from
other
animals.
In
fact,
outdoor
cats
usually
don’t
pass
the
age
of
five,
while
indoor
cats
often
live
to
be
17
or
older.
(
)
5.
Keep
your
pet
cat
inside!
If
you
raise
a
young
cat,
it’s
your
duty
to
let
it
play
inside.
A.
You
should
let
your
cat
inside.B.
Going
outside
is
bad
for
cats,
too.C.
Keeping
a
cat
is
good
for
you.D.
The
birds
are
fewer
and
fewer
in
America.E.
Cats
can
bring
illness.F.
Cats
kill
many
birds
and
small
animals
every
year.
TEST
18答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了乌鸦和天鹅的故事。乌鸦由于羡慕天鹅而极力效仿，结果导致不仅没有变成天鹅那样漂亮，反而变得更加丑陋，类似于西施效颦，从而告诫人们不要盲目地崇拜和效仿。
【答案解析】
1.
B
细节理解题。由语法知识可知：it指代上文的单数名词或不可数名词，the
water上文未说到，the
feather是复数形式，所以排除答案C、D，这里是乌鸦看到“天鹅”在和鸟儿玩耍，故选B。
2.
C
细节理解题。由文中的“How
can
the
swan
have
such
wonderful
feathers ”可知，是由于自己妒忌天鹅的羽毛而生气，故选C。
3.
C
细节理解题。由文章第二段第三句He
moved
his
home
from
the
woods
to
the
lake.“他把家由森林搬到了湖边”，可知他家原来是在森林里，故选C。
4.
D
推理判断题。通读短文第三自然段，乌鸦把家搬到湖边、像天鹅一样吃水生植物、和其他鸟儿一起跳舞、和每天清洗羽毛，究其原因和目的都是为了羡慕和要变成天鹅，所以选D。
5.
A
细节理解题。由文中第二段最后一句But
no
matter
how
hard
he
washed
his
feathers,
they
remained
black.“不管它怎么清洗他的羽毛，仍然是黑色的”，可知乌鸦的羽毛是黑色的，但是他想把它洗白，故选A。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了最大的人造卫星ISS，让学生了解了ISS的设计背景以及将来的用途。
【答案解析】
1.
D
细节理解题。由第一段The
biggest
of
all
is
the
International
Space
Station
(ISS).
可以知道D项正确。
2.
C
细节理解题。由第2段They
think
that
the
best
way
to
learn
more
about
space
is
to
live
there.可知本题选C
3.
C
细节理解题。由最后一段
It
has
helped
with
some
of
the
experiments.送米进入空间站是做实验，故选C。
4.
A
主旨大意题。由最后一段Sixteen
countries
are
in
the
program可知A正确。
5.
B
细节理解题。由
Explore
space
and
study
the
earth.
It
can
help
us
make
life
on
the
earth
better可知
A项正确。由Millions
and
millions
of
dollars
are
being
spent
on
it
every
year.可知C项正确。由Laboratories,
living
rooms
and
power
stations
are
being
built.可知D项正确。故选B。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中说明了睡眠的重要性，但是很多人有失眠的问题，文章给我们介绍了一些获得良好睡眠的方法：日落而息；使卧室成为休息的地方；清空大脑；在睡觉前不要吃太多。只要遵从这些方法，才能获得良好的睡眠。
【答案解析】
1. A
推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句：You’d
better
not
take
high-energy
activities,
such
as
playing
basketball
at
night.可知日落之后做高强度的运动。故选项A是正确的。
2. C
词义猜测题。根据本段的第一句The
bedroom
isn’t
the
room
for
you
to
play
or
study.可知这里是指的“卧室”，故选C。
3. B
数字计算题。根据第四段的最后一句So
experts
say
it’s
better
to
have
about
three
hours
between
dinner
time
and
bedtime.
可知睡觉与晚饭之间要差3小时。10:00睡觉，可知7:00吃饭合适，故答案是B。
4. B
细节理解题。根据文中的四个小标题：Rest
with
the
sun；Make
your
bedroom
the
room
for
rest；Clear
your
mind；Don’t
eat
too
much
at
bedtime.
可知共提到了四种好的睡眠的方法。故选B。
5.
C
主旨大意题。根据第一段的最后一句If
that’s
you,
the
following
can
help
you
get
some
good
sleep.
以及全文的主要内容，可知文章介绍的是一些获得良好睡眠的方法。故选C。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了无人驾驶汽车，并阐述了一个观点：无人驾驶的汽车比有人驾驶更安全，如果无人驾驶汽车多了的话，会使交通事故减少，挽救更多人的生命。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，文中介绍的是美国很多家庭养的宠物猫不圈养在家，而是让它们留宿户外，给人类以及庭院里的其他动物带来传染疾病危害，它们还毁坏了自然界中的很多鸟类和野生动物，对宠物猫自身也带来一些潜在的危险。
【答案解析】
1.
D
由此段中的“but
the
number
of
the
birds
is
becoming
smaller
every
year.
One
of
the
leading
reasons
is
the
growing
number
of
pet
cats.”可推知：由于在外游荡的宠物猫的增多，野外的鸟类越来越少，大部分被宠物猫吃掉了，故选D。
2.
F
由此段中的“It
is
said
that
these
cats
kill
hundreds
of
millions
of
birds
each
year
as
well
as
billions
of
small
animals
such
as
rabbits
and
field
mice.”可知：在外游荡的宠物猫，每年毁坏杀死数百万的鸟类以及数十亿个像兔子、老鼠等动物，所以选择F。
3.
E
通读该段可知：这些宠物猫给生活在人们庭院里的其他动物带来疾病，也影响了那里的居民的健康，故选E。
4.B
由本段中的“it
is
bad
for
the
cats
themselves,
too.
Outdoor
cats
can
get
sick
very
easily.
They
may
be
in
danger
from
traffic
and
attacks
from
other
animals.”可知：在外游荡对猫本身也没好处。故选B。
5.A
通读最后一段可知：把宠物猫饲养在家是你的责任和义务。故选A。TEST
9
A
Two
years
ago,
my
family
moved
to
a
new
city
and
I
had
to
study
in
a
new
school.
As
I
had
few
friends
there,
I
felt
lonely.
Then
I
met
Tony.
The
first
time
I
saw
him,
he
was
standing
in
the
center
of
a
group
of
students,
telling
jokes.
The
children
around
laughed
from
time
to
time.
Tony
knew
about
my
problem.
He
asked
me
to
play
basketball
with
his
friends
and
helped
me
with
my
studies.
We
soon
became
good
friends.
About
a
year
ago,
however,
Tony’s
father
was
killed
in
an
accident.
As
a
result,
his
family
had
to
move
to
a
small
house,
Tony
changed
into
a
different
person.
He
became
silent
and
he
even
lost
his
interest
in
studies.
Several
times,
I
invited
him
to
go
out
and
play
basketball
with
me,
but
he
refused.
I
wanted
to
help
him,
but
didn’t
know
what
to
do.
Then
something
strange
happened
in
my
class.
Two
classmates
lost
the
money
in
their
schoolbags.
Last
Friday,
just
before
the
P.E.
lesson,
I
went
back
to
the
classroom
to
get
my
running
shoes
I
would
use.
The
door
was
half
open,
I
went
in.
To
my
astonishment,
I
saw
Tony
was
searching
one
of
my
classmates’
schoolbags.
I
was
shocked…
(
)
1.
What
kind
of
boy
was
Tony
at
the
beginning
of
the
story
A.
He
was
a
clever
boy
B.
He
was
a
poor
boy
C.
He
was
a
popular
boy
D.
He
was
a
shy
boy
(
)
2.
Why
did
the
writer
become
friends
with
Tony
A.
Because
Tony
helped
him
do
his
homework.
B.
Because
Tony
was
kind
to
him
C.
Because
Tony
liked
playing
basketball
D.
Because
Tony
told
jokes
(
)
3.
What
caused
the
change
of
Tony
A.
His
father’s
accident
B.
His
strange
character
C.
The
move
his
family
D.
The
lose
of
his
interest
in
playing
with
his
friends
(
)
4.
How
did
writer
feel
when
he
saw
Tony’s
change？
A.
He
felt
angry
B.
He
felt
surprise
C.
He
felt
unhappy
D.
He
felt
worried
(
)
5.
The
underlined
word
“astonishment”
means
______.
A.
sadness
B.
surprise
C.
disappointment
D.
joy
B
Li
Yugang
dresses
like
a
woman
and
sings
like
a
bird.
He
won
the
third
prize
in
CCTV’s
Star
Road
in
2006.
He
sings
folk
songs.
However,
he
seems
to
have
the
spirit
of
“Mei
Lanfang".
In
fact,
the
young
man
had
learnt
something
from
Mei
Lanfang’s
student.People
in
China
usually
don’t
like
cross-dressing
(反串).
But
people
are
really
surprised
at
Li’s
beauty
and
grace
when
he
sings
and
dances.
Do
you
know
who
invented
QQ
It
was
Ma
Huateng.
He
was
born
in
Guangdong
in
1971.
He
chose
computer
science
when
he
entered
Shenzhen
University
in
1989.
He
worked
as
a
computer
programmer
for
a
company
in
Shenzhen
for
five
years
after
he
graduated
in
1993.
Later
he
left
the
company
and
started
his
own
company
in
1998.
Yue
Fei
was
a
famous
hero
of
Southern
Song
Dynasty.
He
was
born
in
a
poor
family
in
Henan
Province.
He
was
very
brave
and
won
many
battles
with
his
soldiers.
But
Qin
Hui
killed
Yue
Fei
for
Mo
Xu
You.
Later
a
temple
about
Yue
was
built
in
memory
of
him
at
the
foot
of
Qixia
Lin
by
West
Lake,
in
Hangzhou.
(
)
1.
Who
did
Li
Yugang
once
learn
from
according
to
the
passage
A.
Mei
Lanfang.
B.
Mei
Lanfang’s
students.
C.
Mei
Yanfang’s
students.
D.
Mei
Lanfang’s
friends.
(
)
2.
The
underlined
word
“grace”
means
______
in
Chinese.
A.粗犷
B.做作
C.傲慢
D.优雅
(
)
3.
From
the
passage,
we
know
Yue
Fei
_______.
A.
was
not
born
in
a
rich
family
B.
was
not
brave
C.
killed
Qin
Hui
D.
built
a
temple
(
)
4.
Ma
Huateng
set
up
his
own
company
when
he
was
_______.
A.
18
B.
22
C.
27
D.
42
(
)
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
A.
Li
Yugang
invented
QQ.
B.
Ma
Huateng
used
to
work
as
a
computer
programmer
for
a
company.
C.
Li
Yugang
won
the
first
prize
in
CCTV’s
Star
Road.
D.
Yue
Fei
seldom
won
battles
with
his
soldiers.
C
What
time
of
day
can
you
think
most
quickly
Are
you
a
morning
person
Or
does
it
take
you
a
few
hours
to
get
your
brain
(脑)
going
A
lot
of
recent
research
suggests
that
we
should
pay
attention
to
our
body
clock.
It
can
tell
us
what
time
of
day
we
can
perform
best
at.
Many
people
work
best
later
in
the
morning.
This
is
because
the
body’s
temperature
takes
time
to
rise
through
the
day.
Taking
a
warm
shower
when
you
wake
up
can
help
your
body’s
temperature
rise
quickly.
But
everyone’s
body
clock
is
different
and
some
are
special.
Morning
people
will
get
up
early
and
work
better
early
in
the
day.
Evening
people
will
work
later
but
work
better
towards
the
end
of
the
day.
Research
shows
that
we’re
better
at
some
activities
at
certain
times
of
the
day.
Physical
performance
(体能)
is
at
its
best
between
3
pm
and
6
pm,
so
it’s
better
to
exercise
later
in
the
day.
Between
noon
and
4
pm,
people
begin
to
pay
less
attention.
This
is
because
we
think
less
quickly
after
a
big
meal.
Research
also
shows
we
become
sleepy
around
2
pm.
This
is
why
people
in
Spain
take
a
short
sleep
in
early
afternoon.
Finally,
it
is
best
to
eat
when
we’re
active.
This
allows
our
body
to
burn
calories
(卡路里)
better
and
stops
our
blood
sugar
levels
(血糖)
from
getting
too
high.
(
)
6.
can
tell
us
what
time
of
day
we
can
perform
best
at.
A.
Morning
people
B.
A
warm
shower
C.
Our
body
temperature
D.
Our
body
clock
(
)
7.
A
morning
person
will
.
A.
get
up
late
but
work
better
B.
work
better
early
in
the
day
C.
only
work
in
the
early
morning
D.
go
to
bed
late
every
night
(
)
8.
What
is
the
best
time
for
physical
performance
A.
Between
3
pm
and
6
pm.
B.
Between
7
pm
and
10
pm.
C.
Between
noon
and
4
pm.
D.
Between
5
am
and
8
am.
(
)
9.
Why
is
it
best
to
eat
when
we’re
active
A.
Because
eating
makes
the
brain
unable
to
think
quickly.
B.
Because
it
makes
our
blood
sugar
levels
higher.
C.
Because
our
body
can
burn
more
calories.
D.
Because
our
body
needs
a
short
sleep.
(
)
10.
What
is
the
best
title
(题目)
for
this
article
A.
How
can
we
work
better
B.
The
best
time
to
exercise
C.
How
can
we
keep
healthy
D.
The
perfect
time
to
do
something
D
A
lot
of
people
are
crazy
doing
shopping
through
the
Internet
now.
Why
is
it
so
popular
There
are
some
reasons.
First,
more
and
more
people
have
their
own
computers
and
their
computers
can
be
joined
with
the
Internet.
So
it
is
possible
for
many
of
them
to
do
shopping
through
the
Internet.
Second,
shopping
through
the
Internet
can
save
them
some
money
and
a
lot
of
time.
Third,
they
don’t
need
to
go
to
the
shop
themselves.
Because
of
these
good
facts,
few
people
refuse
it.
On
the
other
hand,
some
people
don’t
like
this
new
way
of
shopping.
They
are
worried
about
the
safety
of
shopping
on
line.
Customers
(顾客)
can
only
see
the
pictures
of
products
(商品)
on
the
Internet.
And
they
can’t
enjoy
the
pleasure
of
buying
things
in
large
supermarkets
or
some
wonderful
stores.
These
are
the
reasons
why
they
do
not
like
it.
But
I
think
more
and
more
people
will
like
this
new
kind
of
shopping
in
the
future.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
Many
people
are
interested
in
shopping
on
line.
(
)
2.
Shopping
on
line
can
only
save
money.
(
)
3.
All
the
productions
on
the
Internet
are
good.
(
)
4.
Some
people
dislike
shopping
online
because
they
don’t
have
their
own
computers.
(
)
5.
The
writer
of
the
passage
supports
(支持)
shopping
on
line.
E
配对阅读，根据五个人所遇到的天气状况，请从A—G中选择相对应的一项。（有两个多余项）
(
)
1.
Jim
got
up
late
this
morning.
He
brushed
his
teeth
and
had
a
quick
breakfast.
He
rushed
to
school
with
an
umbrella
in
his
backpack.
(
)
2.
Tom
planned
to
go
to
the
beach
and
enjoy
the
sunshine
with
some
of
his
friends.
He
thinks
they
will
have
a
good
time
there.
(
)
3.
Joan
didn’t
take
an
umbrella
with
her
when
she
went
to
school
in
the
afternoon.
So
she
had
to
run
home
in
the
rain.
Badly,
she
caught
a
cold.
(
)
4.
Erin
had
a
bad
luck
when
he
got
to
Shanghai.
People
hardly
stood
on
the
street
and
some
light
things
could
be
blown
away
easily.
(
)
5.
John
went
to
Beijing
for
business.
He
was
very
excited,
because
he
saw
that
it
was
white
here
and
there.
He
couldn’t
wait
to
take
out
of
his
camera.
A.
It
was
badly
cold.
It
snowed
yesterday.B.
It
was
full
of
cold
in
the
sky
this
morning.
Maybe
it
was
going
to
rain.C.
It
was
windy.
Many
children
were
flying
kites
on
the
playground
D.
It
had
strong
wind
outside.
Staying
at
home
was
better.
E.
It
is
a
little
hot,
but
the
weather
is
very
nice.F.
It
says
that
it
is
going
to
snow
tomorrow.G.
It
rained
all
the
afternoon.
Test
9答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了作者两年前与家人来到一个新的环境，正身处寂寞之时，遇到了Tony。并叙述了Tony因车祸丧父后的变化。从而也寓意了家庭环境以及父母在孩子生长过程中的影响。
【答案解析】
1.
C
推理判断题。由文中第一自然段The
first
time
I
saw
him,
he
was
standing
in
the
center
of
a
group
of
students,
telling
jokes.
The
children
around
laughed
from
time
to
time.（我第一次见到他时，他正坐在一群学生中间讲笑话，周围的孩子一直在笑。）可以看出Tony是一个受欢迎的孩子。所以选择C。
2.
B
推理判断题。由文中第一自然段最后Tony
knew
about
my
problem.
He
asked
me
to
play
basketball
with
his
friends
and
helped
me
with
my
studies.
We
soon
became
good
friends.（Tony了解到我的问题，他就让我和他的朋友们一起打篮球，还在学习方面帮助我）由此可以推断，Tony对作者是很友好的。所以选择B。
3.
A
细节理解题。由文中第二自然段Tony’s
father
was
killed
in
an
accident.
As
a
result,
his
family
had
to
move
to
a
small
house,
Tony
changed
into
a
different
person.（Tony的父亲在车祸中丧生，作为一个结果，他们搬到一所小房子里，Tony变成另外一个人。）因此选择A。
4.
D
细节理解和推理判断题。由文中第二自然段He
became
silent
and
he
even
lost
his
interest
in
studies….
I
wanted
to
help
him,
but
didn’t
know
what
to
do.（他变得沉默并且对学习丧失了兴趣，……我想帮他，可不知道该怎么做。）由此可以推断，作者对Tony的变化是焦虑着急的。所以选择D。
45.
B
词义理解题。根据后句I
saw
Tony
was
searching
one
of
my
classmates’
schoolbags.（我看到Tony正在搜查同学的书包）可知，astonishment意思应为“惊讶”。故选B。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇应用文。本文通过表格的形式来介绍了古今的三个人物：李玉刚、腾讯创始人马化腾和南宋英雄岳飞。
【答案解析】
1.
B
细节理解题。由第一段最后一句可知，是跟随梅兰芳的学生们学习。故选DB。
2.
D
词义猜测题。此处grace是和beauty并列，突出李玉刚的动作的优美。故选D。
3.
A
细节理解题。由第三段He
was
born
in
a
poor
family…可知，岳飞出生在一个贫困的家庭。故选A。
4.
C
推理判断题。
他出生于1971年，在1998年建立了自己的公司。由此推断是在27岁时。
5.
B
推理判断题。由第二段倒数第二句可知，马化腾在成立公司前，曾在深圳一家公司工作过5年。故B项正确。
C
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍当今流行的购物方式——网购，分析人们喜欢和不喜欢的原因。
【答案解析】
1.
T
细节理解题。由文章开头第一句话a
lot
of
people
are
crazy
doing
shopping
through
the
Internet
now中的关键词“crazy”意思是“疯狂的”，可知“很多人对在线购物感兴趣”是正确的。
2.
F
细节理解题。细读第一段内容可知“网购”有三个好处，其中“save
money”只是其中之一，所以是错误的。
3.
F
推理判断题。从第二段“they
are
worried
about
the
safety
of
shopping
online”和
“Customers
can
only
see
the
pictures
of
production
on
the
Internet”可以推出人们担心的是网购的安全性，包括商品的质量好坏，所以“网上的所有商品都是好的”是错误的。
4.
F
细节理解题，从文章的第二段内容就可以看出人们不喜欢购物的原因不是“they
don’t
have
their
own
computer”.
5.
T
推理判断题，从文章的最后一句话就可以看出本题叙述正确。
E
【语篇导读】
本文介绍了五个人所遇到的不同天气情况。
【答案解析】
1.B
由Jim书包中放了把雨伞就跑向了学校。可推断出：天可能要下雨。
所以选择B。
2.E
他们计划去海滩沐浴阳光，所以天气应该是很热但很好的。所以选择E。
3.G
John下午上学时没有带伞，下午冒着雨跑回家，所以推断：下了一下午的雨。所以选择G。
4.D
当Erin去上海的时候，人们几乎不站在街上，较轻的东西很容易被风刮走。所以可以推断：风很大，呆在屋里较好。所以选择D。
5.A
John看到到处雪白，可推断出，下过雪了。以选择A。TEST
7
A
One
day
a
farmer’s
donkey
fell
into
an
unwanted
well.
The
animal
cried
for
hours
as
the
farmer
tried
to
find
out
what
to
do.
Finally,
he
decided
it
just
wasn’t
worth
saving
because
the
animal
was
too
old
and
the
well
needed
to
be
covered
up
anyway.
He
invited
all
his
neighbors
to
come
over
and
help
him.
They
each
held
a
shovel
(铁铲)
and
began
to
shovel
dirt
(泥土)
into
the
well.
At
first
the
donkey
cried
loudly
when
he
realized
what
was
happening.
Then,
a
few
shovel-fulls
later,
he
quieted
down
completely.
The
farmer
looked
down
into
the
well,
and
was
greatly
surprised
by
what
he
saw.
With
every
shovel-full
of
dirt
that
hit
his
back,
the
donkey
would
shake
it
off
and
take
a
step
up
on
the
new
layer
of
dirt.
As
the
farmer’s
neighbors
continued
to
shovel
dirt
on
top
of
the
animal,
he
would
shake
it
off
and
take
a
step
up.
Pretty
soon,
to
the
great
surprise
of
everyone,
the
donkey
stepped
up
over
the
edge
of
the
well
and
walked
off
fast.
Life
is
going
to
shovel
dirt
on
you,
all
kinds
of
dirt.
The
good
way
of
getting
out
of
the
well
is
to
stop
crying,
and
not
to
let
the
dirt
bury
(埋葬)
you,
but
to
shake
it
off
and
take
a
step
up.
Each
one
of
our
troubles
is
a
stepping-stone.
We
can
get
out
of
the
deepest
wells
just
by
not
stopping,
never
giving
up!
Shake
it
off
and
take
a
step
up.
(
)
1.
The
farmers'
donkey
one
day.
A.
fell
on
the
road
B.
fell
into
a
well
C.
lost
its
way
(
)
2.
From
the
underlined
sentence,
we
may
know
the
farmer
decided
to
the
donkey.
A.
bury
B.
save
C.
look
for
(
)
3.
After
the
farmer
looked
down
into
the
well,
he
felt
.
A.
terrible
B.
shocked
C.
angry
(
)
4.
The
correct
order
of
the
following
is
.
a.
The
donkey
at
first
cried
loudly
when
he
realized
what
was
happening.
b.
The
farmer’s
neighbors
continued
to
shovel
dirt
on
top
of
the
animal.
c.
The
donkey
stepped
up
over
the
edge
of
the
well
and
walked
off
fast.
d.
The
farmer
and
his
neighbors
began
to
shovel
the
dirt
into
the
well.
A.
d,
a,
b,
c
B.
d,
b,
a,
c
C.
a,
d,
b,
c
(
)
5.
The
best
title
for
the
passage
would
be
.
A.
An
Unlucky
Donkey
B.
Never
Stopping,
Never
Giving
Up
C.
A
Cray
Farmer
And
His
Neighbors
B
Ask
any
student
which
subject
he
or
she
hates
most.
9
out
of
10
students
will
answer
“math”.
No
matter
which
country
you
visit,
no
matter
which
grade
you
are
in,
you
may
not
learn
art,
geography,
chemistry
or
Chinese,
but
you
always
learn
math.
Why
is
this
so
How
come
so
many
students
hate
math,
and
yet
cannot
avoid
learning
it
in
school
Jenny
Sanders,
a
high
school
student
in
California,
asks,
“What
good
do
we
get
from
learning
math
We
can
use
computers
to
compute
numbers,
and
we
can
use
computers
to
store
information.
I
think
learning
math
at
school
is
a
waste
of
time.”
However,
there
is
much
more
to
math
than
just
learning
to
add
and
subtract
(减)
numbers.
In
fact,
math
is
not
so
much
about
calculation
(计算)
as
it
is
about
learning
to
think
logically
(逻辑地)
and
solving
problems.
Of
course,
Jenny
was
right
that
we
can
use
computers
to
do
calculations,
but
how
would
we
even
know
how
to
use
the
computer
if
we
can’t
think
logically
In
short,
computers
are
only
tools
when
solving
problems.
For
example,
imagine
you
are
a
cook
and
must
serve
dinner
to
100
guests.
How
should
you
divide
your
resources
so
that
you
can
get
the
job
done
efficiently
(高效地)
In
situations
like
this,
the
ability
to
think
logically
will
get
you
to
a
reasonable
answer
and
solve
your
problem.
(
)
1.
According
to
the
passage,
which
subject
do
students
always
learn
in
different
grades
at
school
A.
Chinese.
B.
Math.
C.
Geography.
D.
Art.
(
)
2.
What
does
Jenny
Sanders
think
of
learning
math
A.
Interesting.
B.
Boring.
C.
Useless.
D.
Difficult.
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage
A.
90%
of
the
students
hate
learning
math.
B.
Students
can
learn
math
well
with
computers.
C.
Math
can
do
calculations
and
store
information.
D.
Math
helps
students
learn
all
the
other
subjects
well.
(
)
4.
What
does
the
underlined
word
“resources”
mean
in
the
passage
a.科目
B.
效率
C.
信息
D.
资源
(
)
5.
What
does
the
writer
want
to
tell
us
A.
Math
is
just
learning
to
add
and
subtract
numbers.
B.
Math
can
be
good
for
both
our
body
and
our
mind.
C.
Math
helps
us
think
logically
and
solve
problems.
D.
Math
can
help
students
find
a
good
job
in
the
future.
C
Welcome
to
London!
Now
let
me
tell
something
about
this
wonderful
city.
London,
the
capital
of
the
United
Kingdom,
is
the
biggest
city
in
Western
Europe
with
over
7
million
people.
It
sits
by
the
River
Thames.
London
has
a
history
of
more
than
2000
years.
Because
all
over
the
world
are
familiar
with
the
city’s
red
double-decker
(双层的)
buses
and
black
taxis.
People
The
British
Empire
used
to
rule
around
the
world,
so
many
people
from
around
the
world
moved
to
London.
They
have
brought
with
them
their
own
languages
and
cultures.
More
than
300
different
languages
are
spoken
in
London.
Culture
London
is
known
for
its
museums.
One
important
museum
is
British
Museum.
It
is
the
oldest
public
museum
in
the
world.
There
are
two
main
art
museums
in
London:
the
National
Gallery
and
the
Tate
Gallery.
Besides,
London
is
also
home
to
arts,
such
as
theatre
and
music.
The
Globe
Theatre,
which
was
popular
in
the
late
16th
and
17th
centuries,
was
opened
for
performances
of
William
Shakespeare’s
central
London.
Tourist
attractions
London
has
many
wonderful
places
to
visit.
For
example,
the
well-known
Clock
Tower,
a
320-foot-high
tower,
was
called
the
Big
Ben.
Another
famous
London
building
is
Buckingham
Palace.
The
members
of
royal
(皇家的)
family
of
England
live
there.
Besides,
Hyde
Park
is
the
largest
open
area
in
central
London.
(
)
1.
What’s
the
population
of
London
A.
less
than
7
million.
B.
Only
7
million.
C.
More
than
7
million
D.
Nearly
7
million
(
)
2.
How
many
museums
are
there
in
London
according
to
the
passage
A.
two
B.
three
C.
four
D.
five
(
)
3.
The
members
of
royal
family
of
England
live
in
______.
A.
the
Big
Ben
B.
Buckingham
Palace
C.
Hyde
Park
D.
British
Museum
(
)
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
mentioned
(提及)
in
the
passage
A.
The
Location
of
London.
B.
The
history
of
London.
C.
The
interesting
places
in
London.
D.
The
food
in
London.
(
)
5.
From
the
passage,
we
can
know
that
_______.
A.
more
than
300
different
languages
are
spoken
in
London.
B.
the
Globe
Theatre
has
less
than
300
years’
history.
C.
the
Big
Ben
is
a
320-foot-high
clock.
D.
London
is
the
biggest
city
in
Europe.
D
Many
people
go
to
school
for
an
education.
Some
learn
languages,
history,
math
and
other
subjects.
Others
go
to
school
to
learn
a
skill.
School
education
is
very
important
and
useful.
Yet
no
one
can
learn
everything
from
school.
A
teacher
cannot
teach
his
students
everything
they
want
to
know.
So,
much
more
is
learned
outside
school
by
the
students
themselves.
Great
people
before
us
didn’t
get
everything
from
school.
Their
teachers
only
showed
them
the
way.
Edison
didn’t
even
finish
school.
But
they
were
all
so
successful
because
they
knew
how
to
study.
They
read
books
that
were
not
taught
at
school.
They
would
ask
many
questions
as
they
read.
They
worked
hard
all
their
lives.
Above
all,
they
knew
how
to
use
their
heads.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
People
go
to
school
only
for
an
education,
they
don’t
go
there
to
learn
a
skill.
(
)
2.
People
can
learn
everything
from
school.
(
)
3.
Students
can
learn
much
more
outside
school
by
themselves.
(
)
4.
Edison
was
successful
because
he
read
many
books
that
were
taught
at
school.
(
)
5.
Great
people
knew
how
to
use
their
heads.
E
Anger
(愤怒)
is
a
kind
of
feeling.
Many
things
can
make
you
angry.
When
our
teacher
gives
you
too
much
homework,
when
your
team
loses
an
important
game,
when
a
friend
borrows
your
favorite
thing
and
then
breaks
it,
you
may
get
angry.
Usually,
your
body
will
tell
you
when
you
are
angry.
For
example,
you
breathe
faster,
your
face
turns
red,
and
you
may
want
to
break
something
or
hit
someone,
but
sometimes
you
hide
your
anger.
For
example，you
may
hide
it
in
your
heart.
The
problem
is
that
if
you
do
this,
you
may
get
a
headache
or
your
stomach
may
hurt.
In
fact,
it’s
not
good
to
hide
your
anger,
and
it’s
normal
for
you
to
get
angry
sometimes.
As
soon
as
you
find
your
problems,
you
may
try
to
relax.
When
you
get
angry,
you
can
talk
about
it
with
adults（成年人）,
such
as
parents,
teachers,
etc.
After
doing
that,
you’ll
find
those
bad
feelings
can
start
to
go
away.
Here
are
some
other
things
you
can
do
when
you
start
to
feel
angry:
count
from
1
to
100;
give
someone
a
hug
(拥抱)
;
go
for
a
bike
ride；think
about
good
things,
etc.
Remember
that
when
you
are
angry,
how
you
act
can
make
everything
better
or
worse.
Don’t
let
your
anger
control
you.
Title:
Anger
Reasons
·Your
teacher
gives
you
1
homework.
·Your
team
loses
an
important
game.
·A
friend
2
your
favourite
thing
and
then
breaks
it.
Behavior（表现）
·Breathe
faster
or
your
face
turns
red.
·Want
to
break
something
or
hit
someone.
·Get
a
headache
or
your
stomach
may
hurt
if
you
hide
anger
in
3
.
Solutions
·Talk
about
it
with
4
,
such
as
parents,
teachers,
etc.
·Count
from
1
to
100.
·Give
someone
a
hug;
go
for
a
bike
ride;
5
good
things.
Test
7答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述的是一只老驴掉进了一口枯井里，它的主人看它也老了，就想把它埋在井里，于是主人和她的邻居们一起用铁铲往井里推泥，刚开始这头驴意识到自己快死了的时候大叫不已，但是它逐渐安静下来，它把泥土从身上抖掉，随着泥土的增多，最终它获救了。
【答案解析】
1.
B
细节理解题。根据文章第一段第一句“farmer’s
donkey
fell
into
an
unwanted
well.”可知，答案选B。
2.
A
词义猜测题。根据原文第一段最后一句话可知，他们想把那口井埋了。“the
well
needed
to
be
covered
up
anyway.”答案选A。
3.
B
细节理解题。根据第二段的“…the
farmer
looked
down
into
the
well,
and
was
greatly
surprised
by
what
he
saw.”
surprised和shocked都是“震惊”的意思，可知答案选B。
4.
A
细节理解题。根据原文内容，在第二段首先是“shovel
the
dirt
into
the
well”，然后是“the
donkey
cried”，接下来是“continued
to
shovel
the
dirt”，最后是第三段的“stepped
over
the
well”。答案选A。
5.
B
主旨大意题。文章讲的是一头驴掉进了枯井里，然后他的主人要将它埋了，但是它没有放弃，最后它得救了。答案选B。
B
【语篇导读】
本文讲述了很多学生讨厌学习数学，但数学却可以帮助我们有逻辑地思考和解决问题。
【答案解析】
1.
B
细节理解题。由第一段第二句“No
matter
which
country
you
visit,
no
matter
which
grade
you
are
in,
you
may
not
learn
art,
geography,
chemistry
or
Chinese,
but
you
always
learn
math.”可知，不同年级的学生都必须学习数学，故选B。
2.
C
推理判断题。由第二段内容和本段最后一句“I
think
learning
math
at
school
is
a
waste
of
time.”可知Jenny
Sanders认为学习数学是没有用的。故选C。
3.
A
细节理解题。由第一段第1、2句“Ask
any
student
which
subject
he
or
she
hates
most.
9
out
of
10
students
will
answer
“math”.可知，有90%的学生讨厌数学，故选A。
4.
D
词义猜测题。根据上文中的“a
cook”以及下文中的“you
can
get
the
job
done
most
efficiently”可知，此处表示“分配资源”的意思，故“resources”意为“资源”。
5.
C
主旨大意题。根据文章最后一段中的“In
situations
like
this,
the
ability
to
think
logically
will
get
you
to
a
reasonable
answer
and
solve
your
problem.”可知，作者想告诉我们：数学可以帮助我们有逻辑地思考和解决问题。故选C。
C
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇议论文。学校教育很重要并且很有用，但爱迪生成功的实例告诉人们：没有人能在学校学到一切。要想成功，必须勤奋，会动脑。
【答案解析】
1.
F
细节理解题。根据文章第一段Many
people
go
to
school
for
an
education及Others
go
to
school
to
learn
a
skill.可知，本题与文章描述不符。故为F。
2.
F
细节理解题。根据文章第一段Yet
no
one
can
learn
everything
from
school可以，本题与文章描述不符。故为F。
3.
T
细节理解题。根据文章第一段最后一句So,
much
more
is
learned
outside
school
by
the
students
themselves可知，本题与文章描述相符。故为T。
4.
F
细节理解题。根据文章第二段Edison
didn't
finish
school.
But
they
were
all
so
successful
because
they
knew
how
to
study.
They
read
books
that
were
not
taught
at
school可知，本题与文章描述不符。故为F。
5.
T
细节理解题。根据文章第二段最后一句they
knew
how
to
use
their
heads可知，本题与文章描述相符。故为T。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇议论文。介绍的话题是“愤怒”。分析了愤怒产生的原因，愤怒的表现以及解决愤怒的方式。
【答案】
1.
too
much
2.
borrows
3.
your
heart
4.
adults
5.
think
aboutTEST
12
A
One
day
in
summer,
little
Jack
was
playing
on
the
beach
with
his
father.
Suddenly,
he
saw
a
little
tortoise
moving
slowly
on
the
sand.
He
started
to
look
at
it
carefully
and
began
to
touch
it
with
his
hand.
To
his
surprise,
the
tortoise
stopped
moving.
It
pulled
in
its
head
and
legs,
and
closed
its
shell
tightly.
He
touched
it
again
but
the
tortoise
didn’t
move
at
all.
Jack
became
angry.
He
used
a
stick
and
tried
to
force
(强追)
it
to
open.
When
his
father
saw
this,
he
stopped
him
and
said,
“No,
son,
you
mustn’t
do
that!
You
will
kill
the
tortoise.
You
won’t
get
it
open
with
a
stick.
”
Jack
was
curious
and
asked,
“Why ”
“Just
wait
and
see,”
his
father
replied.
Then
he
picked
up
the
tortoise
and
put
it
in
a
bag.
After
they
came
back
home,
the
father
took
the
tortoise
out
of
the
bag.
He
put
it
near
the
fireplace
(壁炉).
After
a
few
minutes,
the
tortoise
began
to
move
a
little.
Then
the
tortoise
stretched
out
(伸出)
its
head
and
legs.
At
last,
the
tortoise
began
to
crawl
across
the
room.
How
excited
Jack
was
when
he
saw
this.
“Son,
now
you
see,”
said
his
father,
“sometimes,
you
can’t
force
someone
to
do
things
he
doesn’t
like.
But
if
you
get
him
warm
first,
he
will
do
what
you
want
him
to
do.”
(
)
1.
One
day
Jack
and
his
father
were
playing
______.
A.
on
the
beach
B.
in
the
zoo
C.
on
the
hill
D.
in
the
garden
(
)
2.
Jack
used
a
stick
to
______
the
tortoise
A.
save
B.
feed
C.
open
D.
close
(
)
3.
The
father
picked
up
the
tortoise
and
______.
A.
killed
it
B.
put
it
in
a
bag
C.
cooked
it
D.
threw
it
into
the
sea
(
)
4.
After
the
tortoise
got
_______
near
the
fireplace,
it
began
to
move
a
little.
A.
warm
B.
cool
C.
thirsty
D.
hungry
(
)
5.
The
story
tells
us
that
_______.
A.
people
will
do
things
we
want
them
to
do
B.
people
won’t
do
things
we
want
them
to
do
C.
we
can
force
people
to
do
things
they
don’t
like
D.
we
can’t
force
people
to
do
things
they
don’t
like
B
Tour
and
explore
with
Singapore’s
sightseeing
company
using
open-top
‘double
decker’
buses.
Clearly
preferred
by
visitors,
the
D&H
Group,
with
the
longest
history,
handles
(应对)
more
than
1
million
visitors
a
year.
We
like
to
think
we
got
it
right
because
we
try
harder
but
to
make
sure
you
make
the
most
of
your
time
with
us.
You
may
find
the
following
helpful:
Will
we
see
all
the
main
sights
Yes—with
4
routes
(路线)，it’s
the
most
convenient
way
to
see
the
best
of
Singapore
including:
the
Singapore
Flyer,
Chinatown,
Boat
Quay,
Sentosa,
Gardens
By
the
Bay...etc
Will
we
be
able
to
hop-on
and
hop-off
Yes—each
route
makes
frequent
(频繁的)
stops—simply
hop-off
anywhere
you
want
and
return
to
the
same
bus
stop
to
continue
when
you
are
ready
to
go.
With
43
stops
across
the
city,
it
is
easy
to
tour
Singapore
as
you
like.
Will
I
need
to
wait
long
for
the
next
bus
No—we
do
not
want
to
keep
you
waiting.
That
is
why
there
is
a
bus
every
15-20
minutes.
With
18
topless
buses
(vs.
other
company
with
just
4
buses)
you
are
on
the
best
touring
system
(系统).
What
if
I
need
help
to
find
the
bus
stop
No
worries—we
are
just
a
call
away.
Our
guests
helping
is
here
to
help
you.
You
can
reach
us
at
(65)
6-33-868-77
daily
from
9am-7pm.
(
)
1.
What
is
the
passage
A.
A
story.
B.
An
advertisement.
C.
A
news
report.
D.
A
review.
(
)
2.
Which
sights
of
Singapore
are
mentioned
(提及)
in
this
passage
①the
Singapore
Flyer
②
Sentosa
③Boat
Quay
④Little
India
⑤Chinatown
⑥Gardens
By
the
Bay
A.①②③④⑤
B.①②③④⑥
C.①③④⑤⑥
D.①②③⑤⑥
(
)
3.
Which
expressions
mean
the
underlined
(下划线的)
“hop-on
and
hop-off”
A.
get
on
and
get
off
B.
put
on
and
take
off
C.
get
in
and
get
out
D.
set
up
and
set
off
(
)
4.
If
you
take
the
open-top
bus
for
sightseeing
in
Singapore,
_______.
A.
you
can
take
the
bus
wherever
you
want
B.
you
don’t
need
to
wait
any
time
for
the
bus
C.
you
can
stop
at
any
of
the
43
bus
stops
across
the
city
D.
you
may
call
a
bus
at
(65)
6-33-868-77
daily
from
9am-7pm
(
)
5.
What
is
the
best
title
for
this
passage
A.
How
can
you
find
our
bus
stops
in
Singapore
B.
Why
do
we
have
the
best
touring
system
in
Singapore
C.
How
do
open-top
buses
take
you
around
Singapore
D.
Why
are
we
the
most
popular
topless
bus
tour
in
Singapore
C
When
you
do
not
use
your
arms
or
your
legs
for
some
time,
they
will
become
weak.
When
you
start
using
them
again,
they
slowly
become
strong
again.
Everybody
knows
that.
Yet
many
people
do
not
seem
to
know
that
memory
(记忆)
works
in
the
same
way.
When
someone
says
that
he
has
a
good
memory,
he
really
means
that
he
keeps
his
memory
in
practice
by
using
it.
When
someone
else
says
that
his
memory
is
poor,
he
really
means
that
he
does
not
give
it
enough
chance
to
become
strong.
If
a
friend
says
that
his
arms
and
legs
are
weak,
we
know
that
it
is
his
own
fault
(过错).
But
if
he
tells
us
that
he
has
a
poor
memory,
many
of
us
think
that
his
parents
may
be
blamed
(责备),
and
few
of
us
know
that
it
is
just
his
own
fault.
Have
you
ever
found
that
some
people
can’t
read
or
write
but
usually
they
have
better
memories
This
is
because
they
cannot
read
or
write
but
they
have
to
remember
things,
they
cannot
write
them
down
in
a
small
notebook.
They
have
to
remember
days,
names,
songs
and
stories,
so
their
memory
is
being
exercised
the
whole
time.
So
if
you
want
to
have
a
good
memory,
learn
from
the
people:
practice
remembering
things
in
a
way
as
other
people
do.
(
)
1.
Someone
can’t
have
a
good
memory
if
______.
A.
his
parents
don’t
have
a
good
memory
B.
he
can’t
read
or
write
C.
he
doesn’t
use
his
memory
D.
he
doesn’t
use
his
arms
or
legs
for
some
time
(
)
2.
If
you
do
not
use
your
arms
or
legs
for
some
time,
______.
A.
they
become
weak
and
won’t
become
strong
until
you
use
them
again
B.
they
will
become
stronger
C.
they
become
weak
but
they
slowly
become
strong
again
D.
you
can’t
use
them
any
more
(
)
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
true
A.
Your
memory
works
in
the
different
way
as
your
arms
or
legs.
B.
Your
memory,
like
your
arms
or
legs,
becomes
weak
if
you
do
not
give
it
enough
chance
to
practice.
C.
Don’t
learn
how
to
read
or
write
if
you
want
to
have
a
better
memory.
D.
A
good
memory
comes
from
less
practice.
(
)
4.
Few
people
know
that
it
is
only
______
if
a
friend
has
a
poor
memory.
A.
his
grandmother’s
fault
B.
his
parents
fault
C.
his
teachers’
fault
D.
his
own
fault
(
)
5.
The
writer
wants
to
tell
us
______.
A.
how
to
have
a
good
memory
B.
how
to
read
and
write
C.
how
to
use
our
arms
or
legs
D.
how
to
learn
from
the
people
D
Want
to
say
“hello”
from
Disneyland
Send
a
post
card!
Beautiful
scenes
of
paradise
(乐园)，wild
animals,
silly
pictures—you
can
find
them
all
in
one
place.
Where
On
a
post
card!
Have
people
always
sent
post
cards
No.
Before
post
cards,
people
liked
sealed
(密封的)
letters.
The
idea
for
the
first
decorated
(装饰）post
card
came
to
John
P.
Charlton
in
1861.
He
thought
a
simple
card
with
decorations
would
be
a
great
way
to
send
a
note.
Then
in
the
late
1800s,
post
cards
with
pictures
appeared.
By
law,
people
had
to
write
their
note
on
the
front—on
the
picture!
The
back
was
only
for
the
address.
Several
years
later,
England
allowed
a
divided-back
post
card.
Then
people
could
write
their
note
on
the
back
left
side
and
put
the
address
on
the
right.
During
the
early
1900s,
the
golden
age
of
post
cards,
picture
post
cards
became
a
craze
of
the
world.
In
1908,
Americans
alone
mailed
over
677
million
post
cards.
Today,
post
cards
are
the
third
most
popular
collection
in
the
world
after
stamps
and
coins.
根据短文内容，判断下列各句正误。正确的写“T”，错误的写“F”。
(
)
1.
We
can
see
some
silly
pictures
on
the
post
cards.
(
)
2.
Post
cards
were
produced
before
sealed
letters.
(
)
3.
In
1861,
the
first
decorated
post
card
appeared.
(
)
4.
Post
cards
were
the
most
popular
during
the
early
1900s.
(
)
5.
Stamps,
coins
and
post
cards
are
the
most
popular
collections
in
the
world.
E
阅读下面的材料，然后在表格中完成内容摘要，每空不超过3个单词。
Some
etiquette
(礼仪)
in
modern
life
Do
you
often
use
a
cell
phone
Do
you
take
the
subway
to
school
every
day
These
items
make
our
modern
life
easier.
But
do
you
know
how
we
should
behave
properly
while
using
them
The
following
suggestions
might
be
helpful.
For
cell
phone
users
※ Keep
your
voice
down
when
you
make
a
phone
call
in
public.
Shouting
on
the
phone
may
make
others
feel
uncomfortable.
And
you’d
better
not
use
it
during
an
appointment
(约会).
※Stop
sending
messages
or
playing
games
with
your
cell
phone
at
a
dinner
or
a
party.
It’s
a
good
time
to
communicate
(交流)
with
your
family
and
friends.
※Don’t
make
or
answer
a
call
while
driving.
It
is
not
only
very
dangerous
for
both
you
and
your
passengers
but
also
against
the
law.
For
subway
passengers
※You
are
supposed
to
wait
in
line
while
buying
tickets
and
getting
on
the
subway.
※You’re
not
allowed
to
eat,
drink
or
smoke
on
the
subway
train.
The
smell
and
noise
may
trouble
others.
It’s
our
duty
to
keep
the
train
clean
and
tidy.
Besides,
smoking
is
bad
for
health.
※You
can’t
take
pets
on
the
train.
As
we
all
know,
animals
may
spread
diseases
(传播疾病)
and
get
the
train
dirty.
※You’d
better
not
lie
across
the
subway
seats
even
if
the
train
isn’t
allowed.
Offering
your
seat
to
someone
who
needs
it
is
regarded
as
good
manners.
Title:
Some
etiquette
in
modern
life
Items
(项目)
Dos
Don’ts
Cell
phone
users
Keep
your
1._______
down
in
public.
● Don’t
send
messages
or
play
games
at
a
dinner
or
a
party.● Don’t
make
or
answer
2._______
while
driving.
3.________
● Wait
in
line.● Keep
the
train
4.______● Offer
your
seat
to
someone
who
needs
it.
● Don’t
eat,
drink
or
smoke
on
the
train.● 5.______
on
the
train.● Don’t
lie
across
the
subway
seats.
Test
12
答案
A
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了杰克和他的爸爸在海滩上游玩时,
当杰克用手触摸乌龟时它把头和脚缩进肚里不动了。于是杰克想用树枝使它伸出头和腿,
但被爸爸阻止了。爸爸把它带到暖和的火炉旁,
乌龟伸出了头和腿,
通过此事爸爸告诉杰克一个道理：不要强迫别人做他不喜欢做的事情。
【答案解析】
1.
A
细节理解题。由文中的第一句“little
Jack
was
playing
on
the
beach
with
his
father”知,
杰克和他的爸爸在海滩上玩,
所以选择A。
2.
C
细节理解题。由文中第一段的最后一句“He
used
a
stick
and
tried
to
force
it
to
open”可知,答案为C。
3.
B
细节理解题。由文中的第三段知,
爸爸把它捡起来放进包里,
故选择B。
4.
A
细节理解题。由文中的最后一句“If
you
get
him
warm
first,
he
will
do
what
you
want
him
to
do”,
所以选择答案A。
5.
D
主旨大意题。由文中“You
mustn't
do
that”知,
故事告诉我们,
不能强迫别人做他们不喜欢做的事情,
故选D。
B
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇广告，主要介绍了D&H
集团所列出的其观光游的一些特点，目的是为了吸引更多的游客。
【答案解析】
1.
B
推理判断题。综观全文可知，这是一篇广告，故选B。
2.
D
细节理解题。根据第二段中it's
the
most
convenient
way
to
see
the
best
of
Singapore
including:
the
Singapore
Flyer,
Chinatown,
Boat
Quay,
Sentosa,
Gardens
By
the
Bay...etc可知，D项正确。
3.
A
词义猜测题。根据第三段中each
route
makes
frequent
stops一simply
hop-off
anywhere
you
want
可知，划线短语意为“上车下车”，故选A。
4.
C
细节理解题。根据第三段内容可知，乘坐敞篷巴士观光，可在全市43个站点中的任何一个停留。故选C。
5.
D
主旨大意题。文中主要介绍了该公司观光游的特点，正是这些特点使它深受游客的欢迎。故选D。
C
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中介绍了当你长时间不活动你的胳膊或腿的时候，它们就会变得越来越弱。但是当你开始不断锻炼它们时，它们又慢慢变得强壮了。同样的，一个人记忆力的强弱也是这个道理。
【答案解析】
1.
C
细节理解题。文中第一段最后一句有提示“memory
works
in
the
same
way”，故选C。
2.
A
细节理解题。文中第一段有详细描述“they
will
become
weak…they
slowly
become
strong
again”。故选A。
3.
B
主旨大意题。第二段如何有个好的记忆力进行了陈述说明，即只有不断的使用它，记忆力才会更好。故选B。
4.
D
细节理解题。文中有提示“few
of
us
know
that
it
is
just
his
own
fault”，故选D。
5.
A
主旨归纳题。本文通过类比一个人胳膊或腿的锻炼，着重介绍了如何拥有一个好的记忆力。故选A。
D
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍明信片的发展历程及在社会上的地位。
E
【语篇导读】
本文是一篇说明文。文中介绍了现代生活中的一些礼节问题。重点例举了使用手机和乘坐地铁应该注意哪些事项。
【答案】
1.
voice
2.
a
call
3.
Subway
passengers
4.
clean
and
tidy
5.
Don’t
take
pets